unfoldingWord® Translation Notes

v87

Nehemiah

Table of Contents

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy - Nehemiah

v87

Abstract Nouns

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Abstract Nouns

Description

Abstract nouns are nouns that refer to attitudes, qualities, events, or situations. These are things that cannot be seen or touched in a physical sense, such as happiness, weight, unity, friendship, health, and reason. This is a translation issue because some languages may express a certain idea with an abstract noun, while others would need a different way to express it.

Remember that nouns are words that refer to a person, place, thing, or idea. Abstract nouns are the nouns that refer to ideas. These can be attitudes, qualities, events, situations, or even relationships between those ideas. These are things that cannot be seen or touched in a physical sense, such as joy, peace, creation, goodness, contentment, justice, truth, freedom, vengeance, slowness, length, weight, and many, many more.

Some languages, such as Biblical Greek and English, use abstract nouns a lot. They provide a way of giving names to actions or qualities. With names, people who speak these languages can talk about the concepts as though they were things. For example, in languages that use abstract nouns, people can say, “I believe in the forgiveness of sin.” But some languages do not use abstract nouns very much. In these languages, speakers may not have the two abstract nouns “forgiveness” and “sin,” but they would express the same meaning in other ways. For example, they would express, “I believe that God is willing to forgive people after they have sinned,” by using verb phrases instead of nouns for those ideas.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

The Bible that you translate from may use abstract nouns to express certain ideas. Your language might not use abstract nouns for some of those ideas. Instead, it might use phrases to express those ideas. Those phrases will use other kinds of words such as adjectives, verbs, or adverbs to express the meaning of the abstract noun. For example, “What is its weight?” could be expressed as “How much does it weigh?” or “How heavy is it?”

Examples From the Bible

From childhood you have known the sacred writings … (2 Timothy 3:15a ULT)

The abstract noun “childhood” refers to when someone was a child.

But godliness with contentment is great gain. (1 Timothy 6:6 ULT)

The abstract nouns “godliness” and “contentment” refer to being godly and content. The abstract noun “gain” refers to something that benefits or helps someone.

Today salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham. (Luke 19:9 ULT)

The abstract noun “salvation” here refers to being saved.

The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider slowness to be (2 Peter 3:9a ULT)

The abstract noun “slowness” refers to the lack of speed with which something is done.

He will both bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart. (1 Corinthians 4:5b ULT)

The abstract noun “purposes” refers to the things that people want to do and the reasons they want to do them.

Translation Strategies

If an abstract noun would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here is another option:

(1) Reword the sentence with a phrase that expresses the meaning of the abstract noun. Instead of a noun, the new phrase will use a verb, an adverb, or an adjective to express the idea of the abstract noun.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Reword the sentence with a phrase that expresses the meaning of the abstract noun. Instead of a noun, the new phrase will use a verb, an adverb, or an adjective to express the idea of the abstract noun. Alternative translations are indented below the Scripture example.

… from childhood you have known the sacred writings … (2 Timothy 3:15a ULT)

Ever since you were a child you have known the sacred writings.

But godliness with contentment is great gain. (1 Timothy 6:6 ULT)

But being godly and content is very beneficial. But we benefit greatly when we are godly and content. But we benefit greatly when we honor and obey God and when we are happy with what we have.

Today salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham. (Luke 19:9 ULT)

Today the people in this house have been saved … Today God has saved the people in this house …

The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider slowness to be. (2 Peter 3:9a ULT)

The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider moving slowly to be.

He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart. (1 Corinthians 4:5b ULT)

He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the things that people want to do and the reasons that they want to do them.

Active or Passive

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Active or Passive

Some languages use both active and passive sentences. In active sentences, the subject does the action. In passive sentences, the subject is the one that receives the action. Here are some examples with their subjects bolded:

  • Active: My father built the house in 2010.
  • Passive: The house was built in 2010.

Translators whose languages do not use passive sentences will need to know how they can translate passive sentences that they find in the Bible. Other translators will need to decide when to use a passive sentence and when to use the active form.

Description

Some languages have both active and passive forms of sentences.

  • In the active form, the subject does the action and is always mentioned.
  • In the passive form, the action is done to the subject, and the one who does the action is not always mentioned.

In the examples of active and passive sentences below, we have bolded the subject.

  • active: My father built the house in 2010.
  • passive: The house was built by my father in 2010.
  • passive: The house was built in 2010. (This does not tell who did the action.)

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

All languages use active forms. Some languages use passive forms, and some do not. Some languages use passive forms only for certain purposes, and the passive form is not used for the same purposes in all of the languages that use it.

Purposes for the Passive

  • The speaker is talking about the person or thing the action was done to, not about the person who did the action.
  • The speaker does not want to tell who did the action.
  • The speaker does not know who did the action.

Translation Principles Regarding the Passive

  • Translators whose language does not use passive forms will need to find another way to express the idea.
  • Translators whose language has passive forms will need to understand why the passive is used in a particular sentence in the Bible and decide whether or not to use a passive form for that purpose in his translation of the sentence.

Examples From the Bible

Then their shooters shot at your soldiers from off the wall, and some of the king’s servants were killed, and your servant Uriah the Hittite was killed too. (2 Samuel 11:24 ULT)

This means that the enemy’s shooters shot and killed some of the king’s servants, including Uriah. The point is what happened to the king’s servants and Uriah, not who shot them. The purpose of the passive form here is to keep the focus on the king’s servants and Uriah.

When the men of the city arose early in the morning, and see, the altar of Baal was torn down. (Judges 6:28a ULT)

The men of the town saw what had happened to the altar of Baal, but they did not know who broke it down. The purpose of the passive form here is to communicate this event from the perspective of the men of the town.

It would be better for him if a millstone were put around his neck and he were thrown into the sea. (Luke 17:2a ULT)

This describes a situation in which a person ends up in the sea with a millstone around his neck. The purpose of the passive form here is to keep the focus on what happens to this person. Who does these things to the person is not important.

Translation Strategies

If your language would use a passive form for the same purpose as in the passage that you are translating, then use a passive form. If you decide that it is better to translate without a passive form, here are some strategies that you might consider.

(1) Use the same verb in an active sentence and tell who or what did the action. If you do this, try to keep the focus on the person receiving the action.
(2) Use the same verb in an active sentence, and do not tell who or what did the action. Instead, use a generic expression like “they” or “people” or “someone.”
(3) Use a different verb.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use the same verb in an active sentence and tell who did the action. If you do this, try to keep the focus on the person receiving the action.

A loaf of bread was given him every day from the street of the bakers. (Jeremiah 37:21b ULT)

The king’s servants gave Jeremiah a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers.

(2) Use the same verb in an active sentence, and do not tell who did the action. Instead, use a generic expression like “they” or “people” or “someone.”

It would be better for him if a millstone were put around his neck and he were thrown into the sea. (Luke 17:2a ULT)

It would be better for him if they were to put a millstone around his neck and throw him into the sea.
It would be better for him if someone were to put a heavy stone around his neck and throw him into the sea.

(3) Use a different verb in an active sentence.

A loaf of bread was given him every day from the street of the bakers. (Jeremiah 37:21 ULT)

He received a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers.

Aside

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Aside

Description

An aside is a figure of speech in which someone who is speaking to a person or group pauses to speak confidentially to himself or someone else about those to whom he had been speaking. The speaker does this to indicate in a strong way his thoughts or feelings about that person or group.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Many languages do not use asides, and readers could be confused by them. They may wonder why the speaker suddenly starts talking to himself or someone else about the people he is speaking with.

Examples From the Bible

All the men of your covenant are sending you away as far as the border.
The men of your peace are deceiving you and are prevailing against you.
They of your bread will set a trap under you.
There is no understanding in him. (Obadiah 1:7 ULT)

In the first three lines, Yahweh is telling the people of Edom what will happen to them because they did not help the people of Judah. In the fourth line, Yahweh says something about Edom to himself.

And I purified them from everything foreign. And I caused the service watches to stand: for the priests and for the Levites, a man in his work; and for the offering of pieces of wood at the appointed times; and for the firstfruits. Remember me, my God, for good. (Nehemiah 13:30-31 ULT)

Nehemiah is speaking to the readers of his account and describing some of the many things he did to restore true worship in Judah after the people returned from exile. But he suddenly turns aside and addresses God, asking God to bless him for what he, Nehemiah, has done for those people.

Translation Strategies

(1) If an aside would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. But if this way of speaking would be confusing, let the speaker continue speaking to the people who are listening to him, but make clear that he is now expressing his thoughts and feelings about them.
(2) If a person speaks a prayer to God as an aside, you can put the prayer in quotation marks to indicate that.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1)

All the men of your covenant are sending you away as far as the border.
The men of your peace are deceiving you and are prevailing against you. They of your bread will set a trap under you. There is no understanding in him. (Obadiah 1:7 ULT)

All the men of your covenant are sending you away as far as the border. The men of your peace are deceiving you and are prevailing against you. They of your bread will set a trap under you. You do not understand any of this.

(2)

And I purified them from everything foreign. And I caused the service watches to stand: for the priests and for the Levites, a man in his work; 31 and for the offering of pieces of wood at the appointed times; and for the firstfruits. Remember me, my God, for good. (Nehemiah 13:30-31 ULT)

And I cleansed them from everything foreign, and I made assignments for the priests and for the Levites, a man to his own work. And the wood offering at the stated time, and the firstfruits. “Remember me, my God, for good.”

Nehemiah References:

4:4; 5:19; 6:9; 9:5; 13:14; 13:22; 13:29; 13:31

Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information

Assumed knowledge is whatever a speaker assumes his audience knows before he speaks and gives them some kind of information. The speaker does not give the audience this information because he believes that they already know it.

When the speaker does give the audience information, he can do so in two ways. The speaker gives explicit information in what he states directly. Implicit Information is what the speaker does not state directly because he expects his audience to be able to learn it from other things he says.

Description

When someone speaks or writes, he has something specific that he wants people to know or do or think about. He normally states this directly. This is explicit information.

The speaker assumes that his audience already knows certain things that they will need to think about in order to understand this information. Normally he does not tell people these things, because they already know them. This is called assumed knowledge.

The speaker does not always directly state everything that he expects his audience to learn from what he says. Implicit information is information that he expects people to learn from what he says even though he does not state it directly.

Often, the audience understands this implicit information by combining what they already know (assumed knowledge) with the explicit information that the speaker tells them directly.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

All three kinds of information are part of the speaker’s message. If one of these kinds of information is missing, then the audience will not understand the message. Because the target translation is in a language that is very different from the biblical languages and is made for an audience that lives in a very different time and place than the people in the Bible, many times the assumed knowledge or the implicit information is missing from the message. In other words, modern readers do not know everything that the original speakers and hearers in the Bible knew. When these things are important for understanding the message, it is helpful if you include this information in the text or in a footnote.

Examples From the Bible

Then a scribe came to him and said, “Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go.” Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” (Matthew 8:19-20 ULT)

Jesus did not say what foxes and birds use holes and nests for, because he assumed that the scribe would have known that foxes sleep in holes in the ground and birds sleep in their nests. This is assumed knowledge.

Jesus did not directly say here “I am the Son of Man” but, if the scribe did not already know it, then that fact would be implicit information that he could learn because Jesus referred to himself that way. Also, Jesus did not state explicitly that he travelled a lot and did not have a house that he slept in every night. That is implicit information that the scribe could learn when Jesus said that he had nowhere to lay his head.

Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say to you, it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you. (Matthew 11:21-22 ULT)

Jesus assumed that the people he was speaking to knew that Tyre and Sidon were very wicked, and that the day of judgment is a time when God will judge every person. Jesus also knew that the people he was talking to believed that they were good and did not need to repent. Jesus did not need to tell them these things. This is all assumed knowledge.

An important piece of implicit information here is that the people he was speaking to would be judged more severely than the people of Tyre and Sidon would be judged because they did not repent.

Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For they do not wash their hands when they eat bread. (Matthew 15:2 ULT)

One of the traditions of the elders was a ceremony in which people would wash their hands in order to be ritually clean before eating. People thought that in order to be righteous, they had to follow all the traditions of the elders. This was assumed knowledge that the Pharisees who were speaking to Jesus expected him to know. By saying this, they were accusing his disciples of not following the traditions, and thus not being righteous. This is implicit information that they wanted him to understand from what they said.

Translation Strategies

If readers have enough assumed knowledge to be able to understand the message, along with any important implicit information that goes with the explicit information, then it is good to leave that knowledge unstated and leave the implicit information implicit. If the readers do not understand the message because one of these is missing for them, then follow these strategies:

(1) If readers cannot understand the message because they do not have certain assumed knowledge, then provide that knowledge as explicit information.
(2) If readers cannot understand the message because they do not know certain implicit information, then state that information clearly, but try to do it in a way that does not imply that the information was new to the original audience.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If readers cannot understand the message because they do not have certain assumed knowledge, then provide that knowledge as explicit information.

Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” (Matthew 8:20 ULT)

The assumed knowledge was that the foxes slept in their holes and birds slept in their nests.

Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes to live in, and the birds of the sky have nests to live in, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head and sleep.”

It will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you (Matthew 11:22 ULT)

The assumed knowledge was that the people of Tyre and Sidon were very, very wicked. This can be stated explicitly.

At the day of judgment, it will be more tolerable for those cities of Tyre and Sidon, whose people were very wicked, than it will be for you. or At the day of judgment, It will be more tolerable for those wicked cities, Tyre and Sidon, than for you.

Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For they do not wash their hands when they eat bread. (Matthew 15:2 ULT)

The assumed knowledge was that one of the traditions of the elders was a ceremony in which people would wash their hands in order to be ritually clean before eating, which they must do to be righteous. It was not to remove germs from their hands to avoid sickness, as a modern reader might think.

Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For they do not go through the ceremonial handwashing ritual of righteousness when they eat bread.

(2) If readers cannot understand the message because they do not know certain implicit information, then state that information clearly, but try to do it in a way that does not imply that the information was new to the original audience.

Then a scribe came to him and said, “Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go.” Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” (Matthew 8:19-20 ULT)

The implicit information is that Jesus himself is the Son of Man. Other implicit information is that if the scribe wanted to follow Jesus, then, like Jesus, he would have to live without a house.

Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but I, the Son of Man, have no home to rest in. If you want to follow me, you will live as I live.”

It will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you (Matthew 11:22 ULT)

The implicit information is that God would not only judge the people; he would punish them. This can be made explicit.

At the day of judgment, God will punish Tyre and Sidon, cities whose people were very wicked, less severely than he will punish you.
or:
At the day of judgment, God will punish you more severely than Tyre and Sidon, cities whose people were very wicked.

Modern readers may not know some of the things that the people in the Bible and the people who first read it knew. This can make it hard for them to understand what a speaker or writer says, and to learn things that the speaker left implicit. Translators may need to state some things explicitly in the translation that the original speaker or writer left unstated or implicit.

Background Information

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Background Information

Description

When people tell a story, they normally tell the events in the order that they happened. This sequence of events makes up the storyline. The storyline is full of action verbs that move the story along in time. But sometimes a writer may take a break from the storyline and give some information to help his listeners understand the story better. This type of information is called background information. The background information might be about things that happened before the events he has already told about, or it might explain something in the story, or it might be about something that would happen much later in the story.

Example — The bolded phrases in the story below are all background information.

Peter and John went on a hunting trip because their village was going to have a feast the next day. Peter was the best hunter in the village. He once killed three wild pigs in one day! They walked for hours through low bushes until they heard a wild pig. The pig ran, but they managed to shoot the pig and kill it. Then they tied up its legs with some rope they had brought with them and carried it home on a pole. When they brought it to the village, Peter’s cousin saw the pig and realized that it was his own pig. Peter had mistakenly killed his cousin’s pig.

Background information often tells about something that had happened earlier or something that would happen much later. Examples of these are: “their village was going to have a feast the next day,” “He once killed three wild pigs in one day,” and “that they had brought with them.”

Often background information uses “be” verbs like “was” and “were,” rather than action verbs. Examples of these are “their village was going to have a feast the next day,” and “Peter was the best hunter in the village.”

Background information can also be marked with words that tell the reader that this information is not part of the event line of the story. In this story, some of these words are “because,” “once,” and “had.”

A writer may use background information:

  • to help their listeners be interested in the story
  • to help their listeners understand something in the story
  • to help the listeners understand why something is important in the story
  • to tell the setting of a story
  • Setting includes:
  • where the story takes place
  • when the story takes place
  • who is present when the story begins
  • what is happening when the story begins

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Languages have different ways of marking background information and storyline information.
  • You (the translator) need to know the order of the events in the Bible, which information is background information, and which is storyline information.
  • You will need to translate the story in a way that marks the background information in a way that your own readers will understand the order of events, which information is background information, and which is storyline information.

Examples From the Bible

Hagar gave birth to Abram’s son, and Abram named his son, whom Hagar bore, Ishmael. Abram was 86 years old when Hagar bore Ishmael to Abram. (Genesis 16:15-16 ULT)

The first sentence tells about two events. Hagar gave birth and Abraham named his son. The second sentence is background information about how old Abram was when those things happened.

And Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old. He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph, of Heli, (Luke 3:23 ULT)

The verses before this tell about when Jesus was baptized. This sentence introduces a section of background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors (Luke 3:23-38). The story resumes in chapter 4 where it tells about Jesus going to the wilderness.

Then it happened on a Sabbath that he was going through the grain fields, and his disciples were picking and eating the heads of grain, rubbing them in their hands. But some of the Pharisees said … (Luke 6:1-2a ULT)

These verses give the setting of the story. The events took place in a grain field on the Sabbath day. Jesus, his disciples, and some Pharisees were there, and Jesus’ disciples were picking heads of grain and eating them. The main action in the story starts with the phrase, “But some of the Pharisees said ….”

Translation Strategies

To keep translations clear and natural you will need to study how people tell stories in your language. Observe how your language marks background information. You may need to write down some stories in order to study this. Observe what kinds of verbs your language uses for background information and what kinds of words or other markers signal that something is background information. Do these same things when you translate, so that your translation is clear and natural and people can understand it easily.

(1) Use your language’s way of showing that certain information is background information.
(2) Reorder the information so that earlier events are mentioned first. (This is not always possible when the background information is very long.)

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use your language’s way of showing that certain information is background information. The examples below explain how this was done in the ULT English translations.

And Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old. He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph, of Heli. (Luke 3:23 ULT)

As here, English sometimes uses the word “and” to show that there is some kind of change in the story. The verb “was” shows that it is background information. A set of parentheses is also a way to mark background information. Here, “as it was assumed” gives background information to the phrase, “He was the son.” People assumed that Joseph was Jesus‘ father, although his true father was God.

Therefore, also exhorting many other things, he preached the good news to the people. But Herod the tetrarch, having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother, and concerning all the evil things that Herod had done, added even this to them all: He locked John up in prison. (Luke 3:18-20 ULT)

The bolded phrase happened before John rebuked Herod. In English, the helping verb “had” in “had done” shows that Herod did those things before John rebuked him.

(2) Reorder the information so that earlier events are mentioned first.

Hagar gave birth to Abram’s son, and Abram named his son, whom Hagar bore, Ishmael. Abram was 86 years old when Hagar bore Ishmael to Abram. (Genesis 16:16 ULT)

When Abram was 86 years old, Hagar gave birth to his son, and Abram named his son Ishmael.”

Therefore, also exhorting many other things, he preached the good news to the people. But Herod the tetrarch, having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother, and concerning all the evil things that Herod had done, added even this to them all: He locked John up in prison. (Luke 3:18-20 ULT)

The translation below reorders John’s rebuke and Herod’s actions.

“Now Herod the tetrarch married his brother’s wife, Herodias, and he did many other evil things, so John rebuked him. But then Herod did another very evil thing. He had John locked up in prison.”

Nehemiah References:

1:11; 11:4; 11:11; 11:23; 12:40; 12:45; 12:46; 12:47; 13:4; 13:6; 13:6; 13:24; 13:28

Biblical Distance

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Biblical Distance

Description

The following terms are the most common measures for distance or length that were originally used in the Bible. Most of these are based on the sizes of the hand and forearm.

  • The handbreadth was the width of the palm of a man’s hand.
  • The span or handspan was the width of a man’s hand with the fingers spread out.
  • The cubit was the length of a man’s forearm, from the elbow to the tip of the longest finger.
  • The “long” cubit is used only in Ezekiel 40-48. It is the length of a normal cubit plus a span.
  • The stadium (plural, stadia) referred to a certain footrace that was about 185 meters in length. Some older English versions translated this word as “furlong,” which referred to the average length of a plowed field.

The metric values in the table below are close but not exactly equal to the biblical measures. The biblical measures probably differed in exact length from time to time and place to place. The equivalents below are an attempt to give an average measurement.

Original Measure Metric Measure
handbreadth 8 centimeters
span 23 centimeters
cubit 46 centimeters
“long” cubit 54 centimeters
stadia 185 meters

Translation Principles

  1. The people in the Bible did not use modern measures such as meters, liters, and kilograms. Using the original measures can help readers know that the Bible really was written long ago in a time when people used those measures.
  2. Using modern measures can help readers understand the text more easily.
  3. Whatever measure you use, it would be good, if possible, to tell about the other kind of measure in the text or a footnote.
  4. If you do not use the Biblical measures, try not to give the readers the idea that the measurements are exact. For example, if you translate one cubit as “.46 meters” or even as “46 centimeters,” readers might think that the measurement is exact. It would be better to say “half a meter,” “45 centimeters,” or “50 centimeters.”
  5. Sometimes it can be helpful to use the word “about” to show that a measurement is not exact. For example, Luke 24:13 says that Emmaus was 60 stadia from Jerusalem. This can be translated as “about ten kilometers” from Jerusalem.
  6. When God tells people how long something should be, and when people make things according to those lengths, do not use “about” in the translation. Otherwise it will give the impression that God did not care exactly how long something should be.

Translation Strategies

(1) Use the measurements from the ULT. These are the same kinds of measurements that the original writers used. Spell them in a way that is similar to the way they sound or are spelled in the ULT. (See Copy or Borrow Words.)
(2) Use the metric measurements given in the UST. The translators of the UST have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system.
(3) Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement.
(4) Use the measurements from the ULT and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note.
(5) Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULT in the text or in a note.

Translation Strategies Applied

The strategies are all applied to Exodus 25:10 below.

They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be two and a half cubits; its width will be one cubit and a half; and its height will be one cubit and a half. (Exodus 25:10 ULT)

(1) Use the measurements given in the ULT. These are the same kinds of measurements that the original writers used. Spell them in a way that is similar to the way they sound or are spelled in the ULT. (See Copy or Borrow Words.)

“They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be two and a half kubits; its width will be one kubit and a half; and its height will be one kubit and a half.”

(2) Use the metric measurements given in the UST. The translators of the UST have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system.

“They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be one meter; its width will be two thirds of a meter; and its height will be two thirds of a meter.”

(3) Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement. For example, if you measure things using the standard meter length, you could translate it as below.

“They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be one meter; its width will be two thirds of a meter; and its height will be two thirds of a meter.”

(4) Use the measurements from the ULT and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note. The following shows both measurements in the text.

“They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be two and a half cubits (one meter); its width will be one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter); and its height will be one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter).”

(5) Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULT in the text or in a note. The following shows the ULT measurements in notes.

“They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be one meter; 1 its width will be two thirds of a meter; 2 and its height will be two thirds of a meter.”

The footnotes would look like:

“They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be one meter; 1 its width will be two thirds of a meter; 2 and its height will be two thirds of a meter.”

The footnotes would look like:

[1] two and a half cubits
[2] one cubit and a half

Nehemiah References:

3:13

Biblical Money

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Biblical Money

Description

In early Old Testament times, people weighed their metals, such as silver and gold, and would pay a certain weight of that metal in order to buy things. Later, people started to make coins that each contained a standard amount of a certain metal. The daric is one such coin. In New Testament times, people used silver and copper coins.

The two tables below show some of the most well-known units of money found in the Old Testament (OT) and New Testament (NT). The table for Old Testament units shows what kind of metal was used and how much it weighed. The table for New Testament units shows what kind of metal was used and how much it was worth in terms of a day’s wage.

Unit in OT Metal Weight
daric gold coin 8.4 grams
shekel various metals 11 grams
talent various metals 33 kilograms
Unit in NT Metal Day’s Wage
denarius/denarii silver coin 1 day
drachma silver coin 1 day
mite copper coin 1/64 day
shekel silver coin 4 days
talent silver 6,000 days

Translation Principle

Do not use modern money values since these change from year to year. Using them will cause the Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate.

Translation Strategies

The value of most money in the Old Testament was based on its weight. So when translating these weights in the Old Testament, see Biblical Weight. The strategies below are for translating the value of money in the New Testament.

(1) Use the Bible term and spell it in a way that is similar to the way it sounds. (See Copy or Borrow Words.)
(2) Describe the value of the money in terms of what kind of metal it was made of and how many coins were used.
(3) Describe the value of the money in terms of what people in Bible times could earn in one day of work.
(4) Use the biblical term and give the equivalent amount in the text or a footnote.
(5) Use the biblical term and explain it in a footnote.

Translation Strategies Applied

The translations strategies are all applied to Luke 7:41 below.

The one owed 500 denarii, and the other, 50. (Luke 7:41b ULT)

  1. Use the Bible term and spell it in a way that is similar to the way it sounds. (See Copy or Borrow Words.)

“The one owed 500 denali, and the other, 50.”

  1. Describe the value of the money in terms of what kind of metal it was made of and how many pieces or coins were used.

“The one owed 500 silver coins, and the other, 50.”

(3) Describe the value of the money in terms of what people in Bible times could earn in one day of work.

“The one owed 500 days’ wages, and the other, 50.”

(4) Use the Bible term and give the equivalent amount in the text or a footnote.

“The one owed 500 denarii 1, and the other owed 50 denarii. 2”

The footnotes would look like:

[1] 500 days’ wages [2] 50 days’ wages

(5) Use the Bible term and explain it in a footnote.

“The one owed 500 denarii,1 and the other, 50.” (Luke 7:41 ULT)

[1] A denarius was the amount of silver that people could earn in one day of work.

Nehemiah References:

5:15; 7:70; 7:71; 7:71; 7:72; 10:32

Connect — Contrast Relationship

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Contrast Relationship

Logical Relationships

Some connectors establish logical relationships between two phrases, clauses, sentences, or chunks of text.

Contrast Relationship

Description

A contrast relationship is a logical relationship in which one event or item is in contrast or opposition to another.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

In Scripture, many events did not happen as the people involved intended or expected them to happen. Sometimes people acted in ways that were not expected, whether good or bad. Often it was God at work, changing the events. These events were often pivotal. It is important that translators understand and communicate these contrasts. In English, contrast relationships are often indicated by the words “but,” “although,” “even though,” “though,” “yet,” or “however.”

Examples From OBS and the Bible

You tried to do evil when you sold me as a slave, but God used the evil for good! (Story 8 Frame 12 OBS)

Joseph’s brothers’ evil plan to sell Joseph is contrasted with God’s good plan to save many people. The word “but” marks the contrast.

For who is greater, the one who reclines at the table or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at the table? Yet I am among you as one who serves. (Luke 22:27 ULT)

Jesus contrasts the proud way that human leaders behave with the humble way that he behaves. The contrast is marked by the word “yet.”

The hill country will also be yours. Though it is a forest, you will clear it and it will become yours to its farthest borders, for you will drive out the Canaanites, even though they have chariots of iron, and even though they are strong. (Joshua 17:18 ULT)

It was unexpected that the Israelites, who had been slaves in Egypt, would be able to conquer and lay claim to the promised land.

Translation Strategies

If your language uses contrast relationships in the same way as in the text, then use them as they are.

(1) If the contrast relationship between the clauses is not clear, then use a connecting word or phrase that is more specific or more clear.
(2) If it is more clear in your language to mark the other clause of the contrast relationship, then use a connecting word on the other clause.
(3) If your language shows a contrast relationship in a different way, then use that way.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the contrast relationship between the clauses is not clear, then use a connecting word or phrase that is more specific or more clear.

For who is greater, the one who reclines at table or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at table? Yet I am among you as one who serves. (Luke 22:27 ULT)

For who is greater, the one who reclines at table or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at table? Unlike that person, I am among you as one who serves.

(2) If it is more clear in your language to mark the other clause of the contrast relationship, then use a connecting word on the other clause.

The hill country will also be yours. Though it is a forest, you will clear it and it will become yours to its farthest borders, for you will drive out the Canaanites, even though they have chariots of iron, and even though they are strong. (Joshua 17:18 ULT)

The hill country will also be yours. It is a forest, but you will clear it and it will become yours to its farthest borders. They have chariots of iron, and they are strong, but you will drive out the Canaanites.

(3) If your language shows a contrast relationship in a different way, then use that way.

{David} found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the house of Jacob. However, Solomon built the house for him. But the Most High does not live in houses made with hands. (Acts 7:46-48a ULT)

[David] found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the house of Jacob. But it was, Solomon, not David, who built the house for God. Even though Solomon built him a house, the Most High does not live in houses made with hands.

Nehemiah References:

3:5; 6:1; 6:8; 9:28; 11:3; 11:31; 11:36; 12:30; 13:18; 13:26

Connect — Goal (Purpose) Relationship

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Goal (Purpose) Relationship

Logical Relationships

Some connectors establish logical relationships between two phrases, clauses, sentences, or chunks of text.

Goal (or Purpose) Relationship

Description

A Goal Relationship is a logical relationship in which the second event is the purpose or goal of the first event. In order for something to be a goal relationship, someone must do the first event with the intention that it will cause the second event.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

In Scripture, the goal or purpose may be stated either first or second. But in some languages, the goal or purpose must always occur in the same position (either first or second) in order for that logical relationship to be understood. You (the translator) need to understand the relationship between the two parts and communicate those accurately in your language. This may require changing the order of the two events. It may also require specific words to indicate that one is the goal or purpose of the other. Words commonly used to indicate a goal relationship in English are “in order to,” “in order that” or “so that.” It is important that the translator recognize the words that signal a goal relationship and translate that relationship in a natural way.

Examples From OBS and the Bible

She became angry and falsely accused Joseph so that he was arrested and sent to prison. (Story 8 Frame 5 OBS)

The goal or purpose of the woman’s false accusation was to get Joseph arrested and sent to prison.

Meanwhile Gideon, his son, was threshing out wheat at the winepress in order to hide from the presence of Midian. (Judges 6:11b ULT)

Here the prepositional phrase begins with “in order to.”

Now if I have found favor in your eyes, show me your ways so that I may know you and continue to find favor in your eyes. Remember that this nation is your people. (Exodus 33:13 ULT)

Moses wants God to show him God’s ways for the goal or purpose of Moses knowing God and continuing to find favor with God.

Even be sure to pull some out from the bundles for her and leave it for her to glean, and do not rebuke her! (Ruth 2:16 ULT)

The goal or purpose of Boaz instructing the men to pull out the grain from their bundles and leave it was for Ruth to gather (glean) it.

The shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go over as far as Bethlehem, and let us see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to us.” (Luke 2:15 ULT)

The purpose of going to Bethlehem was to see the thing that had happened. Here the purpose is not marked and might be misunderstood.

“… if you want to enter into life, keep the commandments.” (Matthew 19:17b ULT)

The goal of keeping the commandments is to enter into life.

Do not turn from it to the right or to the left so that you may be wise in everything in which you walk. (Joshua 1:7c ULT)

The purpose of not turning away from the instructions that Moses gave to the Israelites was so that they would be wise.

But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him and take over his inheritance.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)

The purpose of the vine growers killing the heir was so they could take his inheritance. They state both events as a plan, joining them only with “and.” Then the word “so” marks the reporting of the first event, but the second event (the goal or purpose) is not stated.

Translation Strategies

If your language uses Goal or Purpose relationships in the same way as in the text, then use them as they are.

(1) If the construction of the Goal statement is unclear, change it to one that is more clear.
(2) If the order of the statements makes the Goal statement unclear or confusing for the reader, then change the order.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the construction of the goal statement is unclear, change it to one that is more clear.

“Even be sure to pull some out from the bundles for her and leave it for her to glean, and do not rebuke her!” (Ruth 2:16 ULT)

“Even be sure to pull some out from the bundles for her and leave it so that she can glean it, and do not rebuke her!”

The shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go over as far as Bethlehem, and let us see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to us.” (Luke 2:15 ULT)

The shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go over as far as Bethlehem so that we can see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to us.”

(2) If the order of the statements makes the goal statement unclear or confusing for the reader, then change the order.

“… if you want to enter into life, keep the commandments.” (Matthew 19:17bULT)

“… keep the commandments if you want to enter into life.” or: “… keep the commandments so that you can enter into life.”

But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him and take over his inheritance.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)

(1) and (2)

But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him and take over his inheritance.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)

But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him so that we can take over his inheritance.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him so that they could take over his inheritance.

Nehemiah References:

6:13; 6:13; 6:13

Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship

Logical Relationships

Some connectors establish logical relationships between two phrases, clauses, sentences, or chunks of text.

Reason-and-Result Relationships

Description

A reason-and-result relationship is a logical relationship in which one event is the reason or cause for another event. The second event, then, is the result of the first event.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

A reason-and-result relationship can look forward — “I did Y because I wanted X to happen.” But usually it is looking backward — “X happened, and so I did Y.” Also, it is possible to state the reason either before or after the result. Many languages have a preferred order for the reason and the result, and it will be confusing for the reader if they are in the opposite order. Common words used to indicate a reason-and-result relationship in English are “because,” “so,” “therefore,” and “for.” Some of these words can also be used to indicate a goal relationship, so translators need to be aware of the difference between a goal relationship and a reason-and-result relationship. It is necessary for translators to understand how the two events are connected, and then communicate them clearly in their language.

If the reason and result are stated in different verses, it is still possible to put them in a different order. If you change the order of the verses, then put the verse numbers together at the beginning of the group of verses that were rearranged like this: 1-2. This is called a Verse Bridge.

Examples From OBS and the Bible

The Jews were amazed, because Saul had tried to kill believers, and now he believed in Jesus! (Story 46 Frame 6 OBS)

The reason is the change in Saul — that he had tried to kill people who believed in Jesus, and now he himself believed in Jesus. The result is that the Jews were amazed. “Because” connects the two ideas and indicates that what follows it is a reason.

Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, so that the boat was covered with the waves. (Matthew 8:24a ULT)

The reason is the great storm, and the result is that the boat was covered with the waves. The two events are connected by “so that.” Notice that the term “so that” often indicates a goal relationship, but here the relationship is reason-and-result. This is because the sea cannot think and therefore does not have a goal.

God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, because in it he rested from all his work which he had done in his creation. (Genesis 2:3 ULT)

The result is that God blessed and sanctified the seventh day. The reason is because he rested on the seventh day from his work.

“Blessed are the poor, for yours is the kingdom of God.” (Luke 6:20b ULT)

The result is that the poor are blessed. The reason is that the kingdom of God is theirs.

But he raised up in their place their sons that Joshua circumcised, being uncircumcised, because they had not been circumcised on the way. (Joshua 5:7 ULT)

The result is that Joshua circumcised the boys and men who had been born in the wilderness. The reason was that they had not been circumcised while they were journeying.

Translation Strategies

If your language uses reason-and-result relationships in the same way as in the text, then use them as they are.

(1) If the order of the clauses is confusing for the reader, then change the order.

(2) If the relationship between the clauses is not clear, then use a more clear connecting word.

(3) If it is more clear to put a connecting word in the clause that does not have one, then do so.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, because in it he rested from all his work which he had done in his creation. (Genesis 2:3 ULT)

(1) God rested on the seventh day from all his work which he had done in his creation. That is why he blessed the seventh day and sanctified it.

Blessed are the poor, for yours is the kingdom of God. (Luke 6:20 ULT)

(1) The kingdom of God belongs to you who are poor. Therefore, the poor are blessed.

(2) Blessed are the poor, because yours is the kingdom of God.

(3) The reason that the poor are blessed is because yours is the kingdom of God.

Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, so that the boat was covered with the waves. (Matthew 8:24a ULT)

(1) Behold, the boat was covered with the waves because a great storm arose on the sea.

(2) Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, with the result that the boat was covered with the waves.

(3) Behold, because a great storm arose on the sea, the boat was covered with the waves.

Since he was not able to find out anything for certain because of the noise, he ordered that he be brought into the fortress. (Acts 21:34b ULT)

(1) The captain ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress, because he could not tell anything because of all the noise.

(2) Because the captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress.

(3) The captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, so he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress.

Connect — Sequential Time Relationship

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship

Time Relationships

Some connectors establish time relationships between two phrases, clauses, sentences, or chunks of text.

Sequential Clause

Description

A sequential clause is a time relation that connects two events in which one happens and then the other happens.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Languages indicate sequences of events in different ways; some use ordering, some use connecting words, some even use relative tense (Relative tense is a tense that refers to a time in relation to a reference point in the context.) Connecting words that may indicate sequence are words such as “then,” “later,” “after,” “afterward,” “before,” “first,” and “when.” Translators need to be certain that they communicate the order of the events in a way that is natural in their language. This may require ordering clauses differently than in the original languages.

Examples From OBS and the Bible

When Joseph came to his brothers, they kidnapped him and sold him to some slave traders. (OBS Story 8 Frame 2)

First Joseph came to his brothers, and then they kidnapped and sold him. We know this because of the connecting word “when.” The translator needs to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.

It was as sweet as honey in my mouth, but after I ate it, my stomach became bitter. (Revelation 10:10b ULT)

The event of the first clause occurs first, and the event of the last clause occurs later. We know this because of the connecting word “after.” The translator needs to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.

For before the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate (Isaiah 7:16 ULT)

The event of the first clause occurs after the event of the second clause. First the land they dread will be desolate, and then the child will know to refuse evil and choose good. We know this because of the connecting word “before.” However, stating the clauses in this order may communicate the wrong order of events in your language. The translator may have to change the order so that the clauses come in the order that they happen. Or it may be possible to keep the order of the original language text and mark the ordering of sequence so that it is clear to the readers. You (the translator) need to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.

Then Mary arose in those days and quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah, and she entered into the house of Zechariah and greeted Elizabeth. (Luke 1:39-40 ULT)

Here the general connector “and” connects four events. These are sequential events—each happens after the one before it. We know this because that is the only way that these events would happen. So in English, the general connector “and” is enough to make the sequence clear for events such as these. You will need to decide if this also communicates this sequence clearly and correctly in your language.

Translation Strategies

If the sequence of events is clear in your language, then translate the sequence as it is.

(1) If the connecting word is not clear, use a connecting word that communicates the sequence more clearly.
(2) If the clauses are in an order that makes the sequence unclear, put the clauses in an order that is more clear.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the connecting word is not clear, use a connecting word that communicates the sequence more clearly.

Then Mary arose in those days and quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah, and she entered into the house of Zechariah and greeted Elizabeth. (Luke 1:39-40 ULT)

Then Mary arose in those days. Then she quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah. Then she entered into the house of Zechariah, and then she greeted Elizabeth.

For before the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate (Isaiah 7:16 ULT)

For the time will come when the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, but even before that time, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate.

(2) If the clauses are in an order that makes the sequence unclear, put the clauses in an order that is more clear.

For the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate before the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good.

For more about sequences of events, see Sequence of Events.

Nehemiah References:

7:73; 12:27; 12:31; 12:40; 13:3; 13:7; 13:7; 13:9; 13:10; 13:11; 13:11; 13:12; 13:13; 13:21; 13:30

Connect — Simultaneous Time Relationship

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Simultaneous Time Relationship

Time Relationships

Some connectors establish time relationships between two phrases, clauses, sentences, or chunks of text.

Simultaneous Clause

Description

A simultaneous clause is a time relationship that connects two or more events that occur at the same time.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Languages indicate in many different ways that events occur simultaneously. These ways may vary based on whether or not something is causing the events to occur simultaneously. Connecting words that may indicate simultaneous events are words such as “while,” “as,” and “during.” Often the Bible does not state a relationship between the events but simply says they occurred at the same time. It is important that you (the translator) know when a time relationship is implied and when it is not implied so that you can communicate it clearly. A simultaneous clause communicates that events happened at the same time but it does not indicate that one event caused the other. That would be a reason-and-result relationship.

Examples From OBS and the Bible

Joseph served his master well, and God blessed Joseph. (OBS Story 8 Frame 4)

Two events happened while Joseph was a slave to a wealthy government official: Joseph served well, and God blessed Joseph. There is no indication of a reason-and-result (cause and effect) relationship between the two, or that the first event happened, and then the second event happened.

But in truth I say to you that there were many widows in Israel during the days of Elijah. (Luke 4:25b ULT)

The connecting word “during” tells us clearly that two things happened at the same time, but one event did not cause the other.

And the people were waiting for Zechariah, and they were wondering at his delaying in the temple. (Luke 1:21 ULT)

The people were both waiting and wondering at the same time. The general connector “and” indicates this.

While they were looking intensely into heaven as he was going up, suddenly, two men stood by them in white clothing. (Acts 1:10 ULT)

Three events happened at the same time — the disciples looking, Jesus going up, and two men standing. The connector words “while” and “as” tell us this.

Translation Strategies

If the way that the simultaneous clauses are marked also is clear in your language, then translate the simultaneous clauses as they are.

(1) If the connecting word does not make it clear that the simultaneous clauses are happening at the same time, use a connecting word that communicates this more clearly.
(2) If it is not clear which clause the simultaneous clause is connected to, and that they are happening at the same time, mark all of the clauses with a connecting word.
(3) If your language marks events as simultaneous in a different way than using connecting words, then use that way.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

Below, each Bible verse will be restated in three different ways, according to the translation strategies in the list above. Each restatement will have the same number as the translation strategy that it is using.

And the people were waiting for Zechariah, and they were wondering at his delaying in the temple. (Luke 1:21 ULT)

(1) Now while the people were waiting for Zechariah, they were wondering at his delaying in the temple.

(2) Now while the people were waiting for Zechariah, they were also wondering at his delaying in the temple.

(3) Now the people were waiting for Zechariah, wondering at his delaying in the temple.

While they were looking intently into heaven as he was going up, suddenly, two men stood by them in white clothing. (Acts 1:10 ULT)

(1) And during the time they were looking intently into heaven while he was going up, suddenly, two men stood by them in white clothing.

(2) And while they were looking intently into heaven as he was going up, suddenly, at that same time two men stood by them in white clothing.

(3) They were looking intently into heaven; he was going up when they saw two men standing by them in white clothing.

Nehemiah References:

4:23; 5:1; 6:10; 6:17; 9:4; 12:38; 12:43; 12:44; 13:6; 13:21

Connecting Words and Phrases

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connecting Words and Phrases

Description

As humans, we write our thoughts in phrases and sentences. We usually want to communicate a series of thoughts that are connected to each other in different ways. Connecting words and phrases show how these thoughts are related to each other. For example, we can show how the following thoughts are related by using the Connecting Words in bold type:

  • It was raining, so I opened my umbrella.
  • It was raining, but I did not have an umbrella. So I got very wet.

Connecting words or phrases can connect phrases or clauses within a sentence. They can connect sentences to each other. They can also connect entire chunks to one another in order to show how the chunk before relates to the chunk after the connecting word. Very often, the connecting words that connect entire chunks to one another are either conjunctions or adverbs.

It was raining, but I did not have an umbrella, so I got very wet.

Now I must change my clothes. Then I will drink a cup of hot tea and warm myself by the fire.

In the above example, the word now connects the two short chunks of text, showing the relationship between them. The speaker must change his clothes, drink hot tea, and warm himself because of something that happened earlier (that is, he got wet in the rain).

Sometimes people might not use a connecting word because they expect the context to help the readers understand the relationship between the thoughts. Some languages do not use connecting words as much as other languages do. They might say:

  • It was raining. I did not have an umbrella. I got very wet.

You (the translator) will need to use the method that is most natural and clear in the target language. But in general, using connecting words whenever possible helps the reader to understand the ideas in the Bible most clearly.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • You need to understand the relationship between paragraphs, between sentences, and between parts of sentences in the Bible, and how connecting words and phrases can help you to understand the relationship between the thoughts that they are connecting.
  • Each language has its own ways of showing how thoughts are related.
  • You need to know how to help readers understand the relationship between the thoughts in a way that is natural in your language.

Translation Principles

  • You need to translate in a way that readers can understand the same relationship between thoughts that the original readers would have understood.
  • Whether or not a connecting word is used is not as important as readers being able to understand the relationship between the ideas.

The Different Types of Connections

Listed below are different types of connections between ideas or events. These different types of connections can be indicated by using different connecting words. When we write or translate something, it is important to use the right connecting word so that these connections are clear for the reader. If you would like additional information, simply click the colored, hyperlinked word to be directed to a page containing definitions and examples for each type of connection.

  • Sequential Clause — a time relationship between two events in which one happens and then the other happens.
  • Simultaneous Clause — a time relationship between two or more events that occur at the same time.
  • Background Clause — a time relationship in which the first clause describes a long event that is happening at the time when the beginning of the second event happens, which is described in the second clause.
  • Exceptional Relationship — one clause describes a group of people or items, and the other clause excludes one or more items or people from the group.
  • Hypothetical Condition — the second event will only take place if the first one takes place. Sometimes what takes place is dependent on the actions of other people.
  • Factual Condition — a connection that sounds hypothetical but is already certain or true, so that the condition is guaranteed to happen.
  • Contrary-to-Fact Condition — a connection that sounds hypothetical but is already certain that it is not true. See also: Hypothetical Statements.
  • Goal Relationship — a logical relationship in which the second event is the purpose or goal of the first.
  • Reason and Result Relationship — a logical relationship in which one event is the reason for the other event, the result.
  • Contrast Relationship — one item is being described as different or in opposition to another.

Examples from the Bible

I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood. I did not go up to Jerusalem to those who were apostles before me. Instead, I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. Then after three years, I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him 15 days. (Galatians 1:16b-18 ULT)

The word “instead” introduces something that contrasts with what was said before. The contrast here is between what Paul did not do and what he did do. The word “then” introduces a sequence of events. It introduces something that Paul did after he returned to Damascus.

Therefore, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. But whoever keeps them and teaches them, that one will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. (Matthew 5:19 ULT)

The word “therefore” links this section with the section before it, signaling that the section that came before gave the reason for this section. “Therefore” usually links sections larger than one sentence. The word “and” links only two actions within the same sentence, that of breaking commandments and teaching others. In this verse the word “but” contrasts what one group of people will be called in God’s kingdom with what another group of people will be called.

We place nothing as a stumbling block in front of anyone, so that our ministry might not be discredited. Instead, we commend ourselves in everything as God’s servants. (2 Corinthians 6:3-4 ULT)

Here the words “so that” connect what follows as the reason for what came before; the reason that Paul does not place stumbling blocks is that he does not want his ministry brought into disrepute. “Instead” contrasts what Paul does (prove by his actions that he is God’s servant) with what he said he does not do (place stumbling blocks).

General Translation Strategies

See each type of Connecting Word above for specific strategies

If the way the relationship between thoughts is shown in the ULT would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, then consider using it. If not, here are some other options.

(1) Use a connecting word (even if the ULT does not use one).
(2) Do not use a connecting word if it would be strange to use one and people would understand the right relationship between the thoughts without it.
(3) Use a different connecting word.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use a connecting word (even if the ULT does not use one).

Jesus said to them, “Come follow me, and I will make you to become fishers of men.” Then immediately they left the nets and followed him. (Mark 1:17-18 ULT)

They followed Jesus because he told them to. Some translators may want to mark this clause with the connecting word “so.”

Jesus said to them, “Come follow me, and I will make you to become fishers of men.” So, immediately they left the nets and followed him.

(2) Do not use a connecting word if it would be odd to use one, and if people would understand the right relationship between the thoughts without it.

Therefore, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. But whoever keeps them and teaches them, that one will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. (Matthew 5:19 ULT)

Some languages would prefer not to use connecting words here because the meaning is clear without them and using them would be unnatural. They might translate like this:

Therefore, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments, teaching others to do so as well, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. Whoever keeps them and teaches them, that one will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.

I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood. I did not go up to Jerusalem to those who were apostles before me. Instead, I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. Then after three years, I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him 15 days. (Galatians 1:16b-18 ULT) (Galatians 1:16-18 ULT)

Some languages might not need the words “instead” or “then” here. They might translate like this:

I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood, nor did I go up to Jerusalem to those who had become apostles before me. I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. After three years I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him 15 days.

(3) Use a different connecting word.

Therefore, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. But whoever keeps them and teaches them, that one will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. (Matthew 5:19 ULT)

Instead of a word like “therefore,” a language might need a phrase to indicate that there was a section before it that gave the reason for the section that follows. Also, the word “but” is used here because of the contrast between the two groups of people. But in some languages, the word “but” would show that what comes after it is surprising because of what came before it. So “and” might be clearer for those languages. They might translate like this:

Because of that, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. And whoever keeps them and teaches them, that one will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.

Nehemiah References:

5:5; 6:7

Distinguishing Versus Informing or Reminding

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Distinguishing Versus Informing or Reminding

Description

In some languages, phrases that modify a noun can be used with the noun for two different purposes. They can either (1) distinguish the noun from other similar items, or (2) they can give more information about the noun. That information could be new to the reader, or a reminder about something the reader might already know. Other languages use modifying phrases with a noun only for distinguishing the noun from other similar things. When people who speak these languages hear a modifying phrase along with a noun, they assume that its function is to distinguish one item from another similar item.

When the phrase that modifies a noun is a relative clause (a phrase that starts with a word such as “who” or“which”), some languages use a comma to mark the difference between (1) making a distinction between similar items and (2) giving more information about an item. Without the comma, the sentence below communicates that the added phrase is making a distinction:

  • Mary gave some of the food to her sister who was very thankful.
    • If her sister was usually thankful, the phrase “who was thankful” could distinguish this sister of Mary’s from another sister who was not usually thankful.

With the comma, the phrase is giving more information:

  • Mary gave some of the food to her sister, who was very thankful.
    • This same phrase can be used to give us more information about Mary’s sister. It tells us about how Mary’s sister responded when Mary gave her the food. In this case it does not distinguish one sister from another sister.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Many source languages of the Bible use phrases that modify a noun both for distinguishing the noun from another similar item and also for giving more information about the noun. You (the translator) must be careful to understand which meaning the author intended in each case.
  • Some languages use phrases that modify a noun only for distinguishing the noun from another similar item. When translating a phrase that is used for giving more information, translators who speak these languages will need to separate the phrase from the noun. Otherwise, people who read it or hear it will think that the phrase is meant to distinguish the noun from other similar items.

Examples From the Bible

Examples of words and phrases that are used to distinguish one item from other possible items:

(These usually do not cause any problem in translation.)

The curtain is to separate the holy place from the most holy place. (Exodus 26:33b ULT)

The words “holy” and “most holy” distinguish two different places from each other and from any other place.

A foolish son is a grief to his father, and bitterness to the woman who bore him. (Proverbs 17:25 ULT)

The phrase “who bore him” distinguishes which woman the son is bitterness to. He is not bitterness to all women, but to his mother.

Examples of words and phrases that are used to give added information or a reminder about an item:

(These are a translation issue for languages that do not use these.)

… for your righteous judgments are good. (Psalm 119:39b ULT)

The word “righteous” simply reminds us that God’s judgments are righteous. It does not distinguish his righteous judgments from his unrighteous judgments, because all of his judgments are righteous.

You must surely open your hand to your brother, to your needy and to your poor in your land. (Deuteronomy 15:11 ULT)

The phrases “to your needy and to your poor” give further information about “your brother.” They do not refer to a separate group of people.

How can Sarah, who is 90 years old, bear a son? (Genesis 17:17b ULT)

The phrase “who is 90 years old” is a reminder of Sarah’s age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child. He was not distinguishing one woman named Sarah from another woman named Sarah who was a different age.

I will wipe away mankind whom I have created from the surface of the earth. (Genesis 6:7 ULT)

The phrase “whom I have created” is a reminder of the relationship between God and mankind. It is the reason God had the right to wipe away mankind. There is not another mankind that God did not create.

I hate those who serve worthless idols (Psalm 31:6 ULT)

By saying “worthless idols,” David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols.

Translation Strategies

If readers would understand the purpose of a phrase with a noun, then consider keeping the phrase and the noun together. For languages that use words or phrases with a noun only to distinguish one item from another, here are some strategies for translating phrases that are used to inform or remind.

(1) Put the information in another part of the sentence and add words that show its purpose.
(2) Use one of your language’s ways for expressing that this is just added information. It may be by adding a small word, or by changing the way the voice sounds. Sometimes changes in the voice can be shown with punctuation marks, such as parentheses or commas.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Put the information in another part of the sentence and add words that show its purpose.

I hate those who serve worthless idols (Psalm 31:6 ULT)

Because idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them.

… for your righteous judgments are good. (Psalm 119:39b ULT)

… for your judgments are good because they are righteous.

Can Sarah, who is 90 years old, bear a son? (Genesis 17:17b ULT)

Can Sarah bear a son even when she is 90 years old?

You must surely open your hand to your brother, to your needy and to your poor in your land. (Deuteronomy 15:11 ULT)

You must surely open your hand to any of your needy and poor brothers in your land.

(2) Use one of your language’s ways for expressing that this is just added information.

You are my Son, whom I love. I am pleased with you. (Luke 3:22 ULT)

You are my Son. I love you and I am pleased with you.

Receiving my love, you are my Son. I am pleased with you.

You must surely open your hand to your brother, to your needy and to your poor in your land. (Deuteronomy 15:11 ULT)

You must surely open your hand to your brother who is needy and poor in your land.

Nehemiah References:

8:9; 8:13; 10:38; 11:1; 11:18; 11:22; 11:35; 12:7; 12:24; 12:26; 12:36; 12:36; 13:4; 13:10; 13:28

Double Negatives

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Double Negatives

A double negative occurs when a clause has two words that each express the meaning of “not.” Double negatives mean very different things in different languages. To translate sentences that have double negatives accurately and clearly, you need to know what a double negative means in the Bible and how to express this idea in your language.

Description

Negative words are words that have in them the meaning “not.” Examples in English are “no,” “not,” “none,” “no one,” “nothing,” “nowhere,” “never,” “nor,” “neither,” and “without.” Also, some words have prefixes or suffixes that mean “not,” such as the bolded parts of these words: “unhappy,” “impossible,” and “useless.” Some other kinds of words also have a negative meaning, such as “lack” or “reject,” or even “fight” or “evil.”

A double negative occurs when a clause has two words that each have a negative meaning.

We did this not because we have no authority … (2 Thessalonians 3:9a ULT)

And this was not done without an oath! (Hebrews 7:20a ULT)

Be sure of this—the wicked person will not go unpunished. (Proverbs 11:21a ULT)

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Double negatives mean very different things in different languages.

  • In some languages, such as English, a second negative in a clause cancels the first one, creating a positive sentence. So, “He is not unintelligent” means “He is intelligent.”
  • In some languages, such as French and Spanish, two negative words in a clause do not cancel each other to become a positive. The Spanish sentence, “No vi a nadie,” literally says “I did not see no one.” It has both the word ‘no’ next to the verb and ‘nadie,’ which means “no one.” The two negatives are seen as in agreement with each other, and the sentence means, “I did not see anyone.”
  • In some languages, a double negative creates a stronger negative statement.
  • In some languages, a double negative creates a positive sentence, but it is a weak statement. So, “He is not unintelligent” means, “He is somewhat intelligent.”
  • In some languages, including the languages of the Bible, a double negative can produce a stronger positive meaning than a simple positive statement. So, “He is not unintelligent” can mean “He is very intelligent.” In this case, the double negative is actually the figure of speech called litotes.

Biblical Greek can do all of the above. So to translate sentences with double negatives accurately and clearly in your language, you need to know what each double negative means in the Bible and how to express the same idea in your language.

Examples From the Bible

The Greek of John 15:5 says:

χωρὶς ἐμοῦ οὐ δύνασθε ποιεῖν οὐδέν

Without me not you can do nothing

We cannot reproduce this double negative in the English ULT because in English, a second negative in a clause cancels the first one. In English, and perhaps in your language, we need to choose only one of the negatives and say either:

Without me, you can do nothing.
or:
Without me, you cannot do anything.

… in order not to be unfruitful. (Titus 3:14b ULT)

This means “in order to be fruitful.”

A prophet is not without honor (Mark 6:4 ULT)

This means “a prophet is honored.”

I do not want you to be ignorant. (1 Corinthians 12:1)

This means “I want you to be knowledgeable.”

Translation Strategies

If the way that the double negative is used in the Bible is natural and has the same meaning as in your language, consider using it in the same way. Otherwise, you could consider these strategies:

(1) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a positive statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove the two negatives so that it is positive.
(2) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a negative statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove one of the two negatives.
(3) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a stronger negative statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove one of the two negatives and add a strengthening word.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a positive statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove the two negatives so that it is positive.

For we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy for our weaknesses. (Hebrews 4:15a ULT)

“For we have a high priest who can feel sympathy for our weaknesses.”

… in order not to be unfruitful. (Titus 3:14b ULT)

“… so that they may be fruitful.”

(2) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a negative statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove one of the two negatives.

χωρὶς ἐμοῦ οὐ δύνασθε ποιεῖν οὐδέν

Without me not you can do nothing (John 15:5)

Without me, you can do nothing.

or:
Without me, you cannot do anything.

(3) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a stronger negative statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove one of the two negatives and add a strengthening word.

…ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κεραία οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου (Matthew 5:18)

…iota one or one serif not not may pass away from the law

not even one iota or one serif may pass away from the law

or:
certainly no iota or serif may pass away from the law

Nehemiah References:

2:2

Doublet

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Doublet

Description

We are using the word “doublet” to refer to two words or phrases that are used together and either mean the same thing or mean very close to the same thing. Often they are joined with the word “and.” Unlike Hendiadys, in which one of the words modifies the other, in a doublet the two words or phrases are equal and are used to emphasize or intensify the one idea that is expressed by the two words or phrases.

A very similar issue is the repetition of the same word or phrase for emphasis, usually with no other words between them. Because these figures of speech are so similar and have the same effect, we will treat them here together.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

In some languages people do not use doublets. Or they may use doublets, but only in certain situations, so a doublet might not make sense in their language in some verses. People might think that the verse is describing two ideas or actions, when it is only describing one. In this case, translators may need to find some other way to express the meaning expressed by the doublet.

Examples From the Bible

He has one people scattered and dispersed among the peoples (Esther 3:8 ULT)

The bolded words mean the same thing. Together they mean the people were spread out.

He attacked two men more righteous and better than himself. (1 Kings 2:32b ULT)

This means that they were “much more righteous” than he was.

You have decided to prepare false and deceptive words. (Daniel 2:9b ULT)

This means that they had decided to lie, which is another way of saying that they intended to deceive people.

… like of a lamb without blemish and without spot. (1 Peter 1:19b ULT)

This means that he was like a lamb that did not have any defect—not even one.

Then they approached {and} woke him up, saying, “Master! Master! We are perishing!” (Luke 8:24 ULT)

The repetition of “Master” means that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually.

Translation Strategies

If a doublet would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, consider these strategies.

(1) Translate only one of the words or phrases.
(2) If the doublet is used to intensify the meaning, translate one of the words or phrases and add a word that intensifies it such as “very” or “great” or “many.”
(3) If the doublet is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use one of your language’s ways of doing that.

Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Translate only one of the words.

You have decided to prepare false and deceptive words. (Daniel 2:9b ULT)

“You have decided to prepare false things to say.”

(2) If the doublet is used to intensify the meaning, translate one of the words and add a word that intensifies it such as “very” or “great” or “many.”

He has one people scattered and dispersed among the peoples (Esther 3:8 ULT)

“He has one people very spread out.”

(3) If the doublet is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use one of your language’s ways of doing that.

… like a lamb without blemish and without spot. (1 Peter 1:19b ULT)

  • English can emphasize this with “any” and “at all.”

“… like a lamb without any blemish at all.”

Then they approached {and} woke him up, saying, “Master! Master! We are perishing!” (Luke 8:24 ULT)

Then they approached {and} woke him up, urgently shouting, “Master! We are perishing!”

Ellipsis

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Ellipsis

Description

An ellipsis[^1] occurs when a speaker or writer leaves out one or more words that normally should be in the sentence. The speaker or writer does this because he knows that the hearer or reader will understand the meaning of the sentence and supply the words in his mind when he hears or reads the words that are there. For example:

So the wicked will not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous. (Psalm 1:5 ULT)

There is ellipsis in the second part because “nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous” is not a complete sentence. The speaker assumes that the hearer will understand what it is that sinners will not do in the assembly of the righteous by filling in the action from the previous clause. With the action filled in, the complete sentence would read:

So the wicked will not stand in the judgment, nor will sinners stand in the assembly of the righteous.

[^1]: English has a punctuation symbol which is also called an ellipsis. It is a series of three dots (…) used to indicate an intentional omission of a word, phrase, sentence or more from text without altering its original meaning. This translationAcademy article is not about the punctuation mark, but about the concept of omission of words that normally should be in the sentence.

Two Types of Ellipsis

  1. A Relative Ellipsis happens when the reader has to supply the omitted word or words from the context. Usually the word is in the previous sentence, as in the example above.
  2. An Absolute Ellipsis happens when the omitted word or words are not in the context, but the phrases are common enough in the language that the reader is expected to supply what is missing from this common usage or from the nature of the situation.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Readers who see incomplete sentences or phrases may not know that there is information missing that the writer expects them to fill in. Or readers may understand that there is information missing, but they may not know what information is missing because they do not know the original biblical language, culture, or situation as the original readers did. In this case, they may fill in the wrong information. Or readers may misunderstand the ellipsis if they do not use ellipsis in the same way in their language.

Examples From the Bible

Relative Ellipsis

He makes Lebanon skip like a calf and Sirion like a young ox. (Psalm 29:6 ULT)

The writer wants his words to be few and to make good poetry. The full sentence with the information filled in would be:

He makes Lebanon skip like a calf and he makes Sirion skip like a young ox.

Watch carefully, therefore, how you walk—not as unwise but as wise. (Ephesians 5:15b ULT)

The information that the reader must understand in the second parts of these sentences can be filled in from the first parts:

Watch carefully, therefore, how you walk—walk not as unwise but walk as wise,

Absolute Ellipsis

Then when he had come near, he asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” And so he said, “Lord, that I might recover my sight.” (Luke 18:40b-41 ULT)

It seems that the man answered in an incomplete sentence because he wanted to be polite and not directly ask Jesus for healing. He knew that Jesus would understand that the only way he could receive his sight would be for Jesus to heal him. The complete sentence would be:

“Lord, I want you to heal me so that I might receive my sight.”

To Titus, a true son in our common faith. Grace and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Savior. (Titus 1:4 ULT)

The writer assumes that the reader will recognize this common form of a blessing or wish, so he does not need to include the full sentence, which would be:

To Titus, a true son in our common faith. May you receive grace and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Savior.

Translation Strategies

If ellipsis would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here is another option:

(1) Add the missing words to the incomplete phrase or sentence.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Add the missing words to the incomplete phrase or sentence.

So the wicked will not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous. (Psalm 1:5 ULT)

So the wicked will not stand in the judgment, and sinners will not stand in the assembly of the righteous.

Then when he had come near, he asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” And so he said, “Lord, that I might recover my sight.” (Luke 18:40b-41 ULT)

Then when the man was near, Jesus asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” He said, “Lord, I want you to heal me that I might receive my sight.”

He makes Lebanon skip like a calf and Sirion like a young ox. (Psalm 29:6 ULT)

He makes Lebanon skip like a calf, and he makes Sirion skip like a young ox.

Exclamations

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Exclamations

Description

Exclamations are words or sentences that show strong feeling such as surprise, joy, fear, or anger. In the ULT and UST, they usually have an exclamation mark (!) at the end. The mark shows that it is an exclamation. The situation and the meaning of what the people said helps us understand what feelings they were expressing. In the example below from Matthew 8, the speakers were terribly afraid. In the example from Matthew 9, the speakers were amazed, because something happened that they had never seen before.

Save us, Lord; we are about to die! (Matthew 8:25b ULT)

When the demon had been driven out, the mute man spoke. The crowds were astonished and said, “This has never been seen before in Israel!” (Matthew 9:33 ULT)

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Languages have different ways of showing that a sentence communicates strong emotion.

Examples From the Bible

Some exclamations have a word that shows feeling. The sentences below have “Oh” and “Ah.” The word “oh” here shows the speaker’s amazement.

Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! (Romans 11:33 ULT)

The word “Alas” below shows that Gideon was very frightened.

When Gideon saw that he was the angel of Yahweh, Gideon lamented, “Alas, O my Lord Yahweh, for because of this I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!” (Judges 6:22 ULT)

Some exclamations start with a question word such as “how” or “why,” even though they are not questions. The sentence below shows that the speaker is amazed at how unsearchable God’s judgments are.

How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering! (Romans 11:33b ULT)

Some exclamations in the Bible do not have a main verb. The exclamation below shows that the speaker is disgusted with the person he is speaking to.

You worthless person! (Matthew 5:22b ULT)

Translation Strategies

(1) If an exclamation in your language needs a verb, add one. Often a good verb is “is” or “are.”
(2) Use an exclamation word from your language that shows the strong feeling.
(3) Translate the exclamation word with a sentence that shows the feeling.
(4) Use a word that emphasizes the part of the sentence that brings about the strong feeling.
(5) If the strong feeling is not clear in the target language, then tell how the person felt.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If an exclamation in your language needs a verb, add one. Often a good verb is “is” or “are.”

You worthless person! (Matthew 5:22b ULT)

“You are such a worthless person!”

Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! (Romans 11:33b ULT)

“Oh, the riches of the wisdom and the knowledge of God are so deep!”

(2) Use an exclamation word from your language that shows the strong feeling. In the first suggested translation below, the word “wow” shows that they were astonished. In the second suggested translation, the expression “Oh no” shows that something terrible or frightening has happened.

They were extremely astonished, saying, “He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf hear and the mute speak.” (Mark 7:37 ULT)

“They were extremely astonished, saying, ‘Wow! He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak.’”

Alas, oh my Lord Yahweh! For because of this I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face! (Judges 6:22b ULT)

Oh no, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”

(3) Translate the exclamation word with a sentence that shows the feeling.

Alas, O my Lord Yahweh, for because of this I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!” (Judges 6:22 ULT)

“Lord Yahweh, what will happen to me? For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”
Help, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”

(4) Use a word that emphasizes the part of the sentence that brings about the strong feeling.

How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering! (Romans 11:33b ULT)

“His judgments are so unsearchable and his ways are far beyond discovering!”

(5) If the strong feeling is not clear in the target language, then tell how the person felt.

When Gideon saw that he was the angel of Yahweh, Gideon lamented, “Alas, O my Lord Yahweh, for because of this I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!” (Judges 6:22 ULT)

Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. He was terrified and said, “Alas, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”

Nehemiah References:

1:5; 1:11

Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’

Description

Some languages have more than one form of “we”: an inclusive form that means “I and you” and an exclusive form that means “I and someone else but not you.” The exclusive form excludes the person being spoken to. The inclusive form includes the person being spoken to and possibly others. This is also true for “us,” “our,” “ours,” and “ourselves.” Some languages have inclusive forms and exclusive forms for each of these. Translators whose language has separate exclusive and inclusive forms for these words will need to understand what the speaker meant so that they can decide which form to use.

See the pictures. The people on the right are the people that the speaker is talking to. The yellow highlight shows who the inclusive “we” and the exclusive “we” refer to.

we/us (inclusive) people diagram

we/us (exclusive) people diagram

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

The Bible was first written in the Hebrew, Aramaic, and Greek languages. Like English, these languages do not have separate exclusive and inclusive forms for “we.” If your language has separate exclusive and inclusive forms of “we,” then you will need to understand what the speaker meant so that you can decide which form of “we” to use.

Examples From the Bible

Exclusive

They said, “There are not more than five loaves of bread and two fish with us—unless we go and buy food for all these people.” (Luke 9:13 ULT)

In the second clause, the disciples are talking about some of them going to buy food. They were speaking to Jesus, but Jesus was not going to buy food. So languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” would use the exclusive form there.

We have seen it, and we bear witness to it. We are announcing to you the eternal life, which was with the Father, and which has been made known to us. (1 John 1:2 ULT)

John is telling people who have not seen Jesus what he and the other apostles have seen. So languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the exclusive forms in this verse.

Inclusive

The shepherds said one to each other, “Let us now go to Bethlehem, and see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to us.” (Luke 2:15b ULT)

The shepherds were speaking to one another. When they said “us,” they were including the people they were speaking to, so languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the inclusive form in this verse.

Now it happened that on one of those days, he indeed got into a boat with his disciples, and he said to them, “Let us go over to the other side of the lake.” So they set sail. (Luke 8:22 ULT)

When Jesus said “us,” he was referring to himself and to the disciples he was speaking to, so languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the inclusive form in this verse.

Nehemiah References:

10:30

First, Second or Third Person

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: First, Second or Third Person

Normally a speaker refers to himself as “I” and the person he is speaking to as “you.” Sometimes in the Bible a speaker refers to himself or to the person he is speaking to with terms other than “I” or “you.”

Description

  • First person — This is how a speaker normally refers to himself. English uses the pronouns “I” and “we.” (Also: me, my, mine; us, our, ours)
  • Second person — This is how a speaker normally refers to the person or people he is speaking to. English uses the pronoun “you.” (Also: your, yours)
  • Third person — This is how a speaker refers to someone else. English uses the pronouns “he,” “she,” “it,” and “they.” (Also: him, his, her, hers, its; them, their, theirs) Noun phrases like “the man” or “the woman” are also third person.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Sometimes in the Bible a speaker uses the third person to refer to himself or to the people he is speaking to. Readers might think that the speaker was referring to someone else. They might not understand that he meant “I” or “you.”

Examples From the Bible

Sometimes people used the third person instead of “I” or “me” to refer to themselves.

But David said to Saul, “Your servant used to keep his father’s sheep.” (1 Samuel 17:34 ULT)

David referred to himself in the third person as “your servant” and used “his.” He was calling himself Saul’s servant in order to show his humility before Saul.

Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said,
“… Do you have an arm like God’s? Can you thunder with a voice like his?” (Job 40:6, 9 ULT)

God referred to himself in the third person with the words “God’s” and “his.” He did this to emphasize that he is God, and he is powerful.

Sometimes people use the third person instead of “you” or “your” to refer to the person or people they are speaking to.

Abraham answered and said, “Look, I have undertaken to speak to my Lord, even though I am only dust and ashes!” (Genesis 18:27 ULT)

Abraham was speaking to the Lord, and referred to the Lord as “My Lord” rather than as “you.” He did this to show his humility before God.

So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if each of you does not forgive his brother from your heart. (Matthew 18:35 ULT)

After saying “each of you,” Jesus used the third person “his” instead of “your.”

Translation Strategies

If using the third person to mean “I” or “you” would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are some other options.

(1) Use the third person phrase along with the pronoun “I” or “you.”
(2) Simply use the first person (“I”) or second person (“you”) instead of the third person.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use the third person phrase along with the pronoun “I” or “you.”

But David said to Saul, “Your servant used to keep his father’s sheep.” (1 Samuel 17:34)

But David said to Saul, “I, your servant, used to keep my father’s sheep.”

(2) Simply use the first person (“I”) or second person (“you”) instead of the third person.

Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, “… Do you have an arm like God’s? Can you thunder with a voice like his?” (Job 40:6, 9 ULT)

Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, “… Do you have an arm like mine? Can you thunder with a voice like mine?”

So also my heavenly Father will do to you if each of you does not forgive his brother from your heart. (Matthew 18:35 ULT)

So also my heavenly Father will do to you if each of you does not forgive your brother from your heart.

Nehemiah References:

1:5; 1:6; 1:9; 1:10; 1:11; 1:11; 1:11; 2:3; 2:5; 2:5; 2:7; 2:8; 12:27; 13:25

Forms of You

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Forms of You

Singular, Dual, and Plural

Some languages have more than one word for “you” based on how many people the word “you” refers to. The singular form refers to one person, and the plural form refers to more than one person. Some languages also have a dual form which refers to two people, and some languages have other forms that refer to three or four people.

You may also want to watch the video at https://ufw.io/figs_younum.

Sometimes in the Bible a speaker uses a singular form of “you” even though he is speaking to a crowd. For help with translating these, we suggest you read:

Formal and Informal

Some languages have more than one form of “you” based on the relationship between the speaker and the person he or she is talking to. People use the formal form of “you” when speaking to someone who is older, or has higher authority, or is someone they do not know very well. People use the informal form when speaking to someone who is not older, or does not have higher authority, or is a family member or close friend.

You may also want to watch the video at https://ufw.io/figs_youform.

For help with translating these, we suggest you read:

Masculine and Feminine

Some languages have a masculine form and a feminine form of the word for “you.” People use the masculine form when speaking to a man or boy and the feminine form when speaking to a woman or girl.

English does not make any of the above distinctions, so they are absent in the ULT. Please be aware of this and use the appropriate forms of “you” if your language does make any of these distinctions.

Nehemiah References:

1:5; 1:8; 1:9; 2:17

Forms of ‘You’ — Singular

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular

Description

Some languages have a singular form of “you” for when the word “you” refers to just one person, and a plural form for when the word “you” refers to more than one person. Translators who speak one of these languages will always need to know what the speaker meant so they can choose the right word for “you” in their language. Other languages, such as English, have only one form, which people use regardless of how many people it refers to.

The Bible was first written in the Hebrew, Aramaic, and Greek languages. These languages all have both a singular form of “you” and a plural form of “you.” When we read the Bible in those languages, the pronouns and verb forms show us whether the word “you” refers to one person or more than one. When we read the Bible in a language that does not have different forms of you, we need to look at the context to see how many people the speaker was speaking to.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  • Translators who speak a language that has distinct singular and plural forms of “you” will always need to know what the speaker meant so they can choose the right word for “you” in their language.
  • Many languages also have different forms of the verb depending on whether the subject is singular or plural. So even if there is no pronoun meaning “you,” translators of these languages will need to know if the speaker was referring to one person or more than one.

Often the context will make it clear whether the word “you” refers to one person or more than one. If you look at the other pronouns in the sentence, they will help you know the number of people the speaker was speaking to. Sometimes Greek and Hebrew speakers used the singular form of “you” even though they were speaking to a group of people. (See Forms of ‘You’ — Singular to a Crowd.)

Examples From the Bible

But he said, “All these things I have kept from my youth.” But when he heard this, Jesus said to him, “One thing is still lacking to you. All things, as much as you have, sell all and distribute to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven—and come, follow me.” (Luke 18:21-22 ULT)

The ruler was speaking about just himself when he said “I.” This shows us that when Jesus said “you” he was referring only to the ruler and he used the singular form. So languages that have singular and plural forms of “you” need the singular form here, as well as for the verbs “sell,” distribute,” “come,” and “follow.”

The angel said to him, “Dress yourself and put on your sandals.” So he did that. He said to him, “Put on your outer garment and follow me.” (Acts 12:8 ULT)

The angel used singular forms here and the context makes it clear that he was speaking to one person and that only one person did what the the angel commanded. So languages that have singular and plural forms of “you” would need the singular form here for “yourself” and “your.” Also, if verbs have different forms for singular and plural subjects, then the verbs “dress,” “put on,” and “follow” need the form that indicates a singular subject.

All the ones {who are} with me greet you. Greet the ones loving us in faith. Grace {be} with all of you. (Titus 3:15 ULT)

Paul wrote this letter to one person, Titus, so most of the time the word “you” in this letter is singular and refers only to Titus. In this verse, the first “you” is singular, so the greeting is for Titus, as well as the instruction to greet the others there. The second “you,” however, is plural, so the blessing is for Titus and for all of the believers there in Crete.

“Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.” (Matthew 2:8 ULT)

Since Herod is speaking to all of the learned men, the word “you” and the commands “search” and “report” are plural.

Strategies for finding out how many people “you” refers to

(1) Look at the notes to see if they tell whether “you” refers to one person or more than one person.
(2) Look at the UST to see if it says anything that would show you whether the word “you” refers to one person or more than one person.
(3) If you have a Bible that is written in a language that distinguishes “you” singular from “you” plural, see which form of “you” that Bible has in that sentence.
(4) Look at the context to see how many people the speaker was talking to and who responded.

You may also want to watch the video at https://ufw.io/figs_younum.

Nehemiah References:

1:8

Fractions

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Fractions

Description

A fraction is a number that represents part of a whole. When an item is divided into several equal parts, a fraction refers to one or more of those parts.

For the drink offering, you must offer a third of a hin of wine. (Numbers 15:7a ULT)

A hin is a container of a set size which is used for measuring wine and other liquids. The people were to think about dividing a hin container into three equal parts, filling up only one of those parts and offering that amount.

a third of the ships were destroyed. (Revelation 8:9b ULT)

There were many ships. If all those ships were divided into three equal groups of ships, one group of ships was destroyed.

Most fractions in English simply have the letters “th” added to the end of the number, such as fourth, sixth, ninth, tenth.

| Number of parts the whole is divided into | Fraction | | -------- | -------- | | four | fourth | | ten | tenth | | one hundred | one hundredth | | one thousand | one thousandth |

Some fractions in English do not follow that pattern.

| Number of parts the whole is divided into | Fraction | | -------- | -------- | | two | half | | three | third | | five | fifth |

Reason This is a Translation Issue

Some languages do not use fractions. They may simply talk about parts or groups, but they do not use fractions to tell how big a part is or how many parts are included in a group.

Examples From the Bible

Now to the half-tribe of Manasseh, Moses had given a possession in Bashan, but to the other half, Joshua gave a possession among their brothers across the Jordan on the west. (Joshua 22:7 ULT)

The tribe of Manasseh divided into two groups. The phrase “the half-tribe of Manasseh” refers one of those groups. The phrase “the other half” refers to the other group.

So the four angels who had been prepared for that hour, that day, that month, and that year, were released so that they would kill a third of mankind. (Revelation 9:15 ULT)

If all the people in the world were to be divided into three equal groups, then the number of people in one group would be killed.

You must also prepare a fourth of a hin of wine as the drink offering. (Numbers 15:5 ULT)

They were to imagine dividing a hin of wine into four equal parts and prepare the amount equal to one of them.

Translation Strategies

If a fraction in your language would give the right meaning, consider using it. If not, you could consider these strategies.

(1) Tell the number of parts or groups that the item would be divided into, and then tell the number of parts or groups that is being referred to.
(2) For measurements such as for weight and length, use a unit that your people might know or the unit in the UST.
(3) For measurements, use ones that are used in your language. In order to do that you would need to know how your measurements relates to the metric system and figure out each measurement.

Examples of These Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Tell the number of parts or groups that the item would be divided into, and then tell the number of parts or groups that is being referred to.

A third of the ocean became red like blood (Revelation 8:8 ULT)

It was like they divided the ocean into three parts, and one part of the ocean became blood.

Then you must offer with the bull a grain offering of three-tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil. (Numbers 15:9 ULT)

… then you must divide an ephah of fine flour into ten parts and divide a hin of oil into two parts. Then mix three of those parts of the flour with one of the parts of oil. Then you must offer that grain offering along with the bull.

(2) For measurements, use the measurements that are given in the UST. The translators of the UST have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system.

two-thirds of a shekel … (1 Samuel 13:21b ULT)

eight grams of silver … (1 Samuel 13:21b UST)

three-tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil. (Numbers 15:9b ULT)

six and one-half liters of finely ground flour mixed with two liters of olive oil. (Numbers 15:9b UST)

(3) For measurements, use ones that are used in your language. In order to do that you would need to know how your measurements relates to the metric system and figure out each measurement.

three-tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil. (Numbers 15:9b ULT)

six quarts of fine flour mixed with two quarts of oil.

Nehemiah References:

3:9; 4:6; 4:16; 4:21; 5:11; 10:32; 10:37; 10:38; 13:5; 13:24

Hebrew Months

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Hebrew Months

Description

The Hebrew calendar used in the Bible has twelve months. Unlike the western calendar, its first month begins in the spring of the northern hemisphere. Sometimes a month is called by its name (Aviv, Ziv, Sivan), and sometimes it is called by its order in the Hebrew calendar year (first month, second month, third month).

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Readers may be surprised to read of months that they have never heard of, and they may wonder how those months correspond to the months that they use.
  • Readers may not realize that phrases such as “the first month” or “the second month” refer to the first or second month of the Hebrew calendar, not some other calendar.
  • Readers may not know when the first month of the Hebrew calendar begins.
  • The Bible may tell about something happening in a certain month, but readers will not be able to fully understand what is said about it if they do not know what season of the year that was.

List of Hebrew Months

This is a list of the Hebrew months with information about them that may be helpful in the translation.

Aviv — (This month was called Nisan after the Babylonian exile.) This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. It is at the beginning of the spring season when the late rains come and people begin to harvest their crops. It is during the last part of March and the first part of April on western calendars. The Passover celebration started on Aviv 10; the Festival of Unleavened Bread was right after that, and the Festival of Harvest was a few weeks after that.

Ziv — This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. This is during the harvest season. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars.

Sivan — This is the third month of the Hebrew calendar. It is at the end of the harvest season and the beginning of the dry season. It is during the last part of May and the first part of June on Western calendars. The Feast of Weeks is celebrated on Sivan 6.

Tammuz — This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the dry season. It is during the last part of June and the first part of July on Western calendars.

Ab — This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the dry season. It is during the last part of July and the first part of August on Western calendars.

Elul — This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is at the end of the dry season and the beginning of the rainy season. It is during the last part of August and the first part of September on Western calendars.

Ethanim — This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. This is during the early rain season which would soften the land for sowing. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. The Feast of Ingathering and the Day of Atonement are celebrated in this month.

Bul — This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the rainy season when people plough their fields and sow seed. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars.

Kislev — This is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. This is at the end of the sowing season and the beginning of the cold season. It is during the last part of November and the first part of December on Western calendars.

Tebeth — This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the cold season when there may be rain and snow. It is during the last part of December and the first part of January on Western calendars.

Shebat — This is the eleventh month of the Hebrew calendar. This is the coldest month of the year, and it has heavy rainfall. It is during the last part of January and the first part of February on Western calendars.

Adar — This is the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. This is during the cold season. It is during the last part of February and the first part of March on western calendars. The feast called Purim is celebrated in Adar.

Examples From the Bible

Today you are going out, in the month of Aviv. (Exodus 13:4 ULT)

You must eat unleavened bread from evening of the fourteenth day in the first month of the year, until evening of the twenty-first day of the month. (Exodus 12:18 ULT)

Translation Strategies

You may need to make some information about the months explicit. (See Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information.)

(1) Tell the number of the Hebrew month.
(2) Use the names for months that people know.
(3) State clearly what season the month occurred in.
(4) Refer to the time in terms of the season rather than in terms of the Hebrew name of the month. (If possible, use a footnote to show the Hebrew month and day.)

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

The examples below use these two verses.

At that time, you will appear before me in the month of Aviv, which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt. (Exodus 23:15b ULT)

It will always be a statute for you that in the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month, you must humble yourselves and do no work. (Leviticus 16:29a ULT)

(1) Tell the number of the Hebrew month.

At that time, you will appear before me in the first month of the year, which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt.

(2) Use the months that people know.

At that time, you will appear before me in the month of March, which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt.

It will always be a statute for you that on the day I choose in late September you must humble yourselves and do no work.

(3) State clearly what season the month occurs in.

It will always be a statute for you that in the autumn, on the tenth day of the seventh month, you must humble yourselves and do no work.

(4) Refer to the time in terms of the season rather than in terms of the month.

It will always be a statute for you that in the day I choose in early autumn1 you must humble yourselves and do no work.

The footnote would look like:

[1] The Hebrew says, “the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month.”

Nehemiah References:

1:1; 2:1; 6:15; 8:2; 9:1

How to Translate Names

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: How to Translate Names

Description

The Bible contains the names of many people, groups of people, and places. Some of these names may sound strange and be hard to say. Sometimes readers may not know what a name refers to, and sometimes they may need to understand what a name means. This page will help you see how you can translate these names and how you can help people understand what they need to know about them.

Meaning of names

Most names in the Bible have meaning. Most of the time, names in the Bible are used simply to identify the people and places they refer to, but sometimes the meaning of a name is especially important.

For this Melchizedek, king of Salem, priest of God Most High, was the one who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings and blessed him. (Hebrews 7:1 ULT)

Here the writer uses the name “Melchizedek” primarily to refer to a man who had that name, and the title “king of Salem” tells us that he ruled over a certain city.

His name first indeed means “king of righteousness,” and then also “king of Salem,” that is, “king of peace.” (Hebrews 7:2b ULT)

Here the writer explains the meanings of Melchizedek’s name and title because those things tell us more about the person. Other times, the writer does not explain the meaning of a name because he expects the reader to already know the meaning. If the meaning of the name is important to understand the passage, you can include the meaning in the text or in a footnote.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Readers may not know some of the names in the Bible. They may not know whether a name refers to a person or place or something else.
  • Readers may need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand the passage.
  • Some names may have different sounds or combinations of sounds that are not used in your language or are unpleasant to say in your language. For strategies to address this problem, see Borrow Words.
  • Some people and places in the Bible have two names. Readers may not realize that two names refer to the same person or place.

Examples From the Bible

Then you crossed over the Jordan and came to Jericho, and the men of Jericho, and the Amorites … fought against you, but I gave them into your hand. (Joshua 24:11 ULT)

Readers might not know that “Jordan” is the name of a river, “Jericho” is the name of a city, and “Amorites” is the name of a group of people.

She said, “Do I really continue to see, even after he has seen me?” Therefore, the well was called Beer Lahai Roi. (Genesis 16:13b-14a ULT)

Readers may not understand the second sentence if they do not know that “Beer Lahai Roi” means “Well of the Living One who sees me.”

And she called his name Moses and she said, “For out of the water I drew him.” (Exodus 2:10b ULT)

Readers may not understand why she said this if they do not know that the name Moses sounds like the Hebrew words “pull out.”

Saul was in agreement with his execution. (Acts 8:1a ULT)

But when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of it, they tore their clothing. (Acts 14:14a ULT)

Readers may not know that the names Saul and Paul refer to the same person.

Translation Strategies

(1) If readers cannot easily understand from the context what kind of a thing a name refers to, you can add a word to clarify it.
(2) If readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, copy the name and tell about its meaning either in the text or in a footnote.
(3) Or if readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, and that name is used only once, translate the meaning of the name instead of copying the name.
(4) If a person or place has two different names, use one name most of the time and the other name only when the text tells about the person or place having more than one name or when it says something about why the person or place was given that name. Write a footnote when the source text uses the name that is used less frequently.
(5) Or if a person or place has two different names, then use whatever name is given in the source text, and add a footnote that gives the other name.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If readers cannot easily understand from the context what kind of a thing a name refers to, you can add a word to clarify it.

Then you crossed over the Jordan and came to Jericho, and the men of Jericho, and the Amorites … fought against you, but I gave them into your hand. (Joshua 24:11 ULT)

You went over the Jordan River and came to the city of Jericho. The men of Jericho fought against you, along with the tribe of the Amorites.

At that hour, certain Pharisees approached, saying to him, “Leave and go away from here, because Herod wants to kill you.” (Luke 13:31 ULT)

At that hour, certain Pharisees approached, saying to him, “Go and leave here, because King Herod wants to kill you.”

(2) If readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, copy the name and tell about its meaning either in the text or in a footnote.

And she called his name Moses and she said, “For out of the water I drew him.” (Exodus 2:10b ULT)

She called his name Moses (which sounds like ‘drawn out’), and she said, “For out of the water I drew him.”

(3) Or if readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, and that name is used only once, translate the meaning of the name instead of copying the name.

She said, “Do I really continue to see, even after he has seen me?” Therefore, the well was called Beer Lahai Roi. (Genesis 16:13b-14a ULT)

She said, “Do I really continue to see, even after he has seen me?” Therefore, the well was called Well of the Living One who sees me.

(4) If a person or place has two different names, use one name most of the time and the other name only when the text tells about the person or place having more than one name or when it says something about why the person or place was given that name. Write a footnote when the source text uses the name that is used less frequently. For example, Paul is called “Saul” before Acts 13 and “Paul” after Acts 13. You could translate his name as “Paul” all of the time, except in Acts 13:9 where it talks about him having both names.

… a young man named Saul. (Acts 7:58b ULT)

… a young man named Paul 1

The footnote would look like:

[1] Most versions say “Saul” here, but most of the time in the Bible he is called “Paul.”

Then later in the story, you could translate this way:

But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit; (Acts 13:9)

But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;

(5) Or if a person or place has two names, use whatever name is given in the source text, and add a footnote that gives the other name. For example, you could write “Saul” where the source text has “Saul” and “Paul” where the source text has “Paul.”

a young man named Saul (Acts 7:58 ULT)

a young man named Saul

The footnote would look like:

[1] This is the same man who is called Paul beginning in Acts 13.

Then later in the story, you could translate this way:

But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit; (Acts 13:9)

But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;

Then after the story has explained the name change, you could translate this way.

It came about in Iconium that Paul and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue (Acts 14:1 ULT)

It came about in Iconium that Paul1 and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue

The footnote would look like:

[1] This is the same man who was called Saul before Acts 13.

Nehemiah References:

front:intro; 1:1; 1:1; 1:2; 1:2; 1:5; 1:11; 2:7; 2:8; 2:9; 2:10; 2:10; 2:13; 2:13; 2:13; 2:14; 2:14; 2:15; 2:19; 2:19; 2:19; 3:1; 3:1; 3:1; 3:2; 3:2; 3:3; 3:3; 3:4; 3:4; 3:4; 3:5; 3:6; 3:6; 3:6; 3:7; 3:7; 3:7; 3:8; 3:8; 3:8; 3:9; 3:10; 3:10; 3:11; 3:11; 3:11; 3:12; 3:12; 3:13; 3:13; 3:13; 3:13; 3:14; 3:14; 3:14; 3:15; 3:15; 3:15; 3:15; 3:16; 3:16; 3:17; 3:17; 3:17; 3:17; 3:18; 3:18; 3:19; 3:19; 3:20; 3:21; 3:23; 3:23; 3:24; 3:24; 3:25; 3:25; 3:26; 3:26; 3:27; 3:28; 3:29; 3:29; 3:29; 3:30; 3:30; 3:30; 3:31; 3:31; 3:32; 4:1; 4:3; 4:7; 4:7; 6:1; 6:1; 6:2; 6:6; 6:10; 6:14; 6:17; 6:18; 6:18; 6:18; 7:2; 7:2; 7:7; 7:8; 7:9; 7:10; 7:11; 7:12; 7:13; 7:14; 7:15; 7:16; 7:17; 7:18; 7:19; 7:20; 7:21; 7:22; 7:23; 7:24; 7:25; 7:26; 7:27; 7:28; 7:29; 7:30; 7:31; 7:32; 7:33; 7:34; 7:35; 7:36; 7:37; 7:38; 7:39; 7:40; 7:41; 7:42; 7:43; 7:44; 7:45; 7:46; 7:57; 7:61; 7:62; 7:63; 7:63; 8:1; 8:3; 8:4; 8:4; 8:7; 8:16; 8:16; 8:17; 9:4; 9:5; 9:7; 9:7; 9:8; 9:9; 9:13; 9:14; 9:22; 9:22; 10:1; 10:2; 10:3; 10:4; 10:5; 10:6; 10:7; 10:8; 10:9; 10:9; 10:9; 10:10; 10:11; 10:12; 10:13; 10:14; 10:15; 10:16; 10:17; 10:18; 10:19; 10:20; 10:21; 10:22; 10:23; 10:24; 10:25; 10:26; 10:27; 11:4; 11:5; 11:7; 11:8; 11:9; 11:9; 11:10; 11:10; 11:11; 11:12; 11:13; 11:14; 11:15; 11:16; 11:17; 11:17; 11:17; 11:19; 11:21; 11:22; 11:24; 11:24; 11:25; 11:26; 11:27; 11:28; 11:29; 11:30; 11:31; 11:32; 11:33; 11:34; 11:35; 12:1; 12:1; 12:2; 12:3; 12:4; 12:5; 12:6; 12:7; 12:8; 12:9; 12:11; 12:12; 12:13; 12:14; 12:15; 12:16; 12:17; 12:18; 12:19; 12:20; 12:21; 12:22; 12:23; 12:24; 12:24; 12:25; 12:26; 12:28; 12:29; 12:29; 12:31; 12:32; 12:33; 12:34; 12:35; 12:36; 12:37; 12:37; 12:38; 12:38; 12:39; 12:39; 12:39; 12:39; 12:41; 12:42; 12:42; 12:46; 12:47; 13:1; 13:2; 13:4; 13:13; 13:13; 13:15; 13:16; 13:23; 13:28; 13:28

Hyperbole

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Hyperbole

Description

A speaker or writer can use exactly the same words to say something that he means as completely true, or as generally true, or as a hyperbole. This is why it can be hard to decide how to understand a statement. For example, the sentence below could mean three different things.

It rains here every night.

  1. The speaker means this as literally true if he means that it really does rain here every night.
  2. The speaker means this as a generalization if he means that it rains here most nights.
  3. The speaker means this as a hyperbole if he wants to say that it rains more than it actually does, usually in order to express a strong attitude toward the amount or frequency of rain, such as being annoyed or being happy about it.

Hyperbole

In hyperbole, a figure of speech that uses exaggeration, a speaker deliberately describes something with an extreme or even unreal statement, usually to show his strong feeling or opinion about it. He expects people to understand that he is exaggerating.

They will not leave stone upon stone in you. (Luke 19:44b ULT)

This is an exaggeration. It means that the enemies will completely destroy Jerusalem.

Moses was educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians. (Acts 7:22a ULT)

This hyperbole means that he had learned everything an Egyptian education could offer.

Generalization

This is a statement that is true most of the time or in most situations that it could apply to.

The one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame,
but honor will come to him who learns from correction. (Proverbs 13:18)

These generalizations tell about what normally happens to people who ignore instruction and what normally happens to people who learn from correction. There may be some exceptions to these statements, but they are generally true.

And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words. (Matthew 6:7)

This generalization tells about what Gentiles were known for doing. Many Gentiles did this. It does not matter if a few did not. The point was that the hearers should not join in this well-known practice.

Even though a hyperbole or a generalization may have a strong-sounding word like “all,” “always,” “none,” or “never,” it does not necessarily mean exactly “all,” “always,” “none,” or “never.” It simply means “most,” “most of the time,” “hardly any,” or “rarely.”

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  1. Readers need to be able to understand whether or not a statement is literally true.
  2. If readers realize that a statement is not literally true, they need to be able to understand whether it is a hyperbole, a generalization, or a lie. (Though the Bible is completely true, it tells about people who did not always tell the truth.)

Examples From the Bible

Examples of Hyperbole

If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off. It is better for you to enter into life maimed … (Mark 9:43a ULT)

When Jesus said to cut off your hand, he meant that we should do whatever extreme things we need to do in order not to sin. He used this hyperbole to show how extremely important it is to try to stop sinning.

The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel with 3,000 chariots, 6,000 men to drive the chariots, and troops as numerous as the sand on the seashore. (1 Samuel 13:5a ULT)

The bolded phrase is an exaggeration for the purpose of expressing the emotion that the Philistine army was overwhelming in number. It means that there were many, many soldiers in the Philistine army.

But as his anointing teaches you everything and is true and is not a lie, and just as it has taught you, remain in him. (1 John 2:27b ULT)

This is a hyperbole. It expresses the assurance that God’s Spirit teaches us about all things that we need to know. God’s Spirit does not teach us about everything that it is possible to know.

When they found him, they also said to him, “Everyone is looking for you.” (Mark 1:37 ULT)

The disciples probably did not mean that everyone in the city was looking for Jesus, but that many people were looking for him, or that all of Jesus’ closest friends there were looking for him. This is an exaggeration for the purpose of expressing the emotion that they and many others were worried about him.

Examples of Generalization

Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? (John 1:46b ULT)

This rhetorical question is meant to express the generalization that there is nothing good in Nazareth. The people there had a reputation for being uneducated and not strictly religious. Of course, there were exceptions.

One of them, of their own prophets, has said, “Cretans are always liars, evil beasts, lazy bellies.” (Titus 1:12 ULT)

This is a generalization that means that Cretans had a reputation to be like this because, in general, this is how Cretans behaved. It is possible that there were exceptions.

A lazy hand causes a person to be poor, but the hand of the diligent person gains riches. (Proverbs 10:4 ULT)

This is generally true, and it reflects the experience of most people. It is possible that there are exceptions in some circumstances.

Caution

  • Do not assume that something is an exaggeration just because it seems to be impossible. God does miraculous things.

They saw Jesus walking on the sea and coming near the boat. (John 6:19b ULT)

This is not hyperbole. Jesus really walked on the water. It is a literal statement.

  • Do not assume that the word “all” is always a generalization that means “most.”

Yahweh is righteous in all his ways
and gracious in all he does. (Psalms 145:17 ULT)

Yahweh is always righteous. This is a completely true statement.

Translation Strategies

If the hyperbole or generalization would be natural and people would understand it and not think that it is a lie, consider using it. If not, here are other options.

(1) Express the meaning without the exaggeration.
(2) For a generalization, show that it is a generalization by using a phrase like “in general” or “in most cases.”
(3) For a hyperbole or a generalization, add a word like “many” or “almost” to show that the hyperbole or generalization is not meant to be exact.
(4) For a hyperbole or a generalization that has a word like “all,” “always,” “none,” or “never,” consider deleting that word.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Express the meaning without the exaggeration.

The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: 3,000 chariots, 6,000 men to drive the chariots, and troops as numerous as the sand on the seashore. (1 Samuel 13:5a ULT)

The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: 3,000 chariots, 6,000 men to drive the chariots, and a great number of troops.

(2) For a generalization, show that it is a generalization by using a phrase like “in general” or “in most cases.”

The one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame. (Proverbs 13:18a ULT)

In general, the one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame

When you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words. (Matthew 6:7 ULT)

And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles generally do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words.

(3) For a hyperbole or a generalization, add a word like “many” or “almost” to show that the hyperbole or generalization is not meant to be exact.

The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him. (Mark 1:5a ULT)

Almost all the country of Judea and almost all the people of Jerusalem went out to him.
or:

Many of the country of Judea and many of the people of Jerusalem went out to him.

(4) For a hyperbole or a generalization that has a word like “all,” “always,” “none,” or “never,” consider deleting that word.

The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him. (Mark 1:5a ULT)

The country of Judea and the people of Jerusalem went out to him.

Nehemiah References:

1:9; 2:3; 2:12; 4:3; 4:12; 4:17; 8:1; 8:9; 8:11; 9:23; 13:12

Idiom

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Idiom

An idiom is a figure of speech made up of a group of words that, as a whole, has a meaning that is different from what one would understand from the meanings of the individual words. Someone from outside of the culture usually cannot understand an idiom without someone inside the culture explaining its true meaning. Every language uses idioms. Some English examples are:

  • You are pulling my leg. (This means, “You are teasing me by telling me something that is not true.”)
  • Do not push the envelope. (This means, “Do not take a matter to its extreme.”)
  • This house is under water. (This means, “The debt owed for this house is greater than its actual value.”)
  • We are painting the town red. (This means, “We are going around town tonight celebrating very intensely.”)

Description

An idiom is a phrase that has a special meaning to the people of the language or culture who use it. Its meaning is different than what a person would understand from the meanings of the individual words that form the phrase.

he set his face to go to Jerusalem. (Luke 9:51b ULT)

The words “set his face” is an idiom that means “decided.”

Sometimes people may be able to understand an idiom from another culture, but it might sound like a strange way to express the meaning.

I am not worthy that you would come under my roof. (Luke 7:6b ULT)

The phrase “come under my roof” is an idiom that means “enter my house.”

Put these words into your ears. (Luke 9:44a ULT)

This idiom means “Listen carefully and remember what I say.”

Purpose: An idiom is probably created in a culture somewhat by accident when someone describes something in an unusual way. But, when that unusual way communicates the message powerfully and people understand it clearly, other people start to use it. After a while, it becomes a normal way of talking in that language.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • People can easily misunderstand idioms in the original languages of the Bible if they do not know the cultures that produced the Bible.
  • People can easily misunderstand idioms that are in the source language Bibles if they do not know the cultures that made those translations.
  • It is useless to translate idioms literally (according to the meaning of each word) when the target language audience will not understand what they mean.

Examples From the Bible

Then all Israel came to David at Hebron and said, “Look, we are your flesh and bone.” (1 Chronicles 11:1 ULT)

This means, “We and you belong to the same race, the same family.”

The children of Israel went out with a high hand. (Exodus 14:8b ASV)

This means, “The Israelites went out defiantly.”

the one who lifts up my head (Psalm 3:3b ULT)

This means, “the one who helps me.”

Translation Strategies

If the idiom would be clearly understood in your language, consider using it. If not, here are some other options.

(1) Translate the meaning plainly without using an idiom.
(2) Use a different idiom that people use in your own language that has the same meaning.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Translate the meaning plainly without using an idiom.

Then all Israel came to David at Hebron and said, “Look, we are your flesh and bone.” (1 Chronicles 11:1 ULT)

Look, we all belong to the same nation.

Then he set his face to go to Jerusalem. (Luke 9:51b ULT)

He started to travel to Jerusalem, determined to reach it.

I am not worthy that you would come under my roof. (Luke 7:6b ULT)

I am not worthy that you should enter my house.

(2) Use an idiom that people use in your own language that has the same meaning.

Put these words into your ears. (Luke 9:44a ULT)

Be all ears when I say these words to you.

My eyes grow dim from grief. (Psalm 6:7a ULT)

I am crying my eyes out

Introduction of a New Event

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Introduction of a New Event

Description

When people tell a story, they tell about an event or a series of events. Often they put certain information at the beginning of the story, such as who the story is about, when it happened, and where it happened. This information that the writer gives before the events of the story begin is called the setting of the story. Some new events in a story also have a setting because they might involve new people, new times, and new places. In some languages, people also tell if they saw the event or heard about it from someone else.

When your people tell about events, what information do they give at the beginning? Is there a certain order that they put it in? In your translation, you will need to follow the way your language introduces new information at the beginning of a story or a new event rather than the way the source language did that. In this way your translation will sound natural and communicate clearly in your language.

Examples From the Bible

In the days of Herod, king of Judea, there was a certain priest named Zechariah, from the division of Abijah. And his wife was from the daughters of Aaron, and her name was Elizabeth. (Luke 1:5 ULT)

The verses above introduce a story about Zechariah. The first bolded phrase tells when it happened, and the next two bolded phrases introduce the main people. The next two verses go on to explain that Zechariah and Elizabeth were old and did not have any children. All of this is the setting. Then the phrase “And it happened that” in Luke 1:8 helps to introduce the first event in this story:

And it happened that in his performing as priest before God, in the order of his division, according to the custom of the priesthood, he came up by lot to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense. (Luke 1:8-9 ULT)

The birth of Jesus Christ happened in the following way. His mother, Mary, was engaged to marry Joseph, but before they came together, she was found to be pregnant by the Holy Spirit. (Matthew 1:18 ULT)

The bolded sentence above makes it explicit that a story about Jesus is being introduced. The story will tell about how the birth of Jesus happened.

Now after Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem. (Matthew 2:1 ULT)

The bolded phrase above shows that the events concerning the learned men happened after Jesus was born.

Now in those days John the Baptist came preaching in the wilderness of Judea. (Matthew 3:1-22 ULT)

The bolded phrase above shows that John the Baptist came preaching around the time of the previous events. It is probably very general and refers to when Jesus lived in Nazareth.

Then Jesus came from Galilee to the Jordan River to John, to be baptized by him. (Matthew 3:13 ULT)

The word “then” shows that Jesus came to the Jordan River some time after the events in the previous verses.

Now there was a man from the Pharisees whose name was Nicodemus, a Jewish leader. This man came to Jesus at night. (John 3:1-2a ULT)

The author first introduced the new person and then told about what he did and when he did it. In some languages, it might be more natural to tell about the time first.

6 Noah was 600 years old when the flood came upon the earth. 7 Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons’ wives went into the ark together because of the waters of the flood. (Genesis 7:6-7 ULT)

Verse 6 is a statement of the events that happen in the rest of chapter 7. Chapter 6 already told about how God told Noah that there would be a flood, and how Noah prepared for it. Chapter 7 verse 6 introduces the part of the story that tells about Noah and his family and the animals going into the ship, the rain starting, and the rain flooding the earth. Some languages might need to make it clear that this verse simply introduces the event, or move this verse after verse 7. Verse 6 is not one of the events of the story. The people went into the ship before the flood came.

Translation Strategies

If the information given at the beginning of a new event is clear and natural to your readers, consider translating it as it is in the ULT or UST. If not, consider one of these strategies:

(1) Put the information that introduces the event in the order that your people put it.
(2) If readers would expect certain information but it is not in the Bible, consider using an indefinite word or phrase to fill in that information, such as: “another time” or “someone.”
(3) If the introduction is a summary of the whole event, use your language’s way of showing that it is a summary.
(4) If it would be strange in the target language to give a summary of the event at the beginning, indicate that the event would actually happen later in the story.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Put the information that introduces the event in the order that your people put it.

Now there was a man from the Pharisees whose name was Nicodemus, a Jewish leader. This man came to Jesus at night. (John 3:1-2a ULT)

There was a man whose name was Nicodemus. He was a Pharisee and a member of the Jewish Council. One night he came to Jesus.

One night a man named Nicodemus, who was a Pharisee and a member of the Jewish Council, came to Jesus.

As he passed by, he saw Levi the son of Alpheus, sitting at the tax collector’s tent, and he said to him … (Mark 2:14a ULT)

As he passed by, Levi the son of Alpheus was sitting at the tax collector’s tent. Jesus saw him and and said to him …

As he passed by, there was a man sitting at the tax collector’s tent. His name was Levi, and he was the son of Alpheus. Jesus saw him and said to him …

As he passed by, there was a tax collector sitting at the tax collector’s tent. His name was Levi, and he was the son of Alpheus. Jesus saw him and said to him …

(2) If readers would expect certain information, but it is not in the Bible, consider using an indefinite word or phrase such as “another time,” or “someone.”

Noah was 600 years old when the flood came upon the earth. (Genesis 7:6 ULT) — If people expect to be told something about when the new event happened, the phrase “after that” can help them see that it happened after the events already mentioned.

After that, when Noah was 600 years old, the flood came upon the earth.

Again he began to teach beside the sea. (Mark 4:1a ULT) — In chapter 3 Jesus was teaching at someone’s house. Readers may need to be told that this new event happened at another time, or that Jesus actually went to the sea.

Another time Jesus began to teach people again beside the sea.

Jesus went to the sea and began to teach people again there.

(3) If the introduction is a summary of the whole event, use your language’s way of showing that it is a summary.

Noah was 600 years old when the flood came upon the earth. (Genesis 7:6 ULT)

Now this is what happened when Noah was 600 years old and the flood came upon the earth.

This part tells about what happened when the flood came upon the earth. It happened when Noah was 600 years old.

(4) If it would be strange in the target language to give a summary of the event at the beginning, show that the event will actually happen later in the story.

Noah was 600 years old when the flood came upon the earth. Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons’ wives went into the ark together because of the waters of the flood. (Genesis 7:6-7 ULT)

Now this is what happened when Noah was 600 years old. Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons’ wives went into the ark together because God had said that the waters of the flood would come.

Nehemiah References:

1:1; 1:4; 2:1; 4:1; 4:7; 4:15; 6:1; 6:16; 7:1; 13:19

Introduction of New and Old Participants

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Introduction of New and Old Participants

Description

The first time that people or things are mentioned in a story, they are new participants. After that, whenever they are mentioned, they are old participants.

Now there was a man from the Pharisees whose name was NicodemusThis man came to Jesus at night … Jesus replied and said to him … (John 3:1, 2a, 3a)

The first bolded phrase introduces Nicodemus as a new participant. After being introduced, he is then referred to as “This man” and “him” when he has become an old participant.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

In order to make your translation clear and natural, it is necessary to refer to the participants in such a way that people will know if they are new participants or participants that they have already read about. Different languages have different ways of doing this. You must follow the way that your language does this, not the way that the source language does this.

Examples From the Bible

New Participants

Often the most important new participant is introduced with a phrase that says that he existed, such as “There was a man,” as in the example below. The phrase “There was” tells us that this man existed. The word “a” in “a man” tells us that the author is speaking about him for the first time. The rest of the sentence tells where this man was from, who is family was, and what his name was.

Now there was a man from Zorah, of the families of the Danites, and his name was Manoah. (Judges 13:2a ULT)

A new participant who is not the most important participant is often introduced in relation to the more important person who was already introduced. In the example below, Manoah’s wife is simply referred to as “his wife.” This phrase shows her relationship to him.

Now there was one man from Zorah, of the families of the Danites, and his name was Manoah. His wife was barren and she had never given birth. (Judges 13:2 ULT)

Sometimes a new participant is introduced simply by name because the author assumes that the readers know who the person is. In the first verse of 1 Kings, the author assumes that his readers know who King David is, so there is no need to explain who he is.

Now King David was old, he had advanced in the days, and they covered him with the garments, but it was not warm enough for him. (1 Kings 1:1 ULT)

Old Participants

A person who has already been brought into the story can be referred to with a pronoun after that. In the example below, Manoah is referred to with the pronoun “his,” and his wife is referred to with the pronoun “she.”

His wife was barren and she had never given birth. (Judges 13:2 ULT)

Old participants can also be referred to in other ways, depending on what is happening in the story. In the example below, the story is about bearing a son, and Manoah’s wife is referred to by the noun phrase “the wife.”

The angel of Yahweh appeared to the wife and he said to her … (Judges 13:3a ULT)

If the old participant has not been mentioned for a while, or if there could be confusion between participants, the author may use the participant’s name again. In the example below, Manoah is referred to by his name, which the author has not used since verse 2.

Then Manoah prayed to Yahweh. (Judges 13:8a ULT)

Some languages place an affix on the verb that tells something about the subject. In some of those languages, people do not always use noun phrases or pronouns for old participants when they are the subject of the sentence. The marker on the verb gives enough information for the listener to understand who the subject is. (See Verbs.)

Translation Strategies

(1) If the participant is new, use one of your language’s ways of introducing new participants.
(2) If it is not clear to whom a pronoun refers, use a noun phrase or name.
(3) If an old participant is referred to by name or a noun phrase, and people wonder if this is another new participant, try using a pronoun instead. If a pronoun is not needed because people would understand it clearly from the context, then leave out the pronoun.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the participant is new, use one of your language’s ways of introducing new participants.

Then Joseph, who was called Barnabas by the apostles (which is translated as Son of Encouragement), a Levite from Cyprus by birth … (Acts 4:36-37 ULT) — Starting the sentence with Joseph’s name when he has not been introduced yet might be confusing in some languages.

There was a man from Cyprus who was a Levite. His name was Joseph, and he was given the name Barnabas by the apostles (that is, being interpreted, Son of Encouragement). There was a Levite from Cyprus whose name was Joseph. The apostles gave him the name Barnabas, which means Son of encouragement.

(2) If it is not clear who a pronoun refers to, use a noun phrase or name.

And it happened that when he was praying in a certain place, when he stopped, one of his disciples said to him, “Lord, teach us to pray just as John also taught his disciples.” (Luke 11:1 ULT) — Since this is the first verse in a chapter, readers might wonder who “he” refers to.

It happened when Jesus finished praying in a certain place, that one of his disciples said, “Lord, teach us to pray just as John taught his disciples.”

(3) If an old participant is referred to by name or a noun phrase, and people wonder if this is another new participant, try using a pronoun instead. If a pronoun is not needed because people would understand it clearly from the context, then leave out the pronoun.

Joseph’s master took Joseph and put him in prison, in the place where all the king’s prisoners were put, and Joseph stayed there. (Genesis 39:20) — Since Joseph is the main person in the story, some languages might prefer the pronoun.

Joseph’s master took him and put him in prison, in the place where all the king’s prisoners were put, and he stayed there in the prison.

Nehemiah References:

8:1; 8:9

Litotes

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Litotes

Description

Litotes is a figure of speech in which the speaker expresses a strong positive meaning by negating a word or phrase that means the opposite of the meaning that he intends. For example, someone could intend to communicate that something is extremely good by describing it as “not bad.” The difference between a litotes and a double negative is that a litotes heightens the positive meaning beyond what a plain positive statement would do, and a double negative does not. In the example above, the literal meaning of “not bad,” taken as a plain double negative, would be “acceptable” or even “good.” But if the speaker intended it as a litotes, then the meaning is “very good” or “extremely good.”

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Some languages do not use litotes. People who speak those languages might not understand that a statement using litotes actually strengthens the positive meaning. Instead, they might think that it weakens or even cancels the positive meaning.

Examples From the Bible

For you yourselves know, brothers, that our coming to you was not useless, (1 Thessalonians 2:1 ULT)

By using litotes, Paul emphasized that his visit with them was very useful.

Now when it became day, there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what therefore had happened to Peter. (Acts 12:18 ULT)

By using litotes, Luke emphasized that there was a lot of excitement or anxiety among the soldiers about what happened to Peter. (Peter had been in prison, and even though there were soldiers guarding him, he escaped when an angel let him out. So they were very agitated.)

But you, Bethlehem, in the land of Judah,
are not the least among the leaders of Judah,
for from you will come a ruler
who will shepherd my people Israel. (Matthew 2:6 ULT)

By using litotes, the prophet emphasized that Bethlehem would be a very important city.

Translation Strategies

If the litotes would be understood correctly, consider using it.

(1) If the meaning with the negative would not be clear, give the positive meaning in a strong way.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the meaning with the negative would not be clear, give the positive meaning in a strong way.

For you yourselves know, brothers, that our coming to you was not useless. (1 Thessalonians 2:1 ULT)

“For you yourselves know, brothers, our visit to you did much good.”

Now when it became day, there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what therefore had happened to Peter. (Acts 12:18 ULT)

“Now when it became day, there was great excitement among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter.”

or:
“Now when it became day, the soldiers were very concerned because of what had happened to Peter.”

Nehemiah References:

9:20; 10:39

Merism

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Merism

Definition

Merism is a figure of speech in which a person refers to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it. By referring to the extreme parts, the speaker intends to include also everything in between those parts.

“I am the alpha and the omega,” says the Lord God, “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty.” (Revelation 1:8 ULT)

I am the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end. (Revelation 22:13, ULT)

Alpha and omega are the first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This is a merism that includes everything from the beginning to the end. It means eternal.

… I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth …, (Matthew 11:25b ULT)

Heaven and earth is a merism that includes everything that exists.

Reason This is a Translation Issue

Some languages do not use merism. The readers of those languages may think that the phrase only applies to the items mentioned. They may not realize that it refers to those two things and everything in between.

Examples From the Bible

From the rising of the sun to its setting, Yahweh’s name should be praised. (Psalm 113:3 ULT)

This bolded phrase is a merism because it speaks of the east and the west and everywhere in between. It means “everywhere.”

He will bless those who honor him, both young and old. (Psalm 115:13)

The bolded phrase is merism because it speaks of old people and young people and everyone in between. It means “everyone.”

Translation Strategies

If the merism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are other options:

(1) Identify what the merism refers to without mentioning the parts.
(2) Identify what the merism refers to and include the parts.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Identify what the merism refers to without mentioning the parts.

I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth. (Matthew 11:25b ULT)

I praise you, Father, Lord of everything.

From the rising of the sun to its setting, Yahweh’s name should be praised. (Psalm 113:3 ULT)

In all places, people should praise Yahweh’s name.

(2) Identify what the merism refers to and include the parts.

I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth. (Matthew 11:25b ULT)

I praise you, Father, Lord of everything, including both what is in heaven and what is on earth.

He will bless those who honor him, both young and old. (Psalm 115:13 ULT)

He will bless all those who honor him, regardless of whether they are young or old.

Nehemiah References:

1:6; 4:9; 4:21; 8:3; 8:15; 8:17; 8:18; 9:9; 9:32

Metaphor

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Metaphor

Description

A metaphor is a figure of speech in which someone speaks of one thing as if it were a different thing because he wants people to think about how those two things are alike.

For example, someone might say, “The girl I love is a red rose.”

A girl and a rose are very different things, but the speaker considers that they are alike in some way. The hearer’s task is to understand in what way they are alike.

The Parts of a Metaphor

The example above shows us that a metaphor has three parts. In this metaphor, the speaker is talking about “the girl I love.” This is the Topic. The speaker wants the hearer to think about what is similar between her and “a red rose.” The red rose is the Image to which he compares the girl. Most probably, he wants the hearer to consider that they are both beautiful. This is the Idea that the girl and the rose both share, and so we may also call it the Point of Comparison.

Every metaphor has three parts:

  • The Topic, the item being immediately discussed by the writer/speaker.

  • The Image, the physical item (object, event, action, etc.) which the speaker uses to describe the topic.

  • The Idea, the abstract concept or quality that the physical Image brings to the mind of the hearer when he thinks of how the Image and the Topic are similar. Often, the Idea of a metaphor is not explicitly stated in the Bible, but it is only implied from the context. The hearer or reader usually needs to think of the Idea himself.

Using these terms, we can say that a metaphor is a figure of speech that uses a physical Image to apply an abstract Idea to the speaker’s Topic.

Usually, a writer or speaker uses a metaphor in order to express something about a Topic, with at least one Point of Comparison (Idea) between the Topic and the Image. Often in metaphors, the Topic and the Image are explicitly stated, but the Idea is only implied. The writer/speaker often uses a metaphor in order to invite the readers/listeners to think about the similarity between the Topic and the Image and to figure out for themselves the Idea that is being communicated.

Speakers often use metaphors in order to strengthen their message, to make their language more vivid, to express their feelings better, to say something that is hard to say in any other way, or to help people remember their message.

Sometimes speakers use metaphors that are very common in their language. However, sometimes speakers use metaphors that are uncommon, and even some metaphors that are unique. When a metaphor has become very common in a language, often it becomes a “passive” metaphor, in contrast to uncommon metaphors, which we describe as being “active.” Passive metaphors and active metaphors each present a different kind of translation problem, which we will discuss below.

Passive Metaphors

A passive metaphor is a metaphor that has been used so much in the language that its speakers no longer regard it as one concept standing for another. Linguists often call these “dead metaphors.” Passive metaphors are extremely common. Examples in English include the terms “table leg,” “family tree,” “book leaf” (meaning a page in a book), or the word “crane” (meaning a large machine for lifting heavy loads). English speakers simply think of these words as having more than one meaning. Examples of passive metaphors in Biblical Hebrew include using the word “hand” to represent “power,” using the word “face” to represent “presence,” and speaking of emotions or moral qualities as if they were “clothing.”

Patterned Pairs of Concepts Acting as Metaphors

Many ways of metaphorical speaking depend on pairs of concepts, where one underlying concept frequently stands for a different underlying concept. For example, in English, the direction “up” (the Image) often represents the concepts of “more” or “better” (the Idea). Because of this pair of underlying concepts, we can make sentences such as “The price of gasoline is going up,” “A highly intelligent man,” and also the opposite kind of idea: “The temperature is going down,” and “I am feeling very low.”

Patterned pairs of concepts are constantly used for metaphorical purposes in the world’s languages because they serve as convenient ways to organize thought. In general, people like to speak of abstract qualities (such as power, presence, emotions, and moral qualities) as if they were body parts, or as if they were objects that could be seen or held, or as if they were events that could be watched as they happened.

When these metaphors are used in normal ways, it is rare that the speaker and audience regard them as figurative speech. Examples of metaphors in English that go unrecognized are:

  • “Turn the heat up.” More is spoken of as up.
  • “Let us go ahead with our debate.” Doing what was planned is spoken of as walking or advancing.
  • “You defend your theory well.” Argument is spoken of as war.
  • “A flow of words.” Words are spoken of as liquids.

English speakers do not view these as metaphorical expressions or figures of speech, so it would be wrong to translate them into other languages in a way that would lead people to pay special attention to them as figurative speech. For a description of important patterns of this kind of metaphor in biblical languages, please see Biblical Imagery — Common Patterns and the pages it will direct you to.

When translating something that is a passive metaphor into another language, do not treat it as a metaphor. Instead, just use the best expression for that thing or concept in the target language.

Active Metaphors

These are metaphors that people recognize as one concept standing for another concept, or one thing for another thing. Metaphors make people think about how the one thing is like the other thing, because in most ways the two things are very different. People also easily recognize these metaphors as giving strength and unusual qualities to the message. For this reason, people pay attention to these metaphors. For example,

But for you who fear my name, the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings. (Malachi 4:2a ULT)

Here, God speaks about his salvation as if it were the sun rising in order to shine its rays on the people whom he loves. He also speaks of the sun’s rays as if they were wings. Also, he speaks of these wings as if they were bringing medicine that would heal his people. Here is another example:

And he said to them, “Go and tell that fox …” (Luke 13:32a ULT)

Here, “that fox” refers to King Herod. The people listening to Jesus certainly understood that Jesus was intending for them to apply certain characteristics of a fox to Herod. They probably understood that Jesus intended to communicate that Herod was evil, either in a cunning way or as someone who was destructive, murderous, or who took things that did not belong to him, or all of these.

Active metaphors require the translator’s special care to make a correct translation. To do so, you need to understand the parts of a metaphor and how they work together to produce meaning.

Jesus said to them, “I am the bread of life; he who comes to me will not be hungry, and he who believes in me will never be thirsty.” (John 6:35 ULT)

In this metaphor, Jesus called himself the bread of life. The Topic is “I” (meaning Jesus himself) and the Image is “bread.” Bread was the primary food that people ate in that place and time. The similarity between bread and Jesus is that people need both to live. Just as people need to eat food in order to have physical life, people need to trust in Jesus in order to have eternal life. The Idea of the metaphor is “life.” In this case, Jesus stated the central Idea of the metaphor, but often the Idea is only implied.

Purposes of Metaphor

  • One purpose of metaphor is to teach people about something that they do not know (the Topic) by showing that it is like something that they already do know (the Image).
  • Another purpose is to emphasize that something (the Topic) has a particular quality (the Idea) or to show that it has that quality in an extreme way.
  • Another purpose is to lead people to feel the same way about the Topic as they would feel about the Image.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • People may not recognize that something is a metaphor. In other words, they may mistake a metaphor for a literal statement, and thus, misunderstand it.
  • People may not be familiar with the thing that is used as an image, and so, not be able to understand the metaphor.
  • If the topic is not stated, people may not know what the topic is.
  • People may not know the points of comparison that the speaker wants them to understand. If they fail to think of these points of comparison, they will not understand the metaphor.
  • People may think that they understand the metaphor, but they do not. This can happen when they apply points of comparison from their own culture, rather than from the biblical culture.

Translation Principles

  • Make the meaning of a metaphor as clear to the target audience as it was to the original audience.
  • Do not make the meaning of a metaphor more clear to the target audience than you think it was to the original audience.

Examples From the Bible

Listen to this word, you cows of Bashan, (Amos 4:1q ULT)

In this metaphor Amos speaks to the upper-class women of Samaria (“you,” the Topic) as if they were cows (the Image). Amos does not say what similarity(s) he intends between these women and cows. He wants the reader to think of them, and he fully expects that readers from his culture will easily do so. From the context, we can see that he means that the women are like cows in that they are fat and interested only in feeding themselves. If we were to apply similarities from a different culture, such as that cows are sacred and should be worshiped, we would get the wrong meaning from this verse.

NOTE: Amos does not actually mean that the women are cows. He speaks to them as human beings.

Yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand. (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)

The example above has two related metaphors. The Topic(s) are “we” and “you,” and the Image(s) are “clay” and “potter.” The similarity between a potter and God is the fact that both make what they wish out of their material. The potter makes what he wishes out of the clay, and God makes what he wishes out of his people. The Idea being expressed by the comparison between the potter’s clay and “us” is that neither the clay nor God’s people have a right to complain about what they are becoming.

Jesus said to them, “Take heed and beware of the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” The disciples reasoned among themselves and said, “It is because we did not take bread.” (Matthew 16:6-7 ULT)

Jesus used a metaphor here, but his disciples did not realize it. When he said “yeast,” they thought he was talking about bread, but “yeast” was the Image in his metaphor, and the Topic was the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees. Since the disciples (the original audience) did not understand what Jesus meant, it would not be good to state clearly here what Jesus meant.

Translation Strategies

If people would understand the metaphor in the same way that the original readers would have understood it, go ahead and use it. Be sure to test the translation to make sure that people do understand it in the right way.

If people do not or would not understand it, here are some other strategies.

(1) If the metaphor is a common expression in the source language or expresses a patterned pair of concepts in a biblical language (that is, it is a passive metaphor), then express the Idea in the simplest way preferred by your language.
(2) If the metaphor seems to be an active metaphor, you can translate it literally if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor in the same way to mean the same thing as in the Bible. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly.
(3) If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as “like” or “as.” See Simile.
(4) If the target audience would not know the Image, see Translate Unknowns for ideas on how to translate that image.
(5) If the target audience would not use that Image for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times.
(6) If the target audience would not know what the Topic is, then state the topic clearly. (However, do not do this if the original audience did not know what the Topic was.)
(7) If the target audience would not know the intended similarity (the Idea) between the topic and the image, then state it clearly.
(8) If none of these strategies is satisfactory, then simply state the Idea plainly without using a metaphor.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the metaphor is a common expression in the source language or expresses a patterned pair of concepts in a biblical language (that is, a passive metaphor), then express the Idea in the simplest way preferred by your language.

Then, see, one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, fell at his feet. (Mark 5:22 ULT)

Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, immediately bowed down in front of him.

(2) If the metaphor seems to be an active metaphor, you can translate it literally if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor in the same way to mean the same thing as in the Bible. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly.

But Jesus said to them, “He wrote this commandment to you because of your hardness of heart.” (Mark 10:5 ULT)

It was because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law.

We made no change to this one, but it must be tested to make sure that the target audience correctly understands this metaphor.

(3) If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as “like” or “as.”

Yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand. (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)

And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are like clay. You are like a potter; and we all are the work of your hand.

(4) If the target audience would not know the Image, see Translate Unknowns for ideas on how to translate that image.

Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against a goad. (Acts 26:14b ULT)

Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against a pointed stick.

(5) If the target audience would not use that Image for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times.

Yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand. (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)

“And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the wood. You are our carver; and we all are the work of your hand.”
“And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the string. You are the weaver; and we all are the work of your hand.”

(6) If the target audience would not know what the Topic is, then state the topic clearly. (However, do not do this if the original audience did not know what the topic was.)

Yahweh lives; may my rock be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted. (Psalm 18:46 ULT)

Yahweh lives; He is my rock. May he be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.

(7) If the target audience would not know the intended similarity between the Topic and the Image, then state it clearly.

Yahweh lives; may my rock be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted. (Psalm 18:46 ULT)

Yahweh lives; may he be praised because he is the rock under which I can hide from my enemies. May the God of my salvation be exalted.

Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against a goad. (Acts 26:14 ULT)

Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? You fight against me and hurt yourself like an ox that kicks against its owner’s pointed stick.

(8) If none of these strategies are satisfactory, then simply state the idea plainly without using a metaphor.

I will make you to become fishers of men. (Mark 1:17b ULT)

I will make you to become people who gather men.
Now you gather fish. I will make you gather people.

To learn more about specific metaphors, see Biblical Imagery — Common Patterns.

Metonymy

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Metonymy

Description

Metonymy is a figure of speech in which an item (either physical or abstract) is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. A metonym is a word or phrase used as a substitute for something that it is associated with.

… and the blood of Jesus his Son cleanses us from every sin. (1 John 1:7b ULT)

The blood represents Christ’s death.

And he took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.” (Luke 22:20 ULT)

The cup represents the wine that is in the cup.

Metonymy can be used

  • as a shorter way of referring to something
  • to make an abstract idea more meaningful by referring to it with the name of a physical object associated with it

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

The Bible uses metonymy very often. Speakers of some languages are not familiar with metonymy and they may not recognize it when they read it in the Bible. If they do not recognize the metonymy, they will not understand the passage or, worse yet, they will get a wrong understanding of the passage. Whenever a metonym is used, people need to be able to understand what it represents.

Examples From the Bible

The Lord God will give to him the throne of his father David. (Luke 1:32b ULT)

A throne represents the authority of a king. “Throne” is a metonym for “kingly authority,” “kingship,” or “reign.” This means that God would make him become a king who would follow King David.

Then immediately his mouth was opened (Luke 1:64a ULT)

The mouth here represents the power to speak. This means that he was able to talk again.

Who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming? (Luke 3:7b ULT)

The word “wrath” or “anger” is a metonym for “punishment.” God was extremely angry with the people and, as a result, he would punish them.

Translation Strategies

If people would easily understand the metonym, consider using it. Otherwise, here are some options.

(1) Use the metonym along with the name of the thing it represents.

(2) Use only the name of the thing the metonym represents.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use the metonym along with the name of the thing it represents.

And he took the cup in the same way after the supper, saying, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.” (Luke 22:20 ULT)

He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, “The wine in this cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.”

This verse also contains a second metonym: The cup, (representing the wine it contains) also represents the new covenant made with the blood Christ shed for us.

(2) Use the name of the thing the metonym represents.

The Lord God will give him the throne of his father David. (Luke 1:32b ULT)

“The Lord God will give him the kingly authority of his father, David.”
or:
“The Lord God will make him king like his ancestor, King David.”

Who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming? (Luke 3:7b ULT)

“Who warned you to flee from God’s coming punishment?”

To learn about some common metonymies, see Biblical Imagery — Common Metonymies.

Numbers

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Numbers

Description

There are many numbers in the Bible. They can be written as words (“five”) or as numerals (“5”). Some numbers are very large, such as “two hundred” (200), “twenty-two thousand” (22,000), or “one hundred million” (100,000,000). Some languages do not have words for all of these numbers. Translators need to decide how to translate numbers and whether to write them as words or numerals.

Some numbers are exact and others are rounded.

Abram was 86 years old when Hagar bore Ishmael to Abram. (Genesis 16:16 ULT)

Eighty-six (86) is an exact number.

That day about 3,000 of the people died. (Exodus 32:28b ULT)

Here the number three thousand (3,000) is a round number. It may have been a little more than that or a little less than that. The word “about” shows that it is not an exact number.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Some languages do not have words for some of these numbers.

Translation Principles

  • Exact numbers should be translated as closely and specifically as they can be.
  • Rounded numbers can be translated more generally.

Examples From the Bible

When Jared had lived 162 years, he became the father of Enoch. After he became the father of Enoch, Jared lived 800 years. He became the father of more sons and daughters. Jared lived 962 years, and then he died. (Genesis 5:18-20 ULT)

The numbers 162, 800, and 962 are exact numbers and should be translated with something as close to those numbers as possible.

Our sister, may you be the mother of thousands of ten thousands. (Genesis 24:60b ULT)

This is a rounded number. It does not say exactly how many descendants she should have, but it was a huge number of them.

Translation Strategies

(1) Write numbers using numerals.
(2) Write numbers using your language’s words or the Gateway Language words for those numbers.
(3) Write numbers using words, and put the numerals in parentheses after them.
(4) Combine words for large numbers.
(5) Use a very general expression for very large rounded numbers and write the numeral in parentheses afterward.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

We will use the following verse in our examples:

Now, see, at great effort I have prepared for Yahweh’s house 100,000 talents of gold, 1,000,000 talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. (1 Chronicles 22:14a ULT)

(1) Write numbers using numerals.

I have prepared for Yahweh’s house 100,000 talents of gold, 1,000,000 talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities.

(2) Write numbers using your language’s words or the Gateway Language words for those numbers.

I have prepared for Yahweh’s house one hundred thousand talents of gold, one million talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities.

(3) Write numbers using words, and put the numerals in parenthesis after them.

I have prepared for Yahweh’s house one hundred thousand (100,000) talents of gold, one million (1,000,000) talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities.

(4) Combine words for large numbers.

I have prepared for Yahweh’s house one hundred thousand talents of gold, a thousand thousand talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities.

(5) Use a very general expression for very large rounded numbers and write the numeral in parentheses afterward.

I have prepared for Yahweh’s house a great amount of gold (100,000 talents), ten times that amount of silver (1,000,000 talents), and bronze and iron in large quantities.

Consistency

Be consistent in your translations. Decide how the numbers will be translated, using numbers or numerals. There are different ways of being consistent.

  • Use words to represent numbers all of the time. (You might have very long words.)
  • Use numerals to represent numbers all of the time.
  • Use words to represent the numbers that your language has words for and use numerals for the numbers that your language does not have words for.
  • Use words for low numbers and numerals for high numbers.
  • Use words for numbers that require few words and numerals for numbers that require more than a few words.
  • Use words to represent numbers, and write the numerals in parentheses after them.

Consistency in the ULT and UST

The unfoldingWord® Literal Text (ULT) and the unfoldingWord® Simplified Text (UST) use words for the numbers one through ten and use numerals for all numbers above ten.

When Adam had lived 130 years, he became the father of a son in his own likeness, after his image, and he called his name Seth. After Adam became the father of Seth, he lived 800 years. He became the father of more sons and daughters. Adam lived 930 years, and then he died. (Genesis 5:3-5 ULT)

Nehemiah References:

5:14; 5:15; 6:15; 11:6; 11:8; 11:12; 11:13; 11:14; 11:18; 11:19

Oath Formulas

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Oath Formulas

An oath is a solemn promise that someone makes to another person to do something or to solemnly testify that something is true. The oath includes the idea that a bad thing will happen if the person making the oath does not do the thing promised or if what the person says is not true.

Description

There are two types of oath in the Bible. We can call the first type a “Promise” oath, and the second type a “Truth” oath.

Promise Oath

In this type of oath, the person saying it is promising to do something. As a guarantee that the person taking the oath will do what he promises, the person calls on God to witness the oath and to punish him severely if he does not do the thing promised. A complete Promise oath has four parts, but some of them are often left unspoken and only implied:

  1. Calling on God to witness the oath and judge the person making it
  2. Making the promise (may be implied as the opposite of the violation)
  3. Telling what would be a violation of the oath (may be implied as the opposite of the promise)
  4. Saying what punishment God would do if the person violates the oath (often implied)

Truth Oath

In this type of oath, the person saying it is affirming that what he is saying is true, and he guarantees that it is true by naming the life of God. Sometimes the person will not name God directly but will instead name something holy that is associated with God, such as the temple. In some situations, a person might name a revered person, such as a king. The implication is that if the person’s statement proves to be false, that person will lose any relationship to God or to the revered person. These oaths have three parts, but the third part is implied and not stated:

  1. Naming something holy, usually the life of God or of someone who is revered.
  2. Making the statement.
  3. Implied: The speaker and hearers of the oath understand that the speaker forfeits his relationship to God or to the revered person if his statement is false.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue:

People in some cultures may not be familiar with the practice of taking oaths, and so they may not understand what the people in the Bible are doing. In many languages, people would not take an oath the way that people did in the Bible, and so they might not recognize that the person is taking an oath. In the Old Testament, people often did not speak one or more parts of the oath, leaving those parts implied. The part that was most often left unspoken was the part that would tell what would happen if they break the oath. People believed that spoken words have power, and that speaking the part about punishment might cause the punishment to happen, so they often left that part to be understood silently. Because of these things, people might think that the person in the Bible is not making a real oath or they may not understand what the verse is talking about at all.

Examples From the Bible

Promise Oath

“I raise my hand to Yahweh, God Most High, the possessor of heaven and earth, if from a thread even to the strap of a sandal, or if I take from anything that {belongs} to you, so that you will not say, ‘I made Abram rich.’ (Genesis 14:22-23 ULT)

In the verse above, Abram describes a symbolic action (raising his hand to Yahweh) to signal that he is taking an oath and calling on Yahweh as witness and judge. He says what would violate his oath (thus promising to do the opposite). Then he leaves out the part that would describe how Yahweh would punish him if he fails to do what he is promising.

May Yahweh do thus to me, and thus may he add, if death separates between me and between you. (Ruth 1:17 ULT)

Ruth calls on Yahweh and includes the part about Yahweh punishing her, says what the violation would be (thus promising to do the opposite), but does not say what the punishment would be.

And Saul said, “Thus may God do and thus may he add, for dying you will die, Jonathan.” (1 Samuel 14:44 ULT)

Saul takes an oath that Jonathan will die, but does not specifically say whom God would punish, what the punishment would be, or what the person would do that would violate the oath and bring about God’s punishment.

Truth Oath

But indeed, the life of Yahweh and the life of yourself, that between me and between death is like a step!” (1 Samuel 20:3)

Here David uses a truth oath to convince Jonathan that Saul does indeed want to kill David. David says this because Jonathan had been trying to assure David that he had nothing to fear from Saul. But Jonathan knows that David holds both Yahweh’s and Jonathan’s life as sacred, and so this oath convinces Jonathan that David truly believes what he is saying.

The life of your soul, my lord, I {am} the woman having stationed herself with you in this {place} to pray to Yahweh. (1 Samuel 1:26 ULT)

Hannah is speaking to the priest Eli. She demonstrates that she holds the priest’s life as sacred by swearing by it that what she is saying is true.

And Elijah said, “The life of Yahweh of armies, before whom I stand, that I will appear before him today.” (1 Kings 18:15 ULT)

Elijah uses this oath to convince Obadiah to announce his arrival to Ahab. Obadiah knows that Elijah would never break his relationship to Yahweh.

Combination oath

The life of Pharaoh, if you leave from this {place} without your youngest brother coming here. (Genesis 42:15)

Joseph is speaking to his brothers as an Egyptian official, and so he swears by the life of Pharaoh rather than by the life of the God of the Hebrews. Joseph combines the two types of oaths here by using a conditional “if” statement (part 3 of the “Promise” oath). He leaves unstated the “then” part of the oath which would be either a punishment from Pharoah (as with a Promise oath) or a breaking of relationship with Pharaoh (as with a “Truth” oath) if this conditional statement proves true.

Translation Strategies

If people who speak your language would recognize the oath as it is in the ULT, consider translating it in its current form. If not, consider using the following strategies.

(1) Add in the missing parts so that people recognize it as an oath.
(2) If oaths are unfamiliar, add a short explanation of what an oath is.
(3) Put the oath into a form that would be natural in your language.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Add in the missing parts so that people recognize it as an oath.

“I raise my hand to Yahweh, God Most High, the possessor of heaven and earth, if from a thread even to the strap of a sandal, or if I take from anything that {belongs} to you, so that you will not say, ‘I made Abram rich.’ (Genesis 14:22-23 ULT)

“I raise my hand to Yahweh, God Most High, the possessor of heaven and earth, and ask him to punish me severely if from a thread even to the strap of a sandal, or if I take from anything that {belongs} to you, so that you will not say, ‘I made Abram rich.’

And Saul said, “Thus may God do and thus may he add, for dying you will die, Jonathan.” (1 Samuel 14:44 ULT)

And Saul said, “May God punish me severely and may he add even more punishment if I do not kill you, for dying you will die, Jonathan.”

But indeed, the life of Yahweh and the life of yourself, that between me and between death is like a step! (1 Samuel 20:3)

But indeed, I swear by Yahweh’s life and by the life of yourself that it is true that between me and death is like a step!

The life of Pharaoh, if you leave from this {place} without your youngest brother coming here. (Genesis 42:15)

I swear by the life of Pharaoh, if you leave from this {place} without your youngest brother coming here, may Pharaoh punish me severely.

(2) If oaths are unfamiliar, add a short explanation of what an oath is.

May Yahweh do thus to me, and thus may he add, if death separates between me and between you. (Ruth 1:17 ULT)

Then Ruth called on Yahweh to enforce her promise: “May Yahweh do thus to me, and thus may he add, if death separates between me and between you.”

But indeed, the life of Yahweh and the life of yourself, that between me and between death is like a step! (1 Samuel 20:3)

Then David made a statement to Jonathan to convince him that he truly believed that he was in danger: “But indeed, I forfeit my relationship to Yahweh and to you yourself if it is not true that between me and death is like a step!”

(3) Put the oath into a form that would be natural in your language.

“I raise my hand to Yahweh, God Most High, the possessor of heaven and earth, if from a thread even to the strap of a sandal, or if I take from anything that {belongs} to you, so that you will not say, ‘I made Abram rich.’ (Genesis 14:22-23 ULT)

I solemnly swear before Yahweh, God Most High, the possessor of heaven and earth, that I will not take from a thread even to the strap of a sandal, or from anything that {belongs} to you, so help me God, so that you will not say, ‘I made Abram rich.’

May Yahweh do thus to me, and thus may he add, if death separates between me and between you. (Ruth 1:17 ULT)

May Yahweh strike me dead right where I stand if death separates between me and between you.

But indeed, the life of Yahweh and the life of yourself, that between me and between death is like a step! (1 Samuel 20:3)

But indeed, before Yahweh and before you yourself, I swear that between me and death is like a step!

Nehemiah References:

13:25

Order of Events

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Order of Events

Description

In the Bible, events are not always told in the order in which they occurred. Sometimes the author wanted to discuss something that happened at an earlier time than the event that he just talked about. This can be confusing to the reader.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Readers might think that the events happened in the order that they are told. It is important to help them understand the correct order of events.

Examples From the Bible

He even added this to them all: he locked John up in prison. Now it came about, when all the people were baptized, Jesus also was baptized. (Luke 3:20-21 ULT)

This could sound like John baptized Jesus after John was locked up in prison, but John baptized Jesus before John was locked up in prison.

Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carrying seven trumpets of rams’ horns before Yahweh went forward and blew the trumpets, and the ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them. But Joshua commanded the people, saying, “Do not shout nor let your voice be heard, nor let any word leave your mouth until the day I tell you to shout. Then you must shout.” (Joshua 6:8,10 ULT)

This could sound like Joshua gave the order not to shout after the army had already started their march, but he had given that order before they started marching.

Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? (Revelation 5:2b ULT)

This sounds like a person must first open the scroll and then break its seals, but the seals that lock the scroll must be broken before the scroll can be unrolled.

Translation Strategies

(1) If your language uses phrases or time words to show that an event happened before one that was already mentioned, consider using one of them.
(2) If your language uses verb tense or aspect to show that an event happened before one that was already mentioned, consider using that. (See the section on “Aspect” of Verbs.)
(3) If your language prefers to tell events in the order that they occurred, consider reordering the events so they they are in that order. This may require putting two or more verses together (like 5-6). (See Verse Bridges.)

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If your language uses phrases, time words or tenses to show that an event happened before the one just mentioned, consider using one of them.

20 he even added this to them all: he locked John up in prison. Now it came about, when all the people were baptized, Jesus also was baptized. (Luke 3:20-21 ULT)

20 But then Herod … had John locked up in prison. 21 Before John was put in prison, while all the people were being baptized by John, Jesus also was baptized.

Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? (Revelation 5:2b ULT)

Who is worthy to open the scroll after breaking its seals?

(2) If your language uses verb tense or aspect to show that an event happened before one that was already mentioned, consider using that.

Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carrying seven trumpets of rams’ horns before Yahweh went forward and blew the trumpets, But Joshua commanded the people, saying, “Do not shout nor let your voice be heard, nor let any word leave your mouth until the day I tell you to shout. Then you must shout.” (Joshua 6:8,10 ULT)

8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams’ horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets 10 But Joshua had commanded the people, saying, “Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout.”

(3) If your language prefers to tell events in the order that they occur, consider reordering the events. This may require putting two or more verses together (like 5-6).

8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carrying seven trumpets of rams’ horns before Yahweh went forward and blew the trumpets, But Joshua commanded the people, saying, “Do not shout nor let your voice be heard, nor let any word leave your mouth until the day I tell you to shout. Then you must shout.” (Joshua 6:8,10 ULT)

8,10 Joshua commanded the people, saying, “Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout.” Then just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets…

Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? (Revelation 5:2b ULT)

Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll?

You may also want to watch the video at https://ufw.io/figs\_events.

Nehemiah References:

2:9; 5:7; 5:8; 8:6

Ordinal Numbers

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Ordinal Numbers

Description

Ordinal numbers are used in the Bible mainly to tell the position of something in a list.

And God has indeed appointed some in the church, first apostles, second prophets, third teachers, then miracles. (1 Corinthians 12:28a ULT)

This is a list of workers that God gave to the church in their order.

Ordinal Numbers in English

Most ordinal numbers in English simply have “-th” added to the end.

Numeral Number Ordinal Number
4 four fourth
10 ten tenth
100 one hundred one hundredth
1,000 one thousand one thousandth

Some ordinal numbers in English do not follow that pattern.

Numeral Number Ordinal Number
1 one first
2 two second
3 three third
5 five fifth
12 twelve twelfth

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Some languages do not have special numbers for showing the order of items in a list. There are different ways to deal with this.

Examples From the Bible

The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah. (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULT)

The people cast lots and one went to each of these people in the order given.

You must place in it four rows of precious stones. The first row must have a ruby, a topaz, and a garnet. The second row must have an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond. The third row must have a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst. The fourth row must have a beryl, and an onyx, and a jasper. They must be mounted in gold settings. (Exodus 28:17-20 ULT)

This describes four rows of stones. The first row is probably the top row, and the fourth row is probably the bottom row.

Translation Strategies

If your language has ordinal numbers and using them would give the right meaning, consider using them. If not, here are some strategies to consider:

(1) Use “one” with the first item and “another” or “the next” with the rest.
(2) Tell the total number of items and then list them or the things associated with them.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Tell the total number of items, and use “one” with the first item and “another” or “the next” with the rest.

The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah. (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULT)

There were 24 lots. One lot went to Jehoiarib, another to Jedaiah, another to Harim … another to Delaiah, and the last went to Maaziah.

There were 24 lots. One lot went to Jehoiarib, the next to Jedaiah, the next to Harim … the next to Delaiah, and the last went to Maaziah.

A river went out of Eden to water the garden. From there it divided and became four rivers. The name of the first is Pishon. It is the one which flows throughout the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold. The gold of that land is good. There is also bdellium and the onyx stone there. The name of the second river is Gihon. This one flows throughout the whole land of Cush. The name of the third river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur. The fourth river is the Euphrates. (Genesis 2:10-14 ULT)

A river went out of Eden to water the garden. From there it divided and became four rivers. The name of one is Pishon. It is the one which flows throughout the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold. The gold of that land is good. There is also bdellium and the onyx stone there. The name of the next river is Gihon. This one flows throughout the whole land of Cush. The name of the next river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur. The last river is the Euphrates.

(2) Tell the total number of items and then list them or the things associated with them.

The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah. (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULT)

They cast 24 lots. The lots went to Jerhoiarib, Jedaiah, Harim, Seorim … Delaiah, and Maaziah.

Nehemiah References:

2:1; 3:11; 3:19; 3:20; 3:21; 3:24; 3:27; 3:30; 3:30; 5:14; 6:5; 6:15; 7:73; 8:13; 8:14; 8:18; 9:1; 10:31; 11:17; 13:6

Parallelism

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Parallelism

Description

Parallelism is a poetic device in which two phrases or clauses that are similar in structure or idea are used together. The following are some of the different kinds of parallelism.

  • The second clause or phrase means the same as the first. This is called synonymous parallelism.
  • The second clarifies or strengthens the meaning of the first.
  • The second completes what is said in the first.
  • The second says something that contrasts with the first, but adds to the same idea.

Parallelism is most commonly found in Old Testament poetry, such as in the books of Psalms and Proverbs. It also occurs in Greek in the New Testament, both in the four gospels and in the apostles’ letters.

This article will only discuss synonymous parallelism, the kind in which the two parallel phrases mean the same thing, because that is the kind that presents a problem for translation. Note that we use the term “synonymous parallelism” for long phrases or clauses that have the same meaning. We use the term “doublet” for words or very short phrases that mean basically the same thing and are used together.

In the poetry of the original languages, synonymous parallelism has several effects:

  • It shows that something is very important by saying it more than once and in more than one way.
  • It helps the hearer to think more deeply about the idea by saying it in different ways.
  • It makes the language more beautiful and raises it above the ordinary way of speaking.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Some languages would not use synonymous parallelism. They would either think it odd that someone said the same thing twice, or, since it is in the Bible, they would think that the two phrases must have some difference in meaning. For them it would be confusing, rather than beautiful. They would not understand that the repetition of the idea in different words serves to emphasize the idea.

Examples From the Bible

Your word is a lamp to my feet

and a light for my path. (Psalm 119:105 ULT)

Both parts of the sentence are metaphors saying that God’s word teaches people how to live. That is the single idea. The words “lamp” and “light” are similar in meaning because they refer to light. The words “my feet” and “my path” are related because they refer to a person walking. Walking is a metaphor for living.

You make him to rule over the works of your hands;

you have put all things under his feet (Psalm 8:6 ULT)

Both lines say that God made man the ruler of everything. “To rule over” is the same idea as putting things “under his feet,” and “the works of your [God’s] hands” is the same idea as “all things.”

Yahweh sees everything a person does

and watches all the paths he takes. (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)

The first phrase and the second phrase mean the same thing. There are three ideas that are the same between these two phrases. “Sees” corresponds to “watches,” “everything…does” corresponds to “all the paths…takes,” and “a person” corresponds to “he.”

Praise Yahweh, all you nations;

exalt him, all you peoples! (Psalm 117:1 ULT)

Both parts of this verse tell people everywhere to praise Yahweh. The words ‘Praise’ and ‘exalt’ mean the same thing. The words ‘Yahweh’ and ‘him’ refer to the same person. The terms ‘all you nations’ and ‘all you peoples’ refer to the same people.

For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people,

and he will fight in court against Israel. (Micah 6:2b ULT)

The two parts of this verse say that Yahweh has a serious disagreement with his people, Israel. These are not two different disagreements or two different groups of people.

Translation Strategies

For most kinds of parallelism, it is good to translate both of the clauses or phrases. For synonymous parallelism, it is good to translate both clauses if people in your language understand that the purpose of saying something twice is to strengthen a single idea. But if your language does not use parallelism in this way, then consider using one of the following translation strategies.

(1) Combine the ideas of both clauses into one.
(2) If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could combine the ideas of both clauses into one and include words that emphasize the truth such as “truly” or “certainly.”
(3) If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could combine the ideas of both clauses into one and use words like “very,” “completely,” or “all.”

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Combine the ideas of both clauses into one.

Until now you have dealt deceitfully with me and you have spoken lies to me. (Judges 16:13, ULT)

Delilah expressed this idea twice to emphasize that she was very upset.

Until now you have deceived me with your lies.

Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes. (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)

The phrase “all the paths he takes” is a metaphor for “all he does.”

Yahweh pays attention to everything a person does.

For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, and he will fight in court against Israel. (Micah 6:2 ULT)

This parallelism describes one serious disagreement that Yahweh had with one group of people. If this is unclear, the phrases can be combined:

For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, Israel.

(2) If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could combine the ideas of both clauses into one and include words that emphasize the truth such as “truly” or “certainly.”

Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes. (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)

Yahweh truly sees everything a person does.

You make him to rule over the works of your hands; you have put all things under his feet (Psalm 8:6 ULT)

You have certainly made him to rule over everything that you have created.

(3) If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could combine the ideas of both clauses into one and use words like “very,” “completely” or “all.”

Until now you have dealt deceitfully with me and you have spoken lies to me. (Judges 16:13, ULT)

All you have done is lie to me.

Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes. (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)

Yahweh sees absolutely everything that a person does.

Nehemiah References:

1:2; 1:3; 1:5; 1:5; 1:6; 1:7; 1:9; 1:9; 1:10; 1:11; 2:6; 2:19; 2:20; 4:1; 4:5; 4:11; 5:8; 5:13; 6:10; 6:16; 7:61; 8:15; 8:17; 9:16; 9:22; 9:24; 9:31; 9:32; 9:34; 9:37; 10:30

Personification

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Personification

Description

Personification is a figure of speech in which someone speaks of something as if it could do things that animals or people can do. People often do this because it makes it easier to talk about things that we cannot see:

Such as wisdom:

Does not Wisdom call out? (Proverbs 8:1a ULT)

Or sin:

Sin crouches at the door. (Genesis 4:7b ULT)

People also use personification because it is sometimes easier to talk about people’s relationships with non-human things such as wealth as if they were relationships between people.

You cannot serve God and wealth. (Matthew 6:24b ULT)

In each case, the purpose of the personification is to highlight a certain characteristic of the non-human thing. As in metaphor, the reader needs to think of the way that the thing is like a certain kind of person.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Some languages do not use personification.
  • Some languages use personification only in certain situations.

Examples From the Bible

You cannot serve God and wealth. (Matthew 6:24b ULT)

Jesus speaks of wealth as if it were a master whom people might serve. Loving money and basing one’s decisions on it is like serving it as a slave would serve his master.

Does not Wisdom call out? Does not Understanding raise her voice? (Proverbs 8:1 ULT)

The author speaks of wisdom and understanding as if they were woman who calls out to teach people. This means that they are not something hidden, but something obvious that people should pay attention to.

Translation Strategies

If the personification would be understood clearly, consider using it. If it would not be understood, here are some other ways for translating it.

(1) Add words or phrases to make the human (or animal) characteristic clear.
(2) In addition to Strategy (1), use words such as “like” or “as” to show that the sentence is not to be understood literally.
(3) Find a way to translate it without the personification.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Add words or phrases to make the human (or animal) characteristic clear.

Sin crouches at the door. (Genesis 4:7b ULT) — God speaks of sin as if it were a wild animal that is waiting for the chance to attack. This shows how dangerous sin is. An additional phrase can be added to make this danger clear.

Sin is at your door, waiting to attack you.

(2) In addition to Strategy (1), use words such as “like” or “as” to show that the sentence is not to be understood literally.

Sin crouches at the door. (Genesis 4:7b ULT) — This can be translated with the word “as.”

Sin is crouching at the door, just as a wild animal does as it waits to attack a person..

(3) Find a way to translate it without the personification.

Even the winds and the sea obey him. (Matthew 8:27b ULT) — The men speak of the “wind and the sea” as if they are able to hear and obey Jesus, just as people can. This could also be translated without the idea of obedience by speaking of Jesus controlling them.

He even controls the winds and the sea.

NOTE: We have broadened our definition of “personification” to include “zoomorphism” (speaking of other things as if they had animal characteristics) and “anthropomorphism” (speaking of non-human things as if they had human characteristics) because the translation strategies for them are the same.

Nehemiah References:

1:9; 2:2; 4:2; 4:7; 5:7; 5:13; 6:17; 7:6; 7:34; 7:35; 7:36; 7:37; 7:38; 9:8; 9:32; 9:33; 10:32; 11:3; 11:23; 12:43; 13:12; 13:18; 13:19; 13:30

Possession

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Possession

Description

In English, the grammatical form that commonly indicates possession is also used to indicate a variety of relationships between people and objects or people and other people. In English, that grammatical relationship is shown by using the word “of,” by using an apostrophe and the letter “s”, or by using a possessive pronoun. The following examples are different ways to indicate that my grandfather owns a house.

  • the house of my grandfather
  • my grandfather ’s house
  • his house

Possession is used in Hebrew, Greek, and English for a variety of situations. Here are a few common situations that it is used for.

  • Ownership — Someone owns something.
  • The clothes of me - my clothes — The clothes that I own
  • Social Relationship — Someone has some kind of social relationship with another.
  • The mother of John — John’s mother - the woman who gave birth to John, or the woman who cared for John
  • A teacher of Israel - Israel’s teacher — a person who teaches Israel
  • Association — A particular thing is associated with a particular person, place, or thing.
  • The sickness of David - David’s sickness — the sickness that David is experiencing
  • the fear of the Lord — the fear that is appropriate for a human being to have when relating to the Lord
  • Contents — Something has something in it.
  • a bag of clothes — a bag that has clothes in it, or a bag that is full of clothes
  • Part and whole: One thing is part of another.
  • my head — the head that is part of my body
  • the roof of a house — the roof that is part of a house

In some languages there is a special form of possession, termed inalienable possession. This form of possession is used for things that cannot be removed from you, as opposed to things you could lose. In the examples above, my head and my mother are examples of inalienable possession (at least in some languages), while my clothes or my teacher would be alienably possessed. What may be considered alienable vs. inalienable may differ by language. In languages that mark the difference, the expression of inalienable possession and alienable possession will be different.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • You (the translator) need to understand the relationship between two ideas represented by the two nouns when one is in the grammatical relationship of possessing the other.
  • Some languages do not use grammatical possession for all of the situations that your source text Bible might use it for.

Examples From the Bible

Ownership — In the example below, the son owned the money.

The younger son … wasted his wealth by living recklessly. (Luke 15:13b)

Social Relationship — In the example below, the disciples were people who learned from John.

Then the disciples of John came to him. (Matthew 9:14a ULT)

Association — In the example below, the gospel is the message associated with Paul because he preaches it.

Remember Jesus Christ, raised from the dead, from the seed of David, according to my gospel, (2 Timothy 2:8 ULT)

Material — In the example below, the material used for making the crowns was gold.

On their heads were something like crowns of gold. (Revelation 9:7b)

Contents — In the example below, the cup has water in it.

For whoever gives you a cup of water to drink … will not lose his reward. (Mark 9:41 ULT)

Part of a whole — In the example below, the door was a part of the palace.

But Uriah slept at the door of the king’s palace. (2 Samuel 11:9a ULT)

Part of a group — In the example below, “us” refers to the whole group and “each one” refers to the individual members.

Now to each one of us grace has been given according to the measure of the gift of Christ. (Ephesians 4:7 ULT)

Events and Possession

Sometimes one or both of the nouns is an abstract noun that refers to an event or action. In the examples below, the abstract nouns are in bold print. These are just some of the relationships that are possible between two nouns when one of them refers to an event.

Subject — Sometimes the word after “of” tells who would do the action named by the first noun. In the example below, John baptized people.

The baptism of John, was it from heaven or from men? Answer me. (Mark 11:30)

In the example below, Christ loves us.

Who will separate us from the love of Christ? (Romans 8:35)

Object — Sometimes the word after “of” tells who or what something would happen to. In the example below, people love money.

For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evil. (1 Timothy 6:10a ULT)

Instrument — Sometimes the word after “of” tells how something would happen. In the example below, God would punish people by sending enemies to attack them with swords.

Then be afraid of the sword, because wrath brings the punishment of the sword. (Job 19:29a ULT)

Representation — In the example below, John was baptizing people who were repenting of their sins. They were being baptized to show that they were repenting. Their baptism represented their repentance.

John came, baptizing in the wilderness and preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins. (Mark 1:4 ULT)

Strategies for learning what the relationship is between the two nouns

(1) Read the surrounding verses to see if they help you to understand the relationship between the two nouns.
(2) Read the verse in the UST. Sometimes it shows the relationship clearly.
(3) See what the notes say about it.

Translation Strategies

If possession would be a natural way to show a particular relationship between two nouns, consider using it. If it would be strange or hard to understand, consider these.

(1) Use an adjective to show that one noun describes the other.
(2) Use a verb to show how the two are related.
(3) If one of the nouns refers to an event, translate it as a verb.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use an adjective to show that one noun describes the other.

On their heads were something like crowns of gold. (Revelation 9:7b)

“On their heads were gold crowns

(2) Use a verb to show how the two are related.

Whoever gives you a cup of water to drink … will not lose his reward. (Mark 9:41 ULT)

Whoever gives you a cup that has water in it to drink … will not lose his reward.

Wealth is worthless on the day of wrath. (Proverbs 11:4a ULT)

Wealth is worthless on the day when God shows his wrath.
or:
Wealth is worthless on the day when God punishes people because of his wrath.

(3) If one of the nouns refers to an event, translate it as a verb. (In the example below, there are two possession relationships, “punishment of Yahweh” and “your God.”)

Notice that I am not speaking to your children, who have not known or seen the punishment of Yahweh your God. (Deuteronomy 11:2a ULT)

Notice that I am not speaking to your children who have not known or seen how Yahweh, the God whom you worship, punished the people of Egypt.

You will only observe and see the punishment of the wicked. (Psalms 91:8 ULT)

You will only observe and see how Yahweh punishes the wicked.

You will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit. (Acts 2:38b ULT)

You will receive the Holy Spirit, whom God will give to you.

Nehemiah References:

13:5

Rhetorical Question

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Rhetorical Question

A rhetorical question is a question that a speaker asks when he is more interested in expressing his attitude about something than in getting information about it. Speakers use rhetorical questions to express deep emotion or to encourage hearers to think deeply about something. The Bible contains many rhetorical questions, often to express surprise, to rebuke or scold the hearer, or to teach. Speakers of some languages use rhetorical questions for other purposes as well.

Description

A rhetorical question is a question that strongly expresses the speaker’s attitude toward something. Often the speaker is not looking for information at all. Or, if he is asking for information, it is not usually the information that the question appears to ask for. The speaker is more interested in expressing his attitude than in getting information.

But those who stood by said, “Are you insulting the high priest of God?”(Acts 23:4 ULT)

The people who asked Paul this question were not asking if he was insulting God’s high priest. Rather, they used this question to accuse Paul of insulting the high priest.

The Bible contains many rhetorical questions. These rhetorical questions might be used for the purposes: of expressing attitudes or feelings, rebuking people, teaching something by reminding people of something they know and encouraging them to apply it to something new, or introducing something they want to talk about.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Some languages do not use rhetorical questions; for them a question is always a request for information.
  • Some languages use rhetorical questions, but for purposes that are different or more limited than in the Bible.
  • Because of these differences between languages, some readers might misunderstand the purpose of a rhetorical question in the Bible.

Examples From the Bible

Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel? (1 Kings 21:7b ULT)

Jezebel used the question above to remind King Ahab of something he already knew: he still ruled the kingdom of Israel. The rhetorical question made her point more strongly than if she had merely stated it, because it forced Ahab to admit the point himself. She did this in order to rebuke him for being unwilling to take over a poor man’s property. She was implying that, since he was the king of Israel, he had the power to take the man’s property.

Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number! (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)

God used the question above to remind his people of something they already knew: a young woman would never forget her jewelry or a bride forget her veils. He then rebuked his people for forgetting him who is so much greater than those things.

But you, why do you judge your brother? And you also, why do you despise your brother? (Romans 14:10 ULT)

Paul used these rhetorical questions to rebuke the Romans for doing what they should not do.

Why did I not die when I came out from the womb? (Job 3:11a ULT)

Job used the question above to show deep emotion. This rhetorical question expresses how sad he was that he did not die as soon as he was born. He wished that he had not lived.

And how has this happened to me that the mother of my Lord would come to me? (Luke 1:43 ULT)

Elizabeth used the question above to show how surprised and happy she was that the mother of her Lord came to her.

Or what man is there among you, of whom his son will ask for a loaf of bread, but he will give him a stone? (Matthew 7:9 ULT)

Jesus used the question above to remind the people of something they already knew: a good father would never give his son something bad to eat. By introducing this point, Jesus could go on to teach them about God with his next rhetorical question:

Therefore, if you who are evil know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your Father who is in heaven give good things to those who ask him? (Matthew 7:11 ULT)

Jesus used this question to teach the people in an emphatic way that God gives good things to those who ask him.

What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to? It is like a mustard seed that a man took and threw into his garden … (Luke 13:18b-19a ULT)

Jesus used the question above to introduce what he was going to talk about. He was about to compare the kingdom of God to something. In this case, he compared the kingdom of God to a mustard seed.

Translation Strategies

In order to translate a rhetorical question accurately, first be sure that the question you are translating truly is a rhetorical question and is not an information question. Ask yourself, “Does the person asking the question already know the answer to the question?” If so, it is a rhetorical question. Or, if no one answers the question, did the person who asked it expect to receive an answer? If not, it is a rhetorical question.

When you are sure that the question is rhetorical, then be sure that you understand the purpose for the rhetorical question. Is it to encourage or rebuke or shame the hearer? Is it to bring up a new topic? Is it to express surprise or other emotion? Is it to do something else?

When you know the purpose of the rhetorical question, then think of the most natural way to express that purpose in the target language. It might be as a question, or a statement, or an exclamation.

If using the rhetorical question would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider doing so. If not, here are other options:

(1) Add the answer after the question.
(2) Change the rhetorical question to a statement or exclamation.
(3) Change the rhetorical question to a statement, and then follow it with a short question.
(4) Change the form of the question so that it communicates in your language what the original speaker communicated in his.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Add the answer after the question.

Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number! (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)

Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Of course not! Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!

Or what man is there among you, of whom his son will ask for a loaf of bread, but he will give him a stone? (Matthew 7:9 ULT)

Or what man is there among you, of whom his son will ask for a loaf of bread, but he will give him a stone? None of you would do that!

(2) Change the rhetorical question to a statement or exclamation.

What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to? It is like a mustard seed. (Luke 13:18-19a ULT)

This is what the kingdom of God is like. It is like a mustard seed …

Are you insulting the high priest of God? (Acts 23:4b ULT) (Acts 23:4 ULT)

You should not insult God’s high priest!

Why did I not die when I came out from the womb? (Job 3:11a ULT)

I wish I had died when I came out from the womb!

And how has this happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me? (Luke 1:43 ULT)

How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to me!

(3) Change the rhetorical question to a statement, and then follow it with a short question.

Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel? (1 Kings 21:7b ULT)

You still rule the kingdom of Israel, do you not?

(4) Change the form of the question so that it communicates in your language what the orignal speaker communicated in his.

Or what man is there among you, of whom his son will ask for a loaf of bread, but he will give him a stone? (Matthew 7:9 ULT)

If your son asks you for a loaf of bread, would you give him a stone?

Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number! (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)

What virgin would forget her jewelry, and what bride would forget her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!

But you, why do you judge your brother? And you also, why do you despise your brother? (Romans 14:10 ULT)

Do you think it is good to judge your brother? Do you think it is good to despise your brother?

Nehemiah References:

2:3; 2:19; 4:intro; 4:2; 5:9; 6:3; 6:11; 6:11; 13:11; 13:17; 13:18; 13:21; 13:26; 13:27

Simile

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Simile

Description

A simile is a comparison of two things that are not normally thought to be similar. The simile focuses on a particular trait the two items have in common, and it includes the words “like,” “as,” or “than.”

When he saw the crowds, he had compassion for them, because they were troubled and discouraged, like sheep not having a shepherd. (Matthew 9:36)

Jesus compared the crowds of people to sheep without a shepherd. Sheep grow frightened when they do not have a good shepherd to lead them in safe places. The crowds were like that because they did not have good religious leaders.

See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves, so be as wise as the serpents and harmless as the doves. (Matthew 10:16 ULT)

Jesus compared his disciples to sheep and their enemies to wolves. Wolves attack sheep; Jesus’ enemies would attack his disciples.

For the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword. (Hebrews 4:12a ULT)

God’s word is compared to a two-edged sword. A two-edged sword is a weapon that can easily cut through a person’s flesh. God’s word is very effective in showing what is in a person’s heart and thoughts.

Purposes of Simile

  • A simile can teach about something that is unknown by showing how it is similar to something that is known.
  • A simile can emphasize a particular trait, sometimes in a way that gets people’s attention.
  • Similes help form a picture in the mind or help the reader experience what he is reading about more fully.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • People may not know how the two items are similar.
  • People may not be familiar with both of the items being compared.

Examples From the Bible

Suffer hardship with me, as a good soldier of Christ Jesus. (2 Timothy 2:3 ULT)

In this simile, Paul compares suffering with what soldiers endure, and he encourages Timothy to follow their example.

Just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to another place under the sky, so will the Son of Man be. (Luke 17:24b ULT)

This verse does not tell how the Son of Man will be like the lightning. But in context we can understand from the verses before it that just as lighting flashes suddenly and everyone can see it, the Son of Man will come suddenly and everyone will be able to see him. No one will have to be told about it.

Translation Strategies

If people would understand the correct meaning of a simile, consider using it. If they would not, here are some strategies you can use:

(1) If people do not know how the two items are alike, tell how they are alike. However, do not do this if the meaning was not clear to the original audience.
(2) If people are not familiar with the item that something is compared to, use an item from your own culture. Be sure that it is one that could have been used in the cultures of the Bible. If you use this strategy, you may want to put the original item in a footnote.
(3) Simply describe the item without comparing it to another.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If people do not know how the two items are alike, tell how they are alike. However, do not do this if the meaning was not clear to the original audience.

See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves. (Matthew 10:16a ULT) — This compares the danger that Jesus’ disciples would be in with the danger that sheep are in when they are surrounded by wolves.

See, I send you out among wicked people and you will be in danger from them as sheep are in danger when they are among wolves.

For the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword. (Hebrews 4:12a ULT)

For the word of God is living and active and more powerful than a very sharp two-edged sword.

(2) If people are not familiar with the item that something is compared to, use an item from your own culture. Be sure that it is one that could have been used in the cultures of the Bible. If you use this strategy, you may want to put the original item in a footnote.

See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves, (Matthew 10:16a ULT) — If people do not know what sheep and wolves are, or that wolves kill and eat sheep, you could use some other animal that kills another.

See, I send you out as chickens in the midst of wild dogs.

How often did I long to gather your children together, just as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings, but you were not willing! (Matthew 23:37b ULT)

How often I wanted to gather your children together, as a mother closely watches over her infants, but you refused!

If you have faith as a grain of mustard … (Matthew 17:20)

If you have faith even as small as a tiny seed,

(3) Simply describe the item without comparing it to another.

See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves. (Matthew 10:16a ULT)

See, I send you out among people who will want to harm you.

How often did I long to gather your children together, just as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings, but you were not willing! (Matthew 23:37b ULT)

How often I wanted to protect you, but you refused!

Nehemiah References:

9:11; 9:23

Symbolic Action

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Symbolic Action

Description

A symbolic action is something that someone does in order to express a certain idea. For example, in some cultures people nod their heads up and down to mean “yes” or turn their heads from side to side to mean “no.” Symbolic actions do not mean the same things in all cultures. In the Bible, sometimes people perform symbolic actions and sometimes they only refer to the symbolic action.

Examples of symbolic actions

  • In some cultures people shake hands when they meet to show that they are willing to be friendly.
  • In some cultures people bow when they meet to show respect to each other.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

An action may have a meaning in one culture and a different meaning or no meaning at all in another culture. For example, in some cultures raising the eyebrows means “I am surprised” or “What did you say?” In other cultures it means “yes.”

In the Bible, people did things that had certain meanings in their culture. When we read the Bible, we might not understand what someone meant if we interpret the action based on what it means in our own culture today.

You (the translator) need to understand what people in the Bible meant when they used symbolic actions. If an action does not mean the same thing in your own culture, then you need to figure out how to translate what the action meant.

Examples From the Bible

And behold, a man came whose name was Jairus, and he was a ruler of the synagogue. And falling at the feet of Jesus, he begged him to come to his house. (Luke 8:41 ULT)

Meaning of symbolic action: He did this to show great respect to Jesus.

Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking. If anyone hears my voice and opens the door, I will come into him and will eat with him, and he with me. (Revelation 3:20 ULT)

Meaning of symbolic action: When people wanted someone to welcome them into their home, they stood at the door and knocked on it.

Translation Strategies

If people would correctly understand what a symbolic action meant to the people in the Bible, consider using it. If not, here are some strategies for translating it.

(1) Tell what the person did and why he did it.
(2) Do not tell what the person did, but tell what he meant.
(3) Use an action from your own culture that has the same meaning. Do this only in poetry, parables, and sermons. Do not do this when there actually was a person who did a specific action.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Tell what the person did and why he did it.

And falling at the feet of Jesus (Luke 8:41 ULT)

Jairus fell down at Jesus’ feet in order to show that he greatly respected him.

Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking. (Revelation 3:20 ULT)

Look, I stand at the door and knock on it, asking you to let me in.

(2) Do not tell what the person did, but tell what he meant.

And falling at the feet of Jesus (Luke 8:41 ULT)

Jairus showed Jesus great respect.

Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking. (Revelation 3:20 ULT)

Look, I stand at the door and ask you to let me in.

(3) Use an action from your own culture that has the same meaning.

And falling at the feet of Jesus (Luke 8:41 ULT) — Since Jairus actually did this, you should not substitute an action from your own culture.

Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking. (Revelation 3:20 ULT) — Jesus was not standing at a real door. Rather he was speaking about wanting to have a relationship with people. So in cultures where it is polite to clear one’s throat when wanting to be let into a house, you could use that.

Look, I stand at the door and clear my throat.

Nehemiah References:

1:4; 1:4; 3:1; 5:13; 6:10; 8:5; 8:6; 9:1; 9:3; 9:5; 9:15; 12:27; 12:31; 13:25

Synecdoche

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Synecdoche

Description

Synecdoche is a figure of speech in which a speaker uses a part of something to refer to the whole thing, or uses the whole to refer to a part.

My soul magnifies the Lord. (Luke 1:46b ULT)

Mary was was very happy about what the Lord was doing, so she said “my soul,” which means the inner, emotional part of herself, to refer to her whole self.

So the Pharisees said to him, “Look, why are they doing that which is not lawful?” (Mark 2:24a ULT)

The Pharisees who were standing there did not all say the same words at the same time. Instead, it is more likely that one man representing the group said those words.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Some readers may not recognize the synecdoche and thus misunderstand the words as a literal statement.
  • Some readers may realize that they are not to understand the words literally, but they may not know what the meaning is.

Example From the Bible

Then I looked on all the deeds that my hands had accomplished. (Ecclesiastes 2:11a ULT)

“My hands” is a synecdoche for the whole person because clearly the arms and the rest of the body and the mind were also involved in the person’s accomplishments. The hands are chosen to represent the person because they are the parts of the body most directly involved in the work.

Translation Strategies

If the synecdoche would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here is another option:

(1) State specifically what the synecdoche refers to.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) State specifically what the synecdoche refers to.

My soul magnifies the Lord.” (Luke 1:46b ULT)

I magnify the Lord.”

So the Pharisees said to him … (Mark 2:24a ULT)

A representative of the Pharisees said to him …

Then I looked on all the deeds that my hands had accomplished. (Ecclesiastes 2:11a ULT)

I looked on all the deeds that I had accomplished

Translate Unknowns

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Translate Unknowns

While working to translate the Bible, you (the translator) might find yourself asking: “How do I translate words like lion, fig tree, mountain, priest, or temple when people in my culture have never seen these things and we do not have a word for them?”

Description

Unknowns are things that occur in the source text that are not known to the people of your culture. The unfoldingWord® Translation Words pages and the unfoldingWord® Translation Notes will help you understand what they are. After you understand them, you will need to find ways to refer to those things so that people who read your translation will understand what they are.

They said to him, “We have nothing here except five loaves of bread and two fish.” (Matthew 14:17 ULT)

Bread is a particular food made by mixing finely crushed grains with oil, and then cooking the mixture so that it is dry. (Grains are the seeds of a kind of grass.) In some cultures people do not have bread and do not know what it is.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  • Readers may not know some of the things that are in the Bible because those things are not part of their own culture.
  • Readers may have difficulty understanding a text if they do not know some of the things that are mentioned in it.

Translation Principles

  • Use words that are already part of your language if possible.
  • Keep expressions short if possible.
  • Represent God’s commands and historical facts accurately.

Examples From the Bible

So I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for jackals. (Jeremiah 9:11a ULT)

Jackals are wild animals like dogs that live in only a few parts of the world. So they are not known in many places.

Beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves. (Matthew 7:15 ULT)

If wolves do not live where the translation will be read, the readers may not understand that they are fierce, wild animals like dogs that attack and eat sheep.

They offered him wine mixed with myrrh, but he did not drink it. (Mark 15:23 ULT)

People may not know what myrrh is and that it was used as a medicine.

… to him who made great lights … (Psalm 136:7a ULT)

Some languages have terms for things that give light, like the sun and fire, but they have no general term for lights.

Your sins … will be white like snow. (Isaiah 1:18b ULT)

People in many parts of the world have not seen snow, but they may have seen it in pictures.

Translation Strategies

Here are ways you might translate a term that is not known in your language:

(1) Use a phrase that describes what the unknown item is, or what is important about the unknown item for the verse being translated.
(2) Substitute something similar from your language if doing so does not falsely represent a historical fact.
(3) Copy the word from another language, and add a general word or descriptive phrase to help people understand it.
(4) Use a word that is more general in meaning.
(5) Use a word or phrase that is more specific in meaning.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use a phrase that describes what the unknown item is, or what is important about the unknown item for the verse being translated.

Beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but are inwardly they are ravenous wolves. (Matthew 7:15 ULT)

Beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are very hungry and dangerous animals.

“Ravenous wolves” is part of a metaphor here, so the reader needs to know that they are very dangerous to sheep in order to understand this metaphor. (If sheep are also unknown, then you will need to also use one of the translation strategies to translate sheep, or change the metaphor to something else, using a translation strategy for metaphors. See Translating Metaphors.)

“We have nothing here except five loaves of bread and two fish.” (Matthew 14:17 ULT)

We have nothing here except five loaves of baked grain seeds and two fish.

(2) Substitute something similar from your language if doing so does not falsely represent a historical fact.

Your sins … will be white like snow. (Isaiah 1:18b ULT) This verse is not about snow. It uses snow in a figure of speech to help people understand how white something will be.

Your sins … will be white like milk.

Your sins … will be white like the moon.

(3) Copy the word from another language, and add a general word or descriptive phrase to help people understand it.

Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with myrrh. But he refused to drink it. (Mark 15:23 ULT) — People may understand better what myrrh is if it is used with the general word “medicine.”

Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with a medicine called myrrh. But he refused to drink it.

“We have nothing here except five loaves of bread and two fish.” (Matthew 14:17 ULT) — People may understand better what bread is if it is used with a phrase that tells what it is made of (seeds) and how it is prepared (crushed and baked).

We have nothing here except five loaves of baked crushed seed bread and two fish.

(4) Use a word that is more general in meaning.

I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for jackals (Jeremiah 9:11a ULT)

I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for wild dogs

“We have nothing here except five loaves of bread and two fish.” (Matthew 14:17 ULT)

We have nothing here except five loaves of baked food and two fish.

(5) Use a word or phrase that is more specific in meaning.

… to him who made great lights … (Psalm 136:7a ULT)

to him who made the sun and the moon

When Masculine Words Include Women

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: When Masculine Words Include Women

In the Bible, sometimes the words “men,” “brothers,” and “sons” refer only to men. At other times, those words include both men and women. In those places where the writer meant both men and women, you (the translator) need to translate it in a way that does not limit the meaning to men.

Description

In some languages a word that normally refers to men can also be used in a more general way to refer to both men and women. For example, the Bible sometimes says “brothers” when it refers to both brothers and sisters.

Also in some languages, the masculine pronouns “he” and “him” can be used in a more general way for any person if it is not important whether the person is a man or a woman. In the example below, the pronoun is “his,” but it is not limited to males.

A wise son makes his father rejoice
but a foolish son brings grief to his mother. (Proverbs 10:1 ULT)

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  • In some cultures words like “man,” “brother,” and “son” can only be used to refer to men. If those words are used in a translation in a more general way, people will think that what is being said does not apply to women.
  • In some cultures, the masculine pronouns “he” and “him” can only refer to men. If a masculine pronoun is used, people will think that what is said does not apply to women.

Translation Principles

When a statement applies to both men and women, translate it in such a way that people will be able to understand that it applies to both.

Examples From the Bible

Now we want you to know, brothers, the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia. (2 Corinthians 8:1 ULT)

This verse is addressing the believers in Corinth, not only men, but men and women.

Then said Jesus to his disciples, “If anyone wants to follow me, he must deny himself, take up his cross, and follow me.” (Matthew 16:24 ULT)

Jesus was not speaking only of men, but of men and women.

Caution: Sometimes masculine words are used specifically to refer to men. Do not use words that would lead people to think that they include women. The words below are specifically about men.

Moses said, ‘If someone dies, not having children, his brother must marry his wife and have children for his brother.’ (Matthew 22:24 ULT)

Translation Strategies

If people would understand that that masculine words like “man,” “brother,” and “he” can include women, then consider using them. Otherwise, here are some ways for translating those words when they include women.

(1) Use a noun that can be used for both men and women.
(2) Use a word that refers to men and a word that refers to women.
(3) Use pronouns that can be used for both men and women.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use nouns that can be used for both men and women.

The wise man dies just like the fool dies. (Ecclesiastes 2:16b ULT)

“The wise person dies just like the fool dies.”
“Wise people die just like fools die.”

(2) Use a word that refers to men and a word that refers to women.

For we do not want you to be uninformed, brothers, about the troubles that happened to us in Asia. (2 Corinthians 1:8) — Paul was writing this letter to both men and women.

“For we do not want you to be uninformed, brothers and sisters, about the troubles that happened to us in Asia.”

(3) Use pronouns that can be used for both men and women.

“If anyone wants to follow me, he must deny himself, take up his cross, and follow me.” (Matthew 16:24 ULT)

English speakers can change the masculine singular pronouns, “he,” “himself,” and “his” to plural pronouns that do not mark gender, “they,” “themselves,” and “their” in order to show that it applies to all people, not just men.

“If people want to follow me, they must deny themselves, take up their cross, and follow me.”

Nehemiah References:

1:2; 1:6; 1:6; 2:10; 2:12; 3:2; 5:13; 9:23; 9:24

unfoldingWord® Translation Words - Nehemiah

v87

Aaron

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Aaron

Definition:

Aaron was Moses’ older brother. God chose Aaron to be the first high priest for the people of Israel.

  • Aaron helped Moses speak to Pharaoh about letting the Israelites go free.
  • While the Israelites were traveling through the desert, Aaron sinned by making an idol for the people to worship.
  • God also appointed Aaron and his descendants to be the priest priests for the people of Israel.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: priest, Moses, Israel)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 9:15 God warned Moses and Aaron that Pharaoh would be stubborn.
  • 10:5 Pharaoh called Moses and Aaron and told them that if they stopped the plague, the Israelites could leave Egypt.
  • 13:9 God chose Moses’ brother, Aaron, and Aaron’s descendants to be his priests.
  • 13:11 So they (the Israelites) brought gold to Aaron and asked him to form it into an idol for them!
  • 14:7 They (the Israelites) became angry with Moses and Aaron and said, “Oh, why did you bring us to this horrible place?”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0175, G00020

Nehemiah References:

10:38; 12:47

Abijah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Abijah

Definition:

Abijah was a king of Judah who reigned from 915 to 913 B.C. He was a son of King Rehoboam. There were also several other men named Abijah in the Old Testament:

  • Samuel’s sons Abijah and Joel were leaders over the people of Israel at Beersheba. Because Abijah and his brother were dishonest and greedy, the people asked Samuel to appoint a king to rule them instead.
  • Abijah was one of the temple priests during the time of King David.
  • Abijah was one of King Jeroboam’s sons.
  • Abijah was also a chief priest who returned with Zerubbabel to Jerusalem from the Babylonian captivity.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0029, G00070

Nehemiah References:

10:7; 12:4; 12:17

Abraham, Abram

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Abraham, Abram

Definition:

Abram was a Chaldean man from the city of Ur who was chosen by God to be the forefather of the Israelites. God changed his name to “Abraham.”

  • The name “Abram” means “exalted father.”
  • “Abraham” means “father of many.”
  • God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants, who would become a great nation.
  • Abraham believed God and obeyed him. God led Abraham to move from Chaldea to the land of Canaan.
  • Abraham and his wife Sarah, when they were very old and living in the land of Canaan, had a son, Isaac.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Canaan, Chaldea, Sarah, Isaac)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:6 When Abram arrived in Canaan, God said, “Look all around you. I will give to you and your descendants all the land that you can see as an inheritance.”
  • 5:4 Then God changed Abram’s name to Abraham, which means “father of many.”
  • 5:5 About a year later, when Abraham was 100 years old and Sarah was 90, Sarah gave birth to Abraham’s son.
  • 5:6 When Isaac was a young man, God tested Abraham’s faith by saying, “Take Isaac, your only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to me.”
  • 6:1 When Abraham was very old and his son, Isaac, had grown to be a man, Abraham sent one of his servants back to the land where his relatives lived to find a wife for his son, Isaac.
  • 6:4 After a long time, Abraham died and all of the promises that God had made to him in the covenant were passed on to Isaac.
  • 21:2 God promised Abraham that through him all people groups of the world would receive a blessing.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0087, H0085, G00110

Nehemiah References:

9:7

Adam

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Adam

Definition:

Adam was the first person whom God created. He and his wife Eve were made in the image of God.

  • God formed Adam from dirt and breathed life into him.
  • Adam’s name sounds similar to the Hebrew word for “red dirt” or “ground.”
  • The name “Adam” is the same as the Old Testament word for “mankind” or “human being.”
  • All people are descendants of Adam and Eve.
  • Adam and Eve disobeyed God. This separated them from God and caused sin and death to come into the world.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: death, descendant, Eve, image of God, life)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 1:9 Then God said, “Let us make human beings in our image to be like us.”
  • 1:10 This man’s name was Adam. God planted a garden where Adam could live, and put him there to care for it.
  • 1:12 Then God said, “It is not good for man to be alone.” But none of the animals could be Adam’s helper.
  • 2:11 And God clothed Adam and Eve with animal skins.
  • 2:12 So God sent Adam and Eve away from the beautiful garden.
  • 49:8 When Adam and Eve sinned, it affected all of their descendants.
  • 50:16 Because Adam and Eve disobeyed God and brought sin into this world, God cursed it and decided to destroy it.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0120, G00760

Nehemiah References:

2:10; 2:12; 9:29

Adonijah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Adonijah

Definition:

Adonijah was the fourth son of King David.

  • Adonijah tried to take over as king of Israel after the deaths of his brothers Absalom and Amnon.
  • God, however, had promised that David’s son Solomon would be king, so Adonijah’s plot was overthrown and Solomon was made king.
  • When Adonijah tried a second time to make himself king, Solomon put him to death.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: David, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0138

Nehemiah References:

10:16

adversary, enemy

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: adversary, enemy

Definition:

An “adversary” is a person (or group of people) who is opposed to someone else. The term “enemy” has a similar meaning.

  • Your adversary can be a person who tries to oppose or harm another person.
  • When two nations fight, each can be called an “adversary” of the other.
  • In the Bible, the devil is referred to as an “adversary” and an “enemy.”
  • The term “adversary” may be translated as “opponent” or “enemy,” but it suggests a stronger form of opposition.

(See also: Satan)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0341, H6146, H6887, H6862, H6965, H7790, H7854, H8130, H8324, G04760, G04800, G21890, G21900, G52270

Nehemiah References:

4:11; 4:15; 5:9; 6:1; 6:16; 9:27; 9:28

afflict, affliction, distress

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: afflict, affliction, distress

Definition:

The term “afflict” means to cause someone distress or suffering. An “affliction” is the disease, emotional grief, or other disaster that results from this.

  • Sometimes God afflicted his people with sickness or other hardships with the intention for them to repent of their sins and turn back to him.
  • God caused afflictions or plagues to come on the people of Egypt because their king refused to obey God.
  • To “be afflicted with” means to suffer from some kind of distress, such as a disease, persecution, or emotional grief.
  • In some Old Testament contexts, the idea of “afflicting oneself” or “afflicting one’s soul” means to abstain from eating food.

Translation Suggestions:

  • To “afflict” someone could be translated as “cause someone to experience troubles” or “cause someone to suffer” or “cause suffering to come.”
  • A phrase like “afflict someone with leprosy” could be translated as “cause someone to be sick with leprosy.”
  • When a disease or disaster is sent to “afflict” people or animals, this could be translated as “cause suffering to.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “affliction” could be translated as “calamity” or “sickness” or “suffering” or “great distress.”
  • The phrase “afflicted with” could also be translated as “suffering from” or “sick with.”

(See also: leprosy, plague, suffer)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H3013, H3905, H3906, H6031, H6039, H6040, H6041, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7451, H7489, G23460, G23470, G38040

Nehemiah References:

9:9

Ahijah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Ahijah

Definition:

Ahijah was the name of several different men in the Old Testament. The following are some of these men:

  • Ahijah was the name of a priest in the time of Saul.
  • A man named Ahijah was a secretary during the reign of King Solomon.
  • Ahijah was the name of a prophet from Shiloh who predicted that the nation of Israel would be divided into two kingdoms.
  • The father of King Baasha of Israel was also named Ahijah.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Baasha, Shiloh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0281

Nehemiah References:

10:26

Ai

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Ai

Definition:

In Old Testament times, Ai was the name of a Canaanite town located just south of Bethel and about 8 km northwest of Jericho.

  • After defeating Jericho, Joshua led the Israelites in an attack of Ai. But they were easily defeated because God was not pleased with them.
  • An Israelite named Achan had stolen plunder from Jericho, and God ordered that he and his family be killed. Then God helped the Israelites defeat the people of Ai.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Bethel, Jericho)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5857

Nehemiah References:

7:32; 11:31

alien, foreigner, sojourn

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: alien, foreigner, sojourn

Definition:

The term “foreigner” refers to a person living in a country that is not his own. Another name for a foreigner is an “alien.” To sojourn is to live temporarily as a foreigner.

  • In the Old Testament, this term especially refers to anyone who came from a different people group than the people he was living among.
  • A foreigner is also a person whose language and culture is different from those of a particular region.
  • For example, when Naomi and her family moved to Moab, they were foreigners there. When Naomi and her daughter-in-law Ruth later moved to Israel, Ruth was called a “foreigner” there because she was not originally from Israel.
  • A sojourner is another word for a temporary foreign resident.
  • The apostle Paul told the Ephesians that before they knew Christ, they were “foreigners” to God’s covenant.
  • Sometimes “foreigner” is translated as “stranger,” but it should not refer only to someone who is unfamiliar or unknown.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0312, H0628, H0776, H1471, H1481, H1616, H2114, H3937, H4033, H5236, H5237, H6154, H8453, G02410, G02450, G05260, G09150, G18540, G35810, G39270, G39410

Nehemiah References:

9:2; 13:26; 13:27

altar

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: altar

Definition:

An altar was a raised structure on which the Israelites burned animals and grains as offerings to God.

  • During Bible times, simple altars were often made by forming a mound of packed-down dirt or by carefully placing large stones to form a stable pile.
  • Some special box-shaped altars were made of wood overlaid with metals such as gold, brass, or bronze.
  • Other people groups living near the Israelites also built altars to offer sacrifices to their gods.

(See also: altar of incense, false god, grain offering, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 3:14 After Noah got off the boat, he built an altar and sacrificed some of each kind of animal which could be used for a sacrifice.
  • 5:8 When they reached the place of sacrifice, Abraham tied up his son Isaac and laid him on an altar.
  • 13:9 A priest would kill the animal and burn it on the altar.
  • 16:6 He (Gideon) built a new altar dedicated to God near where the altar to the idol used to be and made a sacrifice to God on it.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0741, H2025, H4056, H4196, G10410, G23790

Nehemiah References:

10:34

amen, truly

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: amen, truly

Definition:

The term “amen” is a word used to emphasize or call attention to what a person has said. It is often used at the end of a prayer. Sometimes it is translated as “truly.”

  • When used at the end of a prayer, “amen” communicates agreement with the prayer or expresses a desire that the prayer be fulfilled.
  • In his teaching, Jesus used “amen” to emphasize the truth of what he said. He often followed that by “and I say to you” to introduce another teaching that related to the previous teaching.
  • When Jesus uses “amen” this way, some English versions (and the ULT) translate this as “verily” or “truly.”
  • Another word meaning “truly” is sometimes translated as “surely” or “certainly” and is also used to emphasize what the speaker is saying.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Consider whether the target language has a special word or phrase that is used to emphasize something that has been said.
  • When used at the end of a prayer or to confirm something, “amen” could be translated as “let it be so” or “may this happen” or “that is true.”
  • When Jesus says, “truly I tell you,” this could also be translated as “Yes, I tell you sincerely” or “That is true, and I also tell you.”
  • The phrase “truly, truly I tell you” could be translated as “I tell you this very sincerely” or “I tell you this very earnestly” or “what I am telling you is true.”

(See also: fulfill, true)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0543, G02810

Nehemiah References:

5:13; 8:6

Ammon, Ammonite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Ammon, Ammonite

Definition:

The “people of Ammon” or the “Ammonites” were a people group that lived on the east side of the Jordan River across from the Israelites.

  • The book of Genesis reports that the Ammonite nation was descended from Ben-ammi, who was the son of Lot by his younger daughter.
  • The term “Ammonitess” refers specifically to a female Ammonite. This could also be translated as “Ammonite woman.”
  • At one point, the Ammonites hired a prophet named Balaam to curse Israel, but God did not allow him to do it.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: curse, Jordan River, Lot)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5983, H5984, H5985

Nehemiah References:

2:10; 2:19; 4:3; 4:7; 13:1; 13:23

Amorite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Amorite

Definition:

The Amorites were a powerful group of people who inhabited the land of Canaan and lived on both sides of the Jordan River.

  • Their name means “high one,” which may refer to the mountainous regions where they lived or to the fact that they were known to be very tall.
  • The book of Genesis reports that the Amorites were descended from Canaan, the grandson of Noah.
  • The city of Ai was inhabited by Amorites.
  • God refers to the “sin of the Amorites,” which included their worship of false gods and the sinful practices associated.
  • Joshua led the Israelites in destroying the Amorites, as God had commanded them to do.

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 15:7 Sometime later, the kings of another people group in Canaan, the Amorites, heard that the Gibeonites had made a peace treaty with the Israelites, so they combined their armies into one large army and attacked Gibeon.
  • 15:8 In the early morning they surprised the Amorite armies and attacked them.
  • 15:9 God fought for Israel that day. He caused the Amorites to be confused and he sent large hailstones that killed many of the Amorites.
  • 15:10 God also caused the sun to stay in one place in the sky so that Israel would have enough time to completely defeat the Amorites.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0567

Nehemiah References:

9:8

appoint, appointed

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: appoint, appointed

Definition:

The terms “appoint” and “appointed” refer to choosing someone to fulfill a specific task or role.

  • To “be appointed” can also refer to being “chosen” to receive something, as in “appointed to eternal life.” That people were “appointed to eternal life” means they were chosen to receive eternal life.
  • The phrase “appointed time” refers to God’s “chosen time” or “planned time” for something to happen.
  • The word “appoint” may also mean to “command” or “assign” someone to do something.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate “appoint” could include “choose” or “assign” or “formally choose” or “designate.”
  • The term “appointed” could be translated as “assigned” or “planned” or “specifically chose.”
  • The phrase “be appointed” could also be translated as “be chosen.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0561, H0977, H2163, H2296, H2706, H2708, H2710, H3198, H3245, H3259, H3677, H3983, H4150, H4151, H4152, H4483, H4487, H4662, H5324, H5344, H5414, H5567, H5975, H6310, H6485, H6565, H6635, H6680, H6923, H6942, H6966, H7760, H7896, G03220, G06060, G12990, G13030, G19350, G25250, G27490, G42870, G42960, G43840, G49290, G50210, G50870

Nehemiah References:

5:14; 7:1; 12:44

Artaxerxes

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Artaxerxes

Definition:

Artaxerxes was a king who reigned over the Persian empire from about 464 to 424 BC.

  • During Artaxerxes’ reign, the Israelites from Judah were in exile in Babylon, which was under the control of Persia at that time.
  • Artaxerxes allowed Ezra the priest and other Jewish leaders to leave Babylon and go back to Jerusalem to teach the Israelites the Law of God.
  • Later during this time, Artaxerxes also allowed his cupbearer Nehemiah to return to Jerusalem to lead the Jews in rebuilding the walls surrounding the city.
  • Because Babylon was under the rule of Persia, Artaxerxes was sometimes called the “king of Babylon.”
  • Note that Artaxerxes is not the same person as Xerxes (Ahasuerus).

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Ahasuerus, Babylon, cupbearer, Ezra, Nehemiah, Persia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0783

Nehemiah References:

2:1; 5:14; 13:6

Asaph

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Asaph

Definition:

Asaph was a Levite priest and gifted musician who composed the music for the psalms of King David. He also wrote his own psalms.

  • Asaph was appointed by King David to be one of three musicians who were responsible for providing songs for worship in the temple. Some of these songs were also prophecies.
  • Asaph trained his sons and they carried on this responsibility, playing musical instruments and prophesying in the temple.
  • Some of the musical instruments included the lute, harp, trumpet, and cymbals.
  • Psalms 50 and 73-83 are said to be from Asaph. It may be that some of these psalms were written by his family members.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: descendant, harp, lute, prophet, psalm, trumpet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0623

Nehemiah References:

2:8; 7:44; 11:17; 11:22; 12:35; 12:46

Ashdod, Azotus

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Ashdod, Azotus

Definition:

Ashdod was one of the five most important cities of the Philistines. It was located in southwestern Canaan near the Mediterranean Sea, halfway between the cities of Gaza and Joppa.

  • The temple of the Philistine’s false god Dagon was located in Ashdod.
  • God severely punished the people of Ashdod when the Philistines stole the ark of the covenant and put it in the pagan temple at Ashdod.
  • The Greek name for this city was Azotus. It was one of the cities where the evangelist Philip preached the gospel.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Ekron, Gath, Gaza, Joppa, Philip, Philistines)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0795, G01080

Nehemiah References:

4:7; 13:23; 13:24

assembly, assemble, congregation, meeting, gather, community

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: assembly, assemble, congregation, meeting, gather, community

Definition:

The term “assembly” usually refers to a group of people who come together for some reason, often to discuss problems, give advice, or make decisions. An assembly can be a group that is organized in an official and somewhat permanent way, or it can be a group of people who come together temporarily for a specific purpose or occasion.

Old Testament

  • In the Old Testament there was a special kind of assembly called a “sacred assembly” in which the people of Israel would gather to worship Yahweh.
  • Sometimes the term “assembly” referred to the Israelites in general, as a group.

New Testament

  • In the New Testament, an assembly of 70 Jewish leaders in major cities such as Jerusalem would meet to judge legal matters and to settle disputes between people. This assembly was known as the “Sanhedrin” or the “Council.”

Translation Suggestions

  • Depending on the context, “assembly” could also be translated as “special gathering” or “congregation” or “council” or “army” or “large group.”
  • When the term “assembly” refers generally to the Israelites as a whole, it could also be translated as “community” or “people of Israel.”
  • The phrase, “all the assembly” could be translated as “all the people” or “the whole group of Israelites” or “everyone.” (See: hyperbole)
  • A large gathering of enemy soldiers was sometimes also referred to as an “assembly.” This could be translated as “army.”

(See also: council)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0622, H1481, H2199, H3259, H4150, H4186, H4744, H5475, H5712, H6116, H6908, H6950, H6951, H6952, G15770, G38310, G48630, G48640, G48710, G49050

Nehemiah References:

5:7; 5:13; 7:66; 8:2; 8:17; 8:18; 13:1

Assyria, Assyrian, Assyrian Empire

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Assyria, Assyrian, Assyrian Empire

Definition:

Assyria was a powerful nation during the time the Israelites were living in the land of Canaan. The Assyrian Empire was a group of nations ruled by an Assyrian king.

  • The nation of Assyria was located in a region that is now the northern part of Iraq.
  • The Assyrians fought against Israel at different times in their history.
  • In the year 722 BC, the Assyrians completely conquered the kingdom of Israel and forced many of the Israelites to move to Assyria.
  • The remaining Israelites intermarried with foreigners that the Assyrians had brought into Israel from Samaria. The descendants of those people who intermarried were later called the Samaritans.

(See also: Samaria)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 20:2 So God punished both kingdoms by allowing their enemies to destroy them. The kingdom of Israel was destroyed by the Assyrian Empire, a powerful, cruel nation. The Assyrians killed many people in the kingdom of Israel, took away everything of value, and burned much of the country.
  • 20:3 The Assyrians gathered all the leaders, the rich people, and the people with skills and took them to Assyria.
  • 20:4 Then the Assyrians brought foreigners to live in the land where the kingdom of Israel had been.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0804, H1121

Nehemiah References:

9:32

Babylon, Babylonia, Babylonian

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Babylon, Babylonia, Babylonian

Definition:

The city of Babylon was the capital of the ancient region of Babylonia, which was also part of the Babylonian Empire.

  • Babylon was located along the Euphrates River, in the same region where the Tower of Babel had been built hundreds of years before.
  • Sometimes the word “Babylon” refers to the entire Babylonian Empire. For example, the “king of Babylon” ruled the entire empire, not just the city.
  • The Babylonians were a powerful people group who attacked the kingdom of Judah and kept the people in exile in Babylonia for 70 years.
  • Part of this region was called “Chaldea” and the people living there were the “Chaldeans.” As a result, the term “Chaldea” was often used to refer to Babylonia. (See: synecdoche)

(See also: Babel, Chaldea, Judah, Nebuchadnezzar)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 20:6 About 100 years after the Assyrians destroyed the kingdom of Israel, God sent Nebuchadnezzar, king of the Babylonians, to attack the kingdom of Judah. Babylon was a powerful empire.
  • 20:7 But after a few years, the king of Judah rebelled against Babylon. So, the Babylonians came back and attacked the kingdom of Judah. They captured the city of Jerusalem, destroyed the Temple, and took away all the treasures of the city and the Temple.
  • 20:9 Nebuchadnezzar and his army took almost all of the people of the kingdom of Judah to Babylon, leaving only the poorest people behind to plant the fields.
  • 20:11 About seventy years later, Cyrus, the king of the Persians, defeated Babylon.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3778, H3779, H8152, H0894, H0895, H0896, G08970

Nehemiah References:

7:6; 13:6

Balaam

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Balaam

Definition:

Balaam was a pagan prophet whom King Balak hired to curse Israel while they were camped at the Jordan River in northern Moab, preparing to enter the land of Canaan.

  • Balaam was from the city of Pethor, which was located in the region around the Euphrates River, about 400 miles away from the land of Moab.
  • The Midianite king, Balak, was afraid of the strength and numbers of the Israelites, so he hired Balaam to curse them.
  • As Balaam was traveling toward Israel, an angel of God stood in his path so that Balaam’s donkey stopped. God also gave the donkey the ability to speak to Balaam.
  • God did not allow Balaam to curse the Israelites and commanded him to bless them instead.
  • Later however, Balaam still brought evil on the Israelites when he influenced them to worship the false god Baal-peor.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: bless, Canaan, curse, donkey, Euphrates River, Jordan River, Midian, Moab, Peor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1109, G09030

Nehemiah References:

13:2

Baruch

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Baruch

Definition:

Baruch is the name of several men in the Old Testament.

  • One Baruch (son of Zabbai) worked with Nehemiah to repair the walls of Jerusalem.
  • Also during the time of Nehemiah, another Baruch (son of Kol-Hozeh) was one of the leaders who settled in Jerusalem after its walls were restored.
  • A different Baruch (son of Neriah) was an assistant to the prophet Jeremiah, who helped him with various practical tasks such as writing down the messages God gave to Jeremiah and then reading them to the people.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: disciple, Jeremiah, Jerusalem, Nehemiah, prophet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1263

Nehemiah References:

3:20; 10:6; 11:5

Bashan

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Bashan

Definition:

Bashan was a region of land east of the Sea of Galilee. It covered an area that is now part of Syria and the Golan Heights.

  • An Old Testament city of refuge called “Golan” was located in the region of Bashan.
  • Bashan was a very fertile region known for its oak trees and pasturing animals.
  • Genesis 14 records that Bashan was the site of a war between several kings and their nations.
  • During Israel’s wanderings in the desert after their escape from Egypt, they took possession of part of the region of Bashan.
  • Years later, King Solomon obtained supplies from that region.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Egypt, oak, Sea of Galilee, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1316

Nehemiah References:

9:22

Beersheba

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Beersheba

Definition:

In Old Testament times, Beersheba was a city located about 45 miles southwest of Jerusalem in a desert area that is now called the Negev.

  • The desert surrounding Beersheba was the wilderness area where Hagar and Ishmael wandered after Abraham sent them away from his tents.
  • The name of this city means “well of the oath.” It was given this name when Abraham swore an oath to not punish King Abimelech’s men for seizing control of one of Abraham’s wells.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Abimelech, Abraham, Hagar, Ishmael, Jerusalem, oath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0884

Nehemiah References:

11:27; 11:30

beloved

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: beloved

Definition:

The term “beloved” is an expression of affection that describes someone who is loved and dear to someone else.

  • The term “beloved” literally means “loved (one)” or “(who is) loved.”
  • God refers to Jesus as his “beloved Son.”
  • In their letters to Christian churches, the apostles frequently address their fellow believers as “beloved.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • This term could also be translated as “loved” or “loved one” or “well-loved,” or “very dear.”
  • In the context of talking about a close friend, this could be translated as “my dear friend” or “my close friend.” In English it is natural to say “my dear friend, Paul” or “Paul, who is my dear friend.” Other languages may find it more natural to order this in a different way.
  • Note that the word “beloved” comes from the word for God’s love, which is unconditional, unselfish, and sacrificial.

(See also: love)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0157, H1730, H2532, H3033, H3039, H4261, G00250, G00270, G52070

Nehemiah References:

13:26

Benjamin, Benjaminite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Benjamin, Benjaminite

Definition:

Benjamin was Jacob’s twelfth son. He was Rachel’s second son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

  • The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Benjamin” or “Benjamin” or the “Benjaminites.”
  • In Hebrew, the name Benjamin means “son of my right hand.”
  • The tribe of Benjamin settled just northwest of the Dead Sea, north of Jerusalem.
  • King Saul was from the tribe of Benjamin.
  • The apostle Paul was from the tribe of Benjamin.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Jacob, Rachel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1144, G09580

Nehemiah References:

3:23; 11:4; 11:7; 11:31; 11:36; 12:34

Bethel

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Bethel

Definition:

Bethel was a city located just north of Jerusalem in the land of Canaan. It was formerly called “Luz.”

  • After receiving God’s promises for the first time, Abram (Abraham) built an altar to God near Bethel. The actual name of the city was not yet Bethel at that time, but it was usually referred to as “Bethel,” which was better known.
  • When fleeing from his brother Esau, Jacob stayed overnight near this city and slept outdoors on the ground there. While he was sleeping, he had a dream showing angels going up and down a ladder to heaven.
  • This city did not have the name “Bethel” until after Jacob named it that. To make this clear, some translations may translate it as “Luz (later called Bethel)” in the passages about Abraham, as well as when Jacob first arrives there (before he changed the name).
  • Bethel is mentioned often in the Old Testament and was a place where many important events happened.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Abraham, altar, Jacob, Jerusalem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1008

Nehemiah References:

7:32; 11:31

Bethlehem, Ephrathah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Bethlehem, Ephrathah

Definition:

Bethlehem was a small city in the land of Israel, near the city of Jerusalem. It was also known as “Ephrathah,” which was probably its original name.

  • Bethlehem has been called the “city of David,” since King David was born there.
  • The prophet Micah said that the Messiah would come from “Bethlehem Ephrathah.”
  • Fulfilling that prophecy, Jesus was born in Bethlehem, many years later.
  • The name “Bethlehem” means “house of bread” or “house of food.”

(See also: Caleb, David, Micah)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:2 David was a shepherd from the town of Bethlehem.
  • 21:9 The prophet Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would be born from a virgin. The prophet Micah said that he would be born in the town of Bethlehem.
  • 23:4 Joseph and Mary had to make a long journey from where they lived in Nazareth to Bethlehem because their ancestor was David whose hometown was Bethlehem.
  • 23:6 “The Messiah, the Master, has been born in Bethlehem!”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0376, H0672, H1035, G09650

Nehemiah References:

7:26

bless, blessed, blessing

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bless, blessed, blessing

Definition:

To “bless” someone or something means to cause good and beneficial things to happen to the person or thing that is being blessed.

  • Blessing someone also means expressing a desire for positive and beneficial things to happen to that person.
  • In Bible times, a father would often pronounce a formal blessing on his children.
  • When people “bless” God or express a desire that God be blessed, this means they are praising him.
  • The term “bless” is sometimes used for consecrating food before it is eaten, or for thanking and praising God for the food.

Translation Suggestions:

  • To “bless” could also be translated as to “provide abundantly for” or to “be very kind and favorable toward.”
  • “God has brought great blessing to” could be translated as “God has given many good things to” or “God has provided abundantly for” or “God has caused many good things to happen to”.
  • “He is blessed” could be translated as “he will greatly benefit” or “he will experience good things” or “God will cause him to flourish.”
  • “Blessed is the person who” could be translated as “How good it is for the person who.”
  • Expressions like “blessed be the Lord” could be translated as “May the Lord be praised” or “Praise the Lord” or “I praise the Lord.”
  • In the context of blessing food, this could be translated as “thanked God for the food” or “praised God for giving them food” or “consecrated the food by praising God for it.”

(See also: praise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 1:7 God saw that it was good and he blessed them.
  • 1:15 God made Adam and Eve in his own image. He blessed them and told them, “Have many children and grandchildren and fill the earth.”
  • 1:16 So God rested from all he had been doing. He blessed the seventh day and made it holy, because on this day he rested from his work.
  • 4:4 “I will make your name great. I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you. All families on earth will be blessed because of you.”
  • 4:7 Melchizedek blessed Abram and said, “May God Most High who owns heaven and earth bless Abram.”
  • 7:3 Isaac wanted to give his blessing to Esau.
  • 8:5 Even in prison, Joseph remained faithful to God, and God blessed him.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0833, H0835, H1288, H1289, H1293, G17570, G21270, G21280, G21290, G31060, G31070, G31080, G60500

Nehemiah References:

8:6; 9:intro; 9:5; 11:2; 13:2

blot out, wipe out

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: blot out, wipe out

Definition:

The terms “blot out” and “wipe out” are expressions that mean to completely remove or destroy something or someone.

  • These expressions can be used in a positive sense, as when God “blots out” sins by forgiving them and choosing not to remember them.
  • It is also often used in a negative sense, as when God “blots out” or “wipes out” a people group, destroying them because of their sin.
  • The Bible talks about a person’s name being “blotted out” or “wiped out” of God’s Book of Life, which means that the person will not receive eternal life.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, these expressions could be translated as “get rid of” or “remove” or “completely destroy” or “completely remove.”
  • When referring to blotting someone’s name out of the Book of Life, this could be translated as “removed from” or “erased.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4229, H8045, G18130

Nehemiah References:

4:5; 13:14

bow and arrow, a bow

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bow and arrow, a bow

Definition:

This is a type of weapon that consists of shooting arrows from a stringed bow. In Bible times it was used for fighting against enemies and for killing animals for food.

  • The bow is made out of wood, bone, metal, or other hard material, such as a deer’s antler. It has a curved shape and is strung tightly with a string, cord, or vine. When not in use the bow string would not be attached to both ends of the bow so that the bow was not under the pressure of being bent all the time. When preparing to fight a warrior would bend the bow and attach the string to both ends.
  • An arrow is a thin shaft with a sharp, pointed head on one end. In ancient times, the arrows could be made of a variety of materials such as wood, bone, stone, or metal.
  • Bows and arrows are commonly used by hunters and warriors.
  • The term “arrow” is also sometimes used figuratively in the Bible to refer to enemy attacks or divine judgment.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2671, H7198, G51150

Nehemiah References:

4:13; 4:16

bow, bow down, kneel, bend, bend the knee

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bow, bow down, kneel, bend, bend the knee

Definition:

To bow means to bend over to humbly express respect and honor toward someone. To “bow down” means to bend over or kneel down very low, often with face and hands toward the ground.

  • Other expressions include “bow the knee” (meaning to kneel) and “bow the head” (meaning to bend the head forward in humble respect or in sorrow).
  • Bowing down can also be a sign of distress or mourning. Someone who is “bowed down” has been brought to a low position of humility.
  • Often a person will bow in the presence of someone who is of higher status or greater importance, such as kings and other rulers.
  • Bowing down before God is an expression of worship to him.
  • In the Bible, people bowed down to Jesus when they realized from his miracles and teaching that he had come from God.
  • The Bible says that when Jesus comes back someday, everyone will bow the knee to worship him.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, this term could be translated with a word or phrase that means “bend forward” or “bend the head” or “kneel.”
  • The term “bow down” could be translated as “kneel down” or “prostrate oneself.”
  • Some languages will have more than one way of translating this term, depending on the context.

(See also: humble, worship)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0086, H3721, H3766, H5753, H5791, H6915, H7743, H7812, H7817, G11200, G25780, G28270, G40980

Nehemiah References:

8:6

bread

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bread

Definition:

Bread is a food made from flour mixed with water and oil to form a dough. The dough is then shaped into a loaf and baked.

  • When the term “loaf” occurs by itself, it means “loaf of bread.”
  • Bread dough is usually made with something that makes it rise, such as yeast. However, bread can also be made without yeast so that it does not rise. This is called “unleavened bread” in the Bible. The ancient Israelites ate “unleavened bread” during the passover meal.
  • Since bread was the main food for many people in biblical times, this term is also used in the Bible to refer to food in general. (See: Synecdoche) Many times the term “bread” can be translated more generally as “food.”
  • The phrase “bread of the presence” refers to twelve loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God. These loaves represented the twelve tribes of Israel and were only for the priests to eat. This could be translated as “bread showing that God lived among them.”
  • The term “bread from heaven” refers to the special white food called “manna” that God provided for the Israelites when they were wandering through the desert. Jesus also called himself the “bread that came down from heaven” and the “bread of life.”

(See also: Passover, tabernacle, temple, unleavened bread, yeast)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2557, H3899, H4635, H4682, G01060, G07400, G42860

Nehemiah References:

5:14; 5:18; 9:15

breastplate, breastpiece

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: breastplate, breastpiece

Definition:

The term “breastplate” refers to a piece of armor covering the front of the chest to protect a soldier during battle. The term “breastpiece” refers to a special piece of clothing that the Israelite high priest wore over the front part of his chest.

  • A “breastplate” used by a soldier could be made of wood, metal, or animal skin. It was made to prevent arrows, spears, or swords from piercing the chest of the soldier.
  • The “breastpiece” worn by the Israelite high priest was made of cloth and had valuable gems attached to it. The priest wore this when he was performing his duties of service to God in the temple.
  • Other ways to translate the term “breastplate” could include “metal protective chest covering” or “armor piece protecting the chest.”
  • The term “breastpiece” could be translated with a word that means “priestly clothing covering the chest” or “priestly garment piece” or “front piece of priest’s clothing.”

(See also: armor, high priest, pierce, priest, temple, warrior)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2833, H8302, G23820

Nehemiah References:

4:16

burnt offering, offering by fire

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: burnt offering, offering by fire

Definition:

A “burnt offering” was a type of sacrifice to God that was burnt up by fire on an altar. It was offered to make atonement for the sins of the people. This was also called an “offering by fire.”

  • Animals used for this offering were usually sheep or goats, but oxen and birds were also used.
  • Except for the skin, the entire animal was burned up in this offering. The skin or hide was given to the priest.
  • God commanded the Jewish people to offer burnt offerings two times every day.

(See also: altar, atonement, ox, priest, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0801, H5930, H7133, H8548, G36460

Nehemiah References:

10:33

call, called, call out, called out

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: call, called, call out, called out

Definition:

The terms “call” and “call out,” in this sense, mean to speak loudly.

  • To “call out” to someone means to shout, to announce, or to proclaim. It can also mean to ask someone for help, especially God.
  • In some contexts the terms “call” and “call out” mean to loudly ask for help.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The expression “call out to you” could be translated as “ask you for help” or “pray to you urgently.”
  • To “call out” could be translated as “say loudly” or “shout” or “say with a loud voice.” Make sure the translation of this does not sound like the person is angry.

(See also: pray, cry, call to summon, call name)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0559, H2199, H4744, H6817, H7121, H7123, H7769, H7773, G01540, G03630, G14580, G15280, G19410, G19510, G20280, G20460, G25640, G28210, G28220, G28400, G29190, G30040, G31060, G33330, G33430, G36030, G36860, G36870, G43160, G43410, G43770, G47790, G48670, G54550, G55370, G55810

Nehemiah References:

5:12; 6:7

camel

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: camel

Definition:

A camel is a large, four legged animal with one or two humps on its back. (See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

  • In Bible times, the camel was the largest animal found in Israel and the surrounding regions.
  • The camel was used mainly for carrying people and burdens.
  • Some people groups also used camels for food but not the Israelites because God said that camels were unclean and were not to be eaten.
  • Camels were valuable because they could move swiftly in the sand and could live without food and water for several weeks at a time.

(See also: burden, clean)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1581, G25740

Nehemiah References:

7:69

Canaan, Canaanite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Canaan, Canaanite

Definition:

Canaan was the son of Ham, who was one of Noah’s sons. The Canaanites were the descendants of Canaan.

  • The term “Canaan” or the “land of Canaan” also referred to an area of land between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean Sea. It extended south to the border of Egypt and north to the border of Syria.
  • This land was inhabited by the Canaanites, as well as several other people groups.
  • God promised to give the land of Canaan to Abraham and his descendants, the Israelites.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Ham, Promised Land)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:5 He (Abram) took his wife, Sarai, together with all his servants and everything he owned and went to the land God showed him, the land of Canaan.
  • 4:6 When Abram arrived in Canaan God said, “Look all around you. I will give to you and your descendants all the land that you can see as an inheritance.”
  • 4:9 “I give the land of Canaan to your descendants.”
  • 5:3 “I will give you and your descendants the land of Canaan as their possession and I will be their God forever.”
  • 7:8 After twenty years away from his home in Canaan, Jacob returned there with his family, his servants, and all his herds of animals.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3667, H3669, G54780

Nehemiah References:

9:8; 9:24

captive, captivate, captivity, catch

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: captive, captivate, captivity, catch

Definition:

The terms “captive” and “captivity” refer to people who have been captured and forced to live somewhere they do not want to live, such as in a foreign country.

  • The Israelites from the kingdom of Judah were held captive in the kingdom of Babylonia for 70 years.
  • Captives are often required to work for the people or nation that captured them.
  • Daniel and Nehemiah were Israelite captives who worked for the Babylonian king.
  • The expression to “take captive” is another way of talking about capturing someone.
  • The expression, “carry you away captive” could also be translated as “force you to live as captives” or “take you away to another country as prisoners.”
  • In a figurative sense, the apostle Paul tells Christians to “take captive” every thought and make it obedient to Christ.
  • He also talks about how a person can be “taken captive” by sin, which means he is “controlled by” sin.

Translation Suggestions

  • Depending on the context, to be “held captive” could also be translated by, “not allowed to be free” or “kept in prison” or “forced to live in a foreign country.”
  • The expression, “led captive” or “taken captive” could be translated as “captured” or “imprisoned” or “forced to go to a foreign land.”
  • The term “captives” could also be translated as “people who were captured” or “enslaved people.”
  • Depending on the context, “captivity” could also be translated as “imprisonment” or “exile” or “forced stay in a foreign country.”

(See also: Babylon, exile, prison, seize)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1123, H1473, H1540, H1546, H1547, H7617, H7622, H7628, H7633, H7686, G01610, G01620, G01630, G01640, G22210

Nehemiah References:

1:2; 1:3; 4:4; 7:6; 8:17

Chaldea, Chaldean

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Chaldea, Chaldean

Definition:

Chaldea was a region in the southern part of Mesopotamia or Babylonia. The people who lived in this region were called Chaldeans.

  • The city of Ur, where Abraham was from, was located in Chaldea. It is often referred to as “Ur of the Chaldeans.”
  • King Nebuchadnezzar was one of several Chaldeans who became kings over Babylonia.
  • After many years, around 600 BC, the term “Chaldean” came to mean “Babylonian.”
  • In the book of Daniel, the term “Chaldean” also refers to a special class of men who were highly educated and studied the stars.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Abraham, Babylon, Shinar, Ur)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3679, H3778, H3779, G54660

Nehemiah References:

9:7

column, pillar

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: column, pillar

Definition:

The term “pillar” usually refers to a large vertical structure that is used to hold up a roof or other part of a building. Another word for “pillar” is “column.”

  • In Bible times, pillars used as support in buildings were normally carved from a single piece of stone.
  • When Samson in the Old Testament was captured by the Philistines, he destroyed their pagan temple by pushing the supporting pillars and causing the temple to collapse.
  • The word “pillar” sometimes refers to a large stone or boulder that is set up as a memorial to mark a grave or to mark the place where an important event happened.
  • It can also refer to an idol that was made to worship a false god. It is another name for a “carved image” and could be translated as “statue.”
  • The term “pillar” is used to refer to something that is shaped like a pillar, such as the “pillar of fire” that led the Israelites at night through the desert or the “pillar of salt” that Lot’s wife became after she looked back at the city.
  • As a structure supporting a building, the term “pillar” or “column” could be translated as “upright stone support beam” or “supporting stone structure.”
  • Other uses of “pillar” could be translated as “statue” or “pile” or “mound” or “monument” or “tall mass,” depending on the context.

(See also: foundation, false god, image)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0352, H0547, H2106, H2553, H3730, H4552, H4676, H4678, H4690, H5324, H5333, H5982, H8490, G47690

Nehemiah References:

9:12; 9:19

compassion, compassionate

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: compassion, compassionate

Definition:

The term “compassion” refers to a feeling of concern for people, especially for those who are suffering. A “compassionate” person cares about other people and helps them.

  • The word “compassion” refers to caring about people in need, as well as taking action to help them.
  • The Bible says that God is compassionate, that is, he is full of love and mercy.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways of translating “compassion” could include, “deep caring” or “pity” or “helpful mercy.”
  • The term “compassionate” could also be translated as “caring and helpful” or “deeply loving and merciful.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2550, H7349, H7355, H7356, G16530, G33560, G36270, G46970, G48340, G48350

Nehemiah References:

9:17

confess, confession

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: confess, confession

Definition:

To confess means to admit or assert that something is true. A “confession” is a statement or admission that something is true.

  • The term “confess” can refer to boldly stating the truth about God. It can also refer to admitting that we have sinned.
  • The Bible says that if people confess their sins to God, he will forgive them.
  • James the apostle wrote in his letter that when believers confess their sins to each other, this brings spiritual healing.
  • The apostle Paul wrote to the Philippians that someday everyone will confess or declare that Jesus is Lord.
  • Paul also said that if people confess that Jesus is Lord and believe that God raised him from the dead, they will be saved.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate “confess” could include, “admit” or “testify” or “declare” or “acknowledge” or “affirm.”
  • Different ways to translate “confession” could be, “declaration” or “testimony” or “statement about what we believe” or “admitting sin.”

(See also: faith, testimony)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3034, H8426, G18430, G36700, G36710

Nehemiah References:

1:6; 9:intro; 9:2

consecrate, consecrated, consecration

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: consecrate, consecrated, consecration

Definition:

To consecrate means to dedicate something or someone to serve God. The person or object that is consecrated is considered holy and set apart for God.

  • The meaning of this term is similar to “sanctify” or to “make holy,” but with the added meaning of formally setting apart someone for service to God.
  • Things that were consecrated to God included animals to be sacrificed, the altar of burnt offering, and the tabernacle.
  • People who were consecrated to God included the priests, the people of Israel, and the oldest male child.
  • Sometimes the word “consecrate” has a meaning that is similar to “purify,” especially when it pertains to preparing people or things for God’s service so that they will be cleansed and acceptable to him.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “consecrate” could include, “set apart for God’s service” or “purify for service to God.”
  • Also consider how the terms “holy” and “sanctify” are translated.

(See also: holy, pure, sanctify)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2763, H3027, H4390, H4394, H5144, H5145, H6942, H6944, G14570, G50480

Nehemiah References:

3:1; 12:47; 13:22

covenant

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: covenant

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “covenant” refers to a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill.

  • This agreement can be between individuals, between groups of people, or between God and people.
  • When people make a covenant with each other, they promise that they will do something, and they must do it.
  • Examples of human covenants include marriage covenants, business agreements, and treaties between countries.
  • Throughout the Bible, God made several different covenants with his people.
  • In some of the covenants, God promised to fulfill his part without conditions. For example, when God established his covenant with mankind promising to never destroy the earth again with a worldwide flood, this promise had no conditions for people to fulfill.
  • In other covenants, God promised to fulfill his part only if the people obeyed him and fulfilled their part of the covenant.

The term “new covenant” refers to the commitment or agreement God made with his people through the sacrifice of his Son, Jesus.

  • God’s “new covenant” was explained in the part of the Bible called the “New Testament.”
  • This new covenant is in contrast to the “old” or “former” covenant that God had made with the Israelites in Old Testament times.
  • The new covenant is better than the old one because it is based on the sacrifice of Jesus, which completely atoned for people’s sins forever. The sacrifices made under the old covenant did not do this.
  • God writes the new covenant on the hearts those who become believers in Jesus. This causes them to want to obey God and to begin to live holy lives.
  • The new covenant will be completely fulfilled in the end times when God establishes his reign on earth. Everything will once again be very good, as it was when God first created the world.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include, “binding agreement” or “formal commitment” or “pledge” or “contract.”

  • Some languages may have different words for covenant depending on whether one party or both parties have made a promise they must keep. If the covenant is one-sided, it could be translated as “promise” or “pledge.”

  • Make sure the translation of this term does not sound like people proposed the covenant. In all cases of covenants between God and people, it was God who initiated the covenant.

  • The term “new covenant” could be translated as “new formal agreement” or “new pact” or “new contract.”

  • The word “new” in these expressions has the meaning of “fresh” or “new kind of” or “another.”

(See also: covenant, promise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:9 Then God made a covenant with Abram. A covenant is an agreement between two parties.
  • 5:4 “I will make Ishmael a great nation, too, but my covenant will be with Isaac.”
  • 6:4 After a long time, Abraham died and all of the promises that God had made to him in the covenant were passed on to Isaac.
  • 7:10 “The covenant promises God had promised to Abraham and then to Isaac now passed on to Jacob.”
  • 13:2 God said to Moses and the people of Israel, “If you will obey my voice and keep my covenant, you will be my prized possession, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation.”
  • 13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
  • 15:13 Then Joshua reminded the people of their obligation to obey the covenant that God had made with the Israelites at Sinai.
  • 21:5 Through the prophet Jeremiah, God promised that he would make a New Covenant, but not like the covenant God made with Israel at Sinai. In the New Covenant, God would write his law on the people’s hearts, the people would know God personally, they would be his people, and God would forgive their sins. The Messiah would start the New Covenant.
  • 21:14 Through the Messiah’s death and resurrection, God would accomplish his plan to save sinners and start the New Covenant.
  • 38:5 Then Jesus took a cup and said, “Drink this. It is my blood of the New Covenant that is poured out for the forgiveness of sins. Do this to remember me every time you drink it.”
  • 48:11 But God has now made a New Covenant that is available to everyone. Because of this New Covenant, anyone from any people group can become part of God’s people by believing in Jesus.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1285, H2319, H3772, G08020, G12420, G49340

Nehemiah References:

1:5; 9:8; 9:32; 13:29

covenant faithfulness, covenant loyalty, covenant love

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: covenant faithfulness, covenant loyalty, covenant love

Definition:

In biblical times, the term translated as “covenant faithfulness” was used to describe the kind of faithfulness, loyalty, kindness, and love that was both expected and demonstrated between people who were closely related to one another, either by marriage or by blood. This same term is used often in the Bible to describe the way God relates to his people, especially his commitment to fulfill the promises that he made to them.

  • The way this term is translated can depend on how each of the individual terms “covenant” and “faithfulness” are translated.
  • Other ways to translate this term might include: “faithful love;” “loyal, committed love;” or “loving dependability.”

(See also: covenant, faithful, grace, Israel, people of God, promise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2617

Nehemiah References:

1:5; 9:17; 9:32; 13:22

cry, cry out, outcry

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: cry, cry out, outcry

Definition:

The terms “cry” or “cry out” usually mean to say something loudly or urgently. Someone can “cry out” in pain, distress, anger, or fear, often with the intent of asking for help.

  • The phrase “cry out” can mean to shout or to call out with the intent of asking for help.
  • The terms “cry” or “cry out” can also mean to pray.
  • This term could also be translated as “exclaim loudly” or “urgently ask for help,” depending on the context.
  • An expression such as, “I cry out to you” could be translated as “I call to you for help” or “I urgently ask you for help.”

(See also: call speak loudly, plead, pray)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1058, H2199, H2201, H6030, H6463, H6670, H6682, H6817, H6818, H6873, H6963, H7121, H7123, H7321, H7440, H7442, H7723, H7737, H7768, H7771, H7775, H8663, G03100, G03490, G08630, G09940, G09950, G19160, G20190, G27990, G28050, G28960, G29050, G29060, G29290, G43770, G54550

Nehemiah References:

5:1; 9:4; 9:27; 9:28

cupbearer

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: cupbearer

Definition:

In Old Testament times, a “cupbearer” was a king’s servant who was given the task of bringing the king his cup of wine, usually tasting the wine first to make sure it had not been poisoned.

  • In English, the term cupbearer literally means “cup bringer” or “someone who brings the cup.”
  • A cupbearer was known for being very trustworthy and loyal to his king.
  • Because of his trusted position, a cupbearer would often have influence in the decisions the ruler made.
  • Nehemiah was the cupbearer for King Artaxerxes of Persia during the time when some of the Israelites were in captivity in Babylon.

(See also: Artaxerxes, Babylon, captive, Persia, Pharaoh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H8248

Nehemiah References:

1:11

curse, cursed, cursing

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: curse, cursed, cursing

Definition:

The term “curse” means to cause negative things to happen to the person or thing that is being cursed.

  • A curse can be a statement that harm will happen to someone or something.
  • To curse someone can also be an expression of desire that bad things will happen to them.
  • It can also refer to the punishment or other negative things that someone causes to happen to someone.

Translation Suggestions:

  • This term could be translated as “cause bad things to happen to” or “declare that something bad will happen to” or “swear to cause evil things to happen to.”
  • In the context of God sending curses on his disobedient people, it could be translated as “punish by allowing bad things to happen.”
  • The term “cursed” when used to describe people could be translated as “(this person) will experience much trouble.”
  • The phrase “cursed be” could be translated as “May (this person) experience great difficulties.”
  • The phrase, “Cursed is the ground” could be translated as “The soil will not be very fertile.”
  • However, if the target language has the phrase “cursed be” and it has the same meaning, then it is good to keep the same phrase.

(See also: bless)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 2:9 God said to the snake, “You are cursed!”
  • 2:11 “Now the ground is cursed, and you will need to work hard to grow food.”
  • 4:4 “I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you.”
  • 39:7 Then Peter vowed, saying, “May God curse me if I know this man!”
  • 50:16 Because Adam and Eve disobeyed God and brought sin into this world, God cursed it and decided to destroy it.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0422, H0423, H0779, H1288, H2763, H2764, H3994, H5344, H6895, H7043, H7045, H7621, H8381, G03310, G03320, G06850, G19440, G25510, G26520, G26530, G26710, G26720, G60350

Nehemiah References:

10:29; 13:2; 13:25

Darius

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Darius

Definition:

Darius was the name of several kings of Persia. It is possible that “Darius” was a title rather than a name.

  • “Darius the Mede” was the king who was tricked into having the prophet Daniel thrown into a lion’s den as punishment for worshiping God.
  • “Darius the Persian” helped facilitate the reconstruction of the temple in Jerusalem during the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Persia, Babylon, Daniel, Ezra, Nehemiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1867, H1868

Nehemiah References:

12:22

David

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: David

Definition:

David was the second king of Israel and he loved and served God. He was the main writer of the book of Psalms.

  • When David was still a young boy caring for his family’s sheep, God chose him to become the next king of Israel.
  • David became a great fighter and led the Israelite army in battles against their enemies. His defeat of Goliath the Philistine is well known.
  • King Saul tried to kill David, but God protected him, and made him king after Saul’s death.
  • David committed a terrible sin, but he repented and God forgave him.
  • Jesus, the Messiah, is called the “Son of David” because he is a descendant of King David.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Goliath, Philistines, Saul (OT))

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:2 God chose a young Israelite named David to be king after Saul. David was a shepherd from the town of Bethlehem. … David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
  • 17:3 David was also a great soldier and leader. When David was still a young man, he fought against a giant named Goliath.
  • 17:4 Saul became jealous of the people’s love for David. Saul tried many times to kill him, so David hid from Saul.
  • 17:5 God blessed David and made him successful. David fought many battles and God helped him defeat Israel’s enemies.
  • 17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
  • 17:9 David ruled with justice and faithfulness for many years, and God blessed him. However, toward the end of his life he sinned terribly against God.
  • 17:13 God was very angry about what David had done, so he sent the prophet Nathan to tell David how evil his sin was. David repented of his sin and God forgave him. For the rest of his life, David followed and obeyed God, even in difficult times.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1732, G11380

Nehemiah References:

3:15; 3:16; 12:24; 12:36; 12:37; 12:45; 12:46

dedicate, dedication, established, devoted

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: dedicate, dedication, established, devoted

Definition:

To dedicate is to set apart or commit something for a special purpose or function.

  • David dedicated his gold and silver to the Lord.
  • Often the word “dedication” refers to a formal event or ceremony to set apart something for a special purpose.
  • The dedication of the altar included offering a sacrifice to God.
  • Nehemiah led the Israelites in a dedication of Jerusalem’s repaired walls with a renewed promise to serve only Yahweh and to take care of his city. This event included giving thanks to God with musical instruments and singing.
  • The term “dedicate” could also be translated as “specially assign a special purpose” or “commit something to be used for a specific use” or “commit someone to do a special task.”
  • The terms “devote” and “devoted” often refer to something that is completely destroyed as a way of dedicating it to Yahweh.

(See also: commit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2596, H2597, H2598, H2764, H4394, H6942, H6944, G14560, G14570

Nehemiah References:

12:27

defile, defiled, desecrate

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: defile, defiled, desecrate

Definition:

The terms “defile” and “be defiled” refer to becoming polluted or dirty. Something can be defiled in a physical, moral, or ritual sense.

  • God warned the Israelites to not defile themselves by eating or touching things that he had declared as “unclean” and “unholy.”
  • Certain things such as dead bodies and contagious diseases were declared by God to be unclean and would defile a person if they touched them.
  • God commanded the Israelites to avoid sexual sins. These would defile them and make them unacceptable to God.
  • There were also certain kinds of bodily processes that defiled a person temporarily until he could become ritually pure again.
  • In the New Testament, Jesus taught that sinful thoughts and actions are what truly defile a person.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “defile” can also be translated as “cause to be unclean” or “cause to be unrighteous” or “cause to be ritually unacceptable.”
  • To “be defiled” could be translated as “become unclean” or “be caused to be morally unacceptable (to God)” or “become ritually unacceptable.”

(See also: profane, clean)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1351, H1352, H1602, H2490, H2491, H2610, H2930, H2931, G28390, G28400, G33920, G34350

Nehemiah References:

7:64; 13:29

delight

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: delight

Definition:

The term “delight” means great pleasure or great joy.

  • To “delight in” something means to “to take pleasure in” or “take joy in” or “be happy about” it. If a person “delights in” something, it means that he enjoys it very much.
  • When something is very agreeable or pleasing it is called “delightful.”
  • The expression “my delight is in the law of Yahweh” could be translated as “the law of Yahweh gives me great joy” or “I love to obey the laws of Yahweh” or “I am happy when I obey Yahweh’s commands.”
  • The phrases “take no delight in” and “have no delight in” could be translated as “not at all pleased by” or “not happy about.”
  • The phrase “delight himself in” means “he enjoys doing” something or “he is very happy about” something or someone.
  • The term “delights” refers to things that a person enjoys. This could be translated as “pleasures” or “things that give joy.”
  • An expression such as “I delight to do your will” could also be translated as “I enjoy doing your will” or “I am very happy when I obey you.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1523, H2530, H2531, H2532, H2654, H2655, H2656, H2836, H4574, H5276, H5727, H5730, H6026, H6027, H7306, H7381, H7521, H7522, H8057, H8173, H8191, H8588, H8597

Nehemiah References:

1:11

deliver, deliverer, deliverance, delivered

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: deliver, deliverer, deliverance, delivered

Definition:

To “deliver” someone means to rescue that person. The term “deliverer” refers to someone who rescues or frees people from slavery, oppression, or other dangers. The term “deliverance” refers to what happens when someone rescues or frees people from slavery, oppression, or other dangers.

  • In the Old Testament, God appointed deliverers to protect the Israelites by leading them in battle against other people groups who came to attack them.
  • These deliverers were also called “judges” and the Old Testament book of Judges records the time in history when these judges were governing Israel.
  • God is also called a “deliverer.” Throughout the history of Israel, he delivered or rescued his people from their enemies.

Translation Suggestions:

  • In the context of helping people escape from their enemies, the term “deliver” can be translated as “rescue” or “liberate” or “save.”
  • When the term “deliverer” refers to the judges who led Israel, it could also be translated as “judge” or “leader.”

(See also: judge, save)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 16:3 Then God provided a deliverer who rescued them from their enemies and brought peace to the land.
  • 16:16 They (Israel) finally asked God for help again, and God sent them another deliverer.
  • 16:17 Over many years, God sent many deliverers who saved the Israelites from their enemies.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1350, H2020, H2502, H3205, H3444, H3467, H4042, H4422, H4672, H5337, H5414, H5462, H6299, H6403, H6413, H6475, H6561, H7725, H7804, H8199, G03250, G05250, G06290, G10800, G13250, G15600, G16590, G18070, G19290, G26730, G30860, G38600, G45060, G49910, G50880, G54830

Nehemiah References:

9:28

disperse, dispersion, scatter, distributed

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: disperse, dispersion, scatter, distributed

Definition:

The terms “disperse” and “dispersion” refer to the scattering of people or things into many different directions.

  • In the Old Testament, God talks about “dispersing” people, causing them to have to separate and live in different places apart from each other. He did this to punish them for their sin. Perhaps being dispersed would help them repent and start worshiping God again.
  • The term “dispersion” is used in the New Testament to refer to Christians who had to leave their homes and move to many different locations to escape persecution.
  • The phrase “the dispersion” could be translated as “believers in many different places” or “the people who moved away to live in different nations.”
  • The term “disperse” could be translated as “send away into many different places” or “scatter abroad” or “cause to move away to live in different countries.”

(See also: believe, persecute, captive, exile)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2219, H5310, H6327, H6340, H6504, H8600, G12870, G12900, G46500

Nehemiah References:

1:8

donkey, mule

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: donkey, mule

Definition:

A donkey is a four-legged work animal, similar to a horse, but smaller and with longer ears.

  • A mule is the sterile offspring of a male donkey and a female horse.
  • Mules are very strong animals and so they are valuable work animals.
  • Both donkeys and mules are used for carrying burdens and people when traveling.
  • In Bible times, kings would ride a donkey in times of peace, rather than a horse, which was used for times of war.
  • Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a young donkey a week before he was crucified there.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0860, H2543, H3222, H5895, H6167, H6501, H6505, H6506, G36780, G36880, G52680

Nehemiah References:

7:69; 13:15

Egypt, Egyptian

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Egypt, Egyptian

Definition:

Egypt is a country in the northeast part of Africa, to the southwest of the land of Canaan. An Egyptian is a person who is from the country of Egypt.

  • In ancient times, Egypt was a powerful and wealthy country.
  • Ancient Egypt was divided into two parts, Lower Egypt (northern part where the Nile River flowed downward into the sea) and Upper Egypt (southern part). In the Old Testament, these parts are referred to as “Egypt” and “Pathros” in the original language text.
  • Several times when there was little food in Canaan, Israel’s patriarchs traveled to Egypt to buy food for their families.
  • For several hundred years, the Israelites were slaves in Egypt.
  • Joseph and Mary went down to Egypt with the young child Jesus, to escape from Herod the Great.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Herod the Great, Joseph (NT), Nile River, patriarchs)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 8:4 The slave traders took Joseph to Egypt. Egypt was a large, powerful country located along the Nile River.
  • 8:8 Pharaoh was so impressed with Joseph that he appointed him to be the second most powerful man in all of Egypt!
  • 8:11 So Jacob sent his older sons to __Egypt __ to buy food.
  • 8:14 Even though Jacob was an old man, he moved to Egypt with all of his family, and they all lived there.
  • 9:1 After Joseph died, all of his relatives stayed in Egypt.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4713, H4714, G01240, G01250

Nehemiah References:

9:9; 9:18

Eleazar

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Eleazar

Definition:

Eleazar was the name of several men in the Bible.

  1. Eleazar was the third son of Moses’ brother Aaron. After Aaron died, Eleazar became the high priest in Israel.
  2. Eleazar was also the name of one of David’s “mighty men.”
  3. Another Eleazar was one of Jesus’ ancestors.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Aaron, high priest, David, mighty)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0499, G16480

Nehemiah References:

12:42

Eliakim

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Eliakim

Definition:

Eliakim was the name of two men in the Old Testament.

  • One man named Eliakim was the manager of the palace under King Hezekiah.
  • Another man named Eliakim was a son of King Josiah. He was made king of Judah by the Egyptian pharaoh Necho.
  • Necho changed Eliakim’s name to Jehoiakim.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Hezekiah, Jehoiakim, Josiah, Pharaoh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0471, G16620

Nehemiah References:

12:41

Ephraim, Ephraimite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Ephraim, Ephraimite

Definition:

Ephraim was the younger son of Joseph. His descendants, the Ephraimites, formed one of the tribes of Israel.

  • The name Ephraim sounds like the Hebrew word meaning “to make fruitful.”
  • The tribe of Ephraim was one of the ten tribes located in the northern part of Israel.
  • Sometimes the name Ephraim is used in the Bible to refer to the whole northern kingdom of Israel (similar to how the name Judah is sometimes used to refer to the whole southern kingdom of Israel).

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Joseph, Manasseh, kingdom of Israel, twelve tribes of Israel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0669, H0673, G21870

Nehemiah References:

8:16; 12:39

eternity, everlasting, eternal, forever

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: eternity, everlasting, eternal, forever

Definition:

The terms “everlasting” and “eternal” have very similar meanings and refer to something that will always exist or that lasts forever.

  • The term “eternity” refers to a state of being that has no beginning or end. It can also refer to life that never ends.
  • After this present life on earth, humans will spend eternity either in heaven with God or in hell apart from God.
  • The terms “eternal life” and “everlasting life” are used in the New Testament to refer to living forever with God in heaven.

The term “forever” refers to never-ending time.

  • The phrase “forever and ever” has the idea of time that never ends and expresses what eternity or eternal life is like. It emphasizes that something will always happen or exist. It refers to time that never ends.
  • God said that David’s throne would last “forever.” This is referred to the fact that David’s descendant Jesus will reign as king forever.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Other ways to translate “eternal” or “everlasting” could include “unending” or “never stopping” or “always continuing.”

  • The terms “eternal life” and “everlasting life” could also be translated as “life that never ends” or “life that continues without stopping” or “the raising up of our bodies to live forever.”

  • Depending on the context, different ways to translate “eternity” could include “existing outside of time” or “unending life” or “life in heaven.”

  • Also consider how this word is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language. (See: How to Translate Unknowns)

  • “Forever” could also be translated by “always” or “never ending.”

  • The phrase “will last forever” could also be translated as “always exist” or “will never stop” or “will always continue.”

  • The emphatic phrase “forever and ever” could also be translated as “for always and always” or “not ever ending” or “which never, ever ends.”

  • David’s throne lasting forever could be translated as “David’s descendant will reign forever” or “a descendant of David will always be reigning.”

(See also: David, reign, life)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 27:1 One day, an expert in the Jewish law came to Jesus to test him, saying, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?”
  • 28:1 One day, a rich young ruler came up to Jesus and asked him, “Good Teacher, what must I do to have eternal life?” Jesus said to him, “Why do you ask me about what is good? There is only One who is good, and that is God. But if you want to have eternal life, obey God’s laws.”
  • 28:10 Jesus answered, “Everyone who has left houses, brothers, sisters, father, mother, children, or property for my name’s sake, will receive 100 times more and will also receive eternal life.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3117, H4481, H5331, H5703, H5705, H5769, H5865, H5957, H6924, G01260, G01650, G01660, G13360

Nehemiah References:

2:3; 9:5; 13:1

evil, wicked, unpleasant

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: evil, wicked, unpleasant

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “evil” can refer either to the concept of moral wickedness or emotional unpleasantness. The context will usually make it clear which meaning is intended in the specific instance of the term.

  • While “evil” may describe a person’s character, “wicked” may refer more to a person’s behavior. However, both terms are very similar in meaning.
  • The term “wickedness” refers to the state of being that exists when people do wicked things.
  • The results of evil are clearly shown in how people mistreat others by killing, stealing, slandering and being cruel and unkind.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the terms “evil” and “wicked” can be translated as “bad” or “sinful” or “immoral.”
  • Other ways to translate these could include “not good” or “not righteous” or “not moral.”
  • Make sure the words or phrases that are used to translate these terms fit the context that is natural in the target language.

(See also: disobey, sin, good, righteous, demon)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 2:4 “God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God and will understand good and evil like he does.”
  • 3:1 After a long time, many people were living in the world. They had become very wicked and violent.
  • 3:2 But Noah found favor with God. He was a righteous man living among wicked people.
  • 4:2 God saw that if they all kept working together to do evil, they could do many more sinful things.
  • 8:12 “You tried to do evil when you sold me as a slave, but God used the evil for good!”
  • 14:2 They (Canaanites) worshiped false gods and did many evil things.
  • 17:1 But then he (Saul) became a wicked man who did not obey God, so God chose a different man who would one day be king in his place.
  • 18:11 In the new kingdom of Israel, all the kings were evil.
  • 29:8 The king was so angry that he threw the wicked servant into prison until he could pay back all of his debt.
  • 45:2 They said, “We heard him (Stephen) speak evil things about Moses and God!”
  • 50:17 He (Jesus) will wipe away every tear and there will be no more suffering, sadness, crying, evil, pain, or death.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H0605, H1100, H1681, H1942, H2154, H2162, H2254, H2617, H3399, H3415, H4209, H4849, H5753, H5766, H5767, H5999, H6001, H6090, H7451, H7455, H7489, H7561, H7562, H7563, H7564, G00920, G01130, G04590, G09320, G09870, G09880, G14260, G25490, G25510, G25540, G25550, G25560, G25570, G25590, G25600, G26350, G26360, G41510, G41890, G41900, G41910, G53370

Nehemiah References:

1:3; 2:1; 2:2; 2:3; 2:10; 2:17; 6:2; 6:13; 9:28; 9:33; 9:35; 13:7; 13:8; 13:17; 13:18; 13:27

ewe, ram, sheep, sheepfold, sheepshearer, sheepskin

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: ewe, ram, sheep, sheepfold, sheepshearer, sheepskin

Definition:

A “sheep” is a medium-sized animal with four legs that has wool all over its body. A male sheep is called a “ram.” A female sheep is called a “ewe.” The plural of “sheep” is also “sheep.”

  • A baby sheep is called a “lamb.”
  • The Israelites often used sheep for sacrifices, especially male sheep and young sheep.
  • People eat meat from sheep and use their wool to make clothing and other things.
  • Sheep are very trusting, weak, and timid. They are easily influenced to wander away. They need a shepherd to lead them, protect them, and provide them with food, water, and shelter.
  • In the Bible, people are compared to sheep who have God as their shepherd.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: Israel, lamb, sacrifice, shepherd)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 9:12 One day while Moses was taking care of his sheep, he saw a bush that was on fire.
  • 17:2 David was a shepherd from the town of Bethlehem. At different times while he was watching his father’s sheep, David had killed both a lion and a bear that had attacked the sheep.
  • 30:3 To Jesus, these people were like sheep without a shepherd.
  • 38:8 Jesus said, “All of you will all abandon me tonight. It is written, ‘I will strike the shepherd and all the sheep will be scattered.’”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0352, H1494, H1798, H2169, H3104, H3532, H3535, H3733, H3775, H5739, H5763, H6260, H6629, H6792, H7353, H7462, H7716, G41650, G42620, G42630

Nehemiah References:

3:1; 3:32; 5:18; 12:39

exalt, exalted, exaltation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: exalt, exalted, exaltation

Definition:

To exalt is to highly praise and honor someone. It can also mean to put someone in a high position.

  • In the Bible, the term “exalt” is most often used for exalting God.
  • When a person exalts himself, it means he is thinking about himself in a proud or arrogant way.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “exalt” could include “highly praise” or “honor greatly” or “extol” or “speak highly of.”
  • In some contexts it could be translated by a word or phrase that means “put in a higher position” or “give more honor to” or “talk about proudly.”
  • “Do not exalt yourself” could also be translated as “Do not think of yourself too highly” or “Do not brag about yourself.”
  • “Those that exalt themselves” could also be translated as “Those who think proudly about themselves” or “Those who boast about themselves.”

(See also: praise, worship, glory, boast, proud)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1361, H4984, H5375, H5549, H5927, H7311, H7426, H7682, G18690, G52290, G52510, G53110, G53120

Nehemiah References:

9:5

exile, exiled

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: exile, exiled

Definition:

The term “exile” refers to people being forced to live somewhere away from their home country.

  • People are usually sent into exile for punishment or for political reasons.
  • A conquered people may be taken into exile to the country of the conquering army, in order to work for them.
  • The “Babylonian exile” (or “the exile”) is a period in Bible history when many Jewish citizens of the region of Judah were taken from their homes and forced to live in Babylon. It lasted 70 years.
  • The phrase “the exiles” refers to people who are living in exile, away from their home country.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term to “exile” could also be translated as to “send away” or to “force out” or to “banish.”
  • The term “the exile” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “the sent away time” or “the time of banishment” or “the time of forced absence” or “banishment.”
  • Ways to translate “the exiles” could include “the exiled people” or “the people who were banished” or “the people exiled to Babylon.”

(See also: Babylon, Judah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1123, H1473, H1540, H1541, H1546, H1547, H3212, H3318, H5080, H6808, H7617, H7622, H8689, G39270

Nehemiah References:

7:6

Ezra

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Ezra

Definition:

Ezra was an Israelite priest and expert in Jewish law who recorded the history of the Israelites’ return to Jerusalem from Babylon where Israel had been held captive for 70 years.

  • Ezra recorded this part of Israel’s history in the biblical book of Ezra. He may also have written the book of Nehemiah, since these two books had originally been one single book.
  • When Ezra returned to Jerusalem he re-established the Law, since the Israelites had stopped obeying the Sabbath laws and had intermarried with women who practiced pagan religions.
  • Ezra also helped rebuild the temple, which had been destroyed by the Babylonians when they captured Jerusalem.
  • There are two other men named Ezra mentioned in the Old Testament.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Babylon, exile, Jerusalem, law, Nehemiah, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0250, H5830, H5831

Nehemiah References:

8:1; 8:2; 8:4; 8:5; 8:6; 8:9; 8:13; 12:1; 12:13; 12:26; 12:33; 12:36

faithful, faithfulness, trustworthy

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: faithful, faithfulness, trustworthy

Definition:

To be “faithful” to God means to consistently live according to God’s teachings. It means to be loyal to him by obeying him. The state or condition of being faithful is “faithfulness.”

  • A person who is faithful can be trusted to always keep his promises and to always fulfill his responsibilities to other people.
  • A faithful person perseveres in doing a task, even when it is long and difficult.
  • Faithfulness to God is the consistent practice of doing what God wants us to do.

Translation Suggestions:

  • In many contexts, “faithful” can be translated as “loyal” or “dedicated” or “dependable.”
  • In other contexts, “faithful” can be translated by a word or phrase that means “continuing to believe” or “persevering in believing and obeying God.”
  • Ways that “faithfulness” could be translated could include “persevering in believing” or “loyalty” or “trustworthiness” or “believing and obeying God.”

(See also: believe, faith, believe)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 8:5 Even in prison, Joseph remained faithful to God, and God blessed him.
  • 14:12 Even so, God was still faithful to His promises to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.
  • 15:13 The people promised to remain faithful to God and follow his laws.
  • 17:9 David ruled with justice and faithfulness for many years, and God blessed him. However, toward the end of his life he sinned terribly against God.
  • 35:12 “The older son said to his father, ‘All these years I have worked faithfully for you!’”
  • 49:17 But God is faithful and says that if you confess your sins, he will forgive you.
  • 50:4 “If you remain faithful to me to the end, then God will save you.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0529, H0530, H0539, H0540, H0571, H0898, H2181, H4603, H4604, H4820, G05690, G05710, G41030

Nehemiah References:

7:2; 9:8; 9:33; 13:13

faithless, unfaithful, unfaithfulness

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: faithless, unfaithful, unfaithfulness

Definition:

The term “faithless” means to not have faith or to not believe.

  • This word is used to describe people who do not believe in God. Their lack of belief is seen by the immoral way they act.
  • The prophet Jeremiah accused Israel of being faithless and disobedient to God.
  • They worshiped idols and followed other ungodly customs of people groups who did not worship or obey God.

The term “unfaithful” describes people who do not do what God has commanded them to do. The condition or practice of being unfaithful is “unfaithfulness.”

  • The people of Israel were called “unfaithful” when they began to worship idols and when they disobeyed God in other ways.
  • In marriage, someone who commits adultery is “unfaithful” to his or her spouse.
  • God used the term “unfaithfulness” to describe Israel’s disobedient behavior. They were not obeying God or honoring him.

Translation Suggestions

  • Depending on the context, the term “faithless” could be translated as “unfaithful” or “unbelieving” or “disobedient to God” or “not believing.”
  • The term “faithlessness” could be translated as “unbelief” or “unfaithfulness” or “rebellion against God.”
  • The phrase “the unfaithful” could be translated as “people who are not faithful (to God)” or “unfaithful people” or “those who disobey God” or “people who rebel against God.”
  • In some languages, the term “unfaithful” is related to the word for “unbelief.”

(See also: How to Translate Names)

(See also: believe, faithful, disobey, adultery)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: G05710

Nehemiah References:

1:8; 13:27

famine

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: famine

Definition:

The term “famine” refers to an extreme lack of food throughout a country or region, usually due to not enough rain.

  • Food crops can fail from natural causes such as lack of rain, crop disease, or insects.
  • Food shortages can also be caused by people, such as enemies who destroy crops.
  • In the Bible, God sometimes caused famine as a way to punish nations when they sinned against him.
  • In Amos 8:11 the term “famine” is used figuratively to refer to a time when God punished his people by not speaking to them. This could be translated with the word for “famine” in your language, or with a phrase such as “extreme lack” or “severe deprivation.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3720, H7458, H7459, G30420

Nehemiah References:

5:3

fast, fasting

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: fast, fasting

Definition:

The term to “fast” means to stop eating food for a period of time, such as for a day or more. Sometimes it also includes not drinking.

  • Fasting can help people to focus on God and pray without being distracted by preparing food and eating.
  • Jesus condemned the Jewish religious leaders for fasting for the wrong reasons. They fasted so that others would think they were righteous.
  • Sometimes people fast because they are very sad or grieved about something.
  • The verb to “fast” can also be translated as to “refrain from eating” or to “not eat.”
  • The noun “fast” could be translated as “time of not eating” or “time of abstaining from food.”

(See also: Jewish leaders)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 25:1 Immediately after Jesus was baptized, the Holy Spirit led him out into the wilderness, where he fasted for forty days and forty nights.
  • 34:8 “‘For example, I fast two times every week and I give you ten percent of all the money and goods that I receive.’”
  • 46:10 One day, while the Christians at Antioch were fasting and praying, the Holy Spirit said to them, “Set apart for me Barnabas and Saul to do the work I have called them to do.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2908, H5144, H6684, H6685, G35210, G35220

Nehemiah References:

1:4; 9:1

fear, afraid, frighten

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: fear, afraid, frighten

Definition:

The terms “fear” often refers to the unpleasant emotion a person feels when experiencing a potential threat to their safety or well-being. In the Bible, however, the term “fear” can also mean an attitude of worship, respect, awe, or obedience toward another person, usually someone powerful such as God or a king.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “fear” can be translated in various ways. Some possibilities include: “be afraid;” “deeply respect,” or “deep respect;” “revere,” or “reverence;” or perhaps “be in awe of.”
  • The sentence “The fear of God fell on all of them” might be translated in various ways. Some possibilities include: “Suddenly they all felt a deep awe and respect for God;” or “Immediately, they all felt very amazed and revered God deeply;” or “Right then, they all felt very afraid of God (because of his great power).”
  • The phrase “fear Yahweh” could be translated as “reverence Yahweh” or “deeply respect Yahweh.”
  • The phrase “fear not” could also be translated as “do not be afraid” or “stop being afraid.”

(See also: awe, Yahweh, Lord, marvel, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0367, H0926, H1204, H1481, H1672, H1674, H1763, H2119, H2296, H2727, H2729, H2730, H2731, H2844, H2849, H2865, H3016, H3025, H3068, H3372, H3373, H3374, H4032, H4034, H4035, H4116, H4172, H6206, H6342, H6343, H6345, H6427, H7264, H7267, H7297, H7374, H7461, H7493, H8175, G08700, G11670, G11680, G11690, G16300, G17190, G21240, G21250, G29620, G53980, G53990, G54000, G54010

Nehemiah References:

1:5; 1:11; 2:2; 4:14; 5:9; 5:15; 6:9; 6:13; 6:14; 6:19; 7:2; 9:32

feast, feasting

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: feast, feasting

Definition:

The term “feast” is a very general term that refers to an event where people gather to celebrate something by eating a large meal together. In biblical times, a feast sometimes lasted for several days or more.

  • Often there are special kinds of food that are eaten at a certain feast.
  • The religious festivals that God commanded the Jews to celebrate usually included having a feast together. For this reason the festivals are often called “feasts.”
  • In biblical times, kings and other rich and powerful people often gave feasts to entertain their family or friends.
  • In the story about the lost son, the father had a special feast prepared to celebrate the return of his son.
  • The term to “feast” could also be translated as to “eat lavishly” or to “celebrate by eating lots of food” or to “eat a special, large meal.”
  • Depending on the context, “feast” could be translated as “celebrating together with a large meal” or “a meal with a lot of food” or “a celebration meal.”

(See also: festival, banquet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0398, H2077, H2282, H3899, H3900, H4150, H4797, H4960, H7646, H8057, H8354, G00260, G10620, G11730, G18590, G21650, G49100

Nehemiah References:

8:14; 8:18

fig

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: fig

Definition:

A fig is a small, soft, sweet fruit that grows on trees. When ripe, this fruit can be a variety of colors, including brown, yellow, or purple.

  • Fig trees can grow 6 meters in height and their large leaves provide pleasant shade. The fruit is about 3-5 centimeters long.
  • Adam and Eve used the leaves from fig trees to make clothing for themselves after they had sinned.
  • Figs can be eaten raw, cooked, or dried. People also chop them into small pieces and press them into cakes to eat later.
  • In Bible times, figs were important as a source of food and income.
  • The presence of fruitful fig trees is frequently mentioned in the Bible as a sign of prosperity.
  • Several times Jesus used fig trees as an illustration to teach his disciples spiritual truths.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1061, H1690, H6291, H8384, G36530, G48080, G48100

Nehemiah References:

13:15

firstborn

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: firstborn

Definition:

The term “firstborn” refers to an offspring of people or animals that is born first, before the other offspring are born.

  • In the Bible, “firstborn” usually refers to the first male offspring that is born.
  • In Bible times, the firstborn son was given a place of prominence and twice as much of his family inheritance as the other sons.
  • Often it was the firstborn male of an animal that was sacrificed to God.
  • This concept can also be used figuratively. For example, the nation of Israel is called God’s firstborn son because God gave it special privileges over other nations.
  • Jesus, the Son of God is called God’s firstborn because of his importance and authority over everyone else.

Translation Suggestions:

  • When “first-born” occurs in the text alone, it could also be translated as “firstborn male” or “firstborn son,” since that is what is implied. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)
  • Other ways to translate this term could include “the son who was born first” or “the eldest son” or “the number one son.”
  • When used figuratively to refer to Jesus, this could be translated with a word or phrase that means “the son who has authority over everything” or “the Son who is first in honor.”
  • Caution: Make sure the translation of this term in reference to Jesus does not imply that he was created.

(See also: inherit, sacrifice, son)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1060, H1062, H1067, H1069, G44160, G52070

Nehemiah References:

10:36

firstfruit, firstfruits

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: firstfruit, firstfruits

Definition:

The term “firstfruits” refers to a portion of the first crop of fruits and vegetables that was reaped during each harvest season.

  • The Israelites offered these first fruits to God as a sacrificial offering.
  • This term is also used figuratively in the Bible to refer to a firstborn son as being the first fruits of the family. That is, because he was the first son to be born into that family, he was the one who carried on the family name and honor.
  • Because Jesus rose from the dead, he is called the “firstfruits” of all believers in him, believers who have died but who will some day come back to life.
  • Believers in Jesus are also called the “firstfruits” of all creation, indicating the special privilege and position of those whom Jesus redeemed and called to be his people.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The literal use of this term could be translated as “first portion (of crops)” or “first part of the harvest.”
  • If possible, the figurative uses should be translated literally, to allow for different meanings in different contexts. This will also show the correlation between the literal meaning and the figurative uses.

(See also: firstborn)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1061, H6529, H7225, G05360

Nehemiah References:

10:35; 12:44; 13:31

flock, herd

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: flock, herd

Definition:

In the Bible, “flock” refers to a group of sheep or goats and “herd” refers to a group of cattle or pigs.

  • Different languages may have different ways of naming groups of animals or birds.

Translation Suggestions

  • Consider what terms are used in your language to refer to different groups of animals, and use the appropriate term for each kind of animal.
  • If your language uses the same word to refer to both groups of sheep and cattle, then you may need to say “groups of sheep” where the Bible says only “flocks,” and “groups of cattle” where the Bible says only “herds.” Alternatively, if the Biblical context does not demand differentiation (if the text simply says “flocks and herds,” meaning all their domesticated animals) you may just use the one word once.

(See also: goat, cow, pig, sheep)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0951, H1241, H2835, H4029, H4735, H4830, H5349, H5739, H6251, H6629, H7399, H7462, G00340, G41670, G41680

Nehemiah References:

10:36

forgive, forgiven, forgiveness, pardon, pardoned

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: forgive, forgiven, forgiveness, pardon, pardoned

Definition:

To forgive someone means to not hold a grudge against that person even though they did something hurtful. “Forgiveness” is the act of forgiving someone.

  • Forgiving someone often means not punishing that person for something he has done wrong.
  • This term can be used figuratively to mean “cancel,” as in the expression “forgive a debt.”
  • When people confess their sins, God forgives them based on Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross.
  • Jesus taught his disciples to forgive others as he has forgiven them.

The term “pardon” means to forgive and not punish someone for his sin.

  • This word has the same meaning as “forgive” but may also include the meaning of a formal decision to not punish someone who is guilty.
  • In a court of law, a judge can pardon a person found guilty of a crime.
  • Even though we are guilty of sin, Jesus Christ pardoned us from being punished in hell, based on his sacrificial death on the cross.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, “forgive” could be translated as “pardon” or “cancel” or “release” or “not hold against” (someone).
  • The term “forgiveness” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “practice of not resenting” or “declaring (someone) as not guilty” or “the act of pardoning.”
  • If the language has a word for a formal decision to forgive, that word could be used to translate “pardon.”

(See also: guilt)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 7:10 But Esau had already forgiven Jacob, and they were happy to see each other again.
  • 13:15 Then Moses climbed the mountain again and prayed that God would forgive the people. God listened to Moses and forgave them.
  • 17:13 David repented of his sin and God forgave him.
  • 21:5 In the New Covenant, God would write his law on the people’s hearts, the people would know God personally, they would be his people, and God would forgive their sins.
  • 29:1 One day Peter asked Jesus, “Master, how many times should I forgive my brother when he sins against me?”
  • 29:8 I forgave your debt because you begged me.
  • 38:5 Then Jesus took a cup and said, “Drink this. It is my blood of the New Covenant that is poured out for the forgiveness of sins.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5546, H5547, H3722, H5375, H5545, H5547, H7521, G85900, G86300, G54830

Nehemiah References:

9:17

forsake, forsaken, leave

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: forsake, forsaken, leave

Definition:

The term “forsake” means to abandon someone or to give up something. Someone who has been “forsaken” has been deserted or abandoned by someone else.

  • When people “forsake” God, they are being unfaithful to him by disobeying him.
  • When God “forsakes” people, he has stopped helping them and allowed them to experience suffering in order to cause them to turn back to him.
  • This term can also mean to forsake things, such as forsaking, or not following, God’s teachings.
  • The term “forsaken” can be used in the past tense, as in “he has forsaken you” or as in referring to someone who has “been forsaken.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • Other ways to translate this term could include “abandon” or “neglect” or “give up” or “go away from” or “leave behind,” depending on the context.
  • To “forsake” God’s law could be translated “disobey God’s law.” This could also be translated as “abandon” or “give up on” or “stop obeying” his teachings or his laws.
  • The phrase “be forsaken” can be translated as “be abandoned” or “be deserted.”
  • It more clearer to use different words to translate this term, depending on whether the text describes forsaking a thing or a person.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0488, H2308, H5203, H5428, H5800, H5805, H7503, G06460, G06570, G08630, G14590, G26410

Nehemiah References:

5:10; 9:17; 9:19; 9:31; 13:11

frankincense

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: frankincense

Definition:

Frankincense is a fragrant spice made from tree resin. It is used to make perfumes and incense.

  • In Bible times, frankincense was an important spice used to prepare dead bodies for burial.
  • This spice is also valuable for its healing and calming qualities.
  • When learned men came from an eastern country to visit baby Jesus in Bethlehem, frankincense was one of the three gifts they brought him.

(See also: Bethlehem, learned men)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3828, G30300

Nehemiah References:

13:5

fruit, fruitful, unfruitful

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: fruit, fruitful, unfruitful

Definition:

The term “fruit” refers to the part of a plant that can be eaten. Something that is “fruitful” produces a lot of fruit. Something that is “unfruitful” does not produce fruit.

  • In general, the expression “fruit of” refers to anything that comes from or that is produced by something else. For example, the phrase “the fruit of every tree” refers to the fruit that comes from these trees.
  • The expression “fruit of the land” refers generally to everything that the land produces for people to eat. This includes not only fruits such as grapes or dates, but also vegetables, nuts, and grains.

Translation Suggestions:

  • When the term “fruit” refers to what a specific plant produces, the specific term for the fruit of that plant can be used, otherwise, use a general word for the edible things that plants produce, if possible. In many languages it may be more natural to use the plural “fruits” whenever it refers to more than one fruit.
  • When used literally, the term “fruitful” could be translated as “producing much fruit.”
  • The expression “fruit of the land” could also be translated as “food that the land produces” or “food crops that are growing in that region.”
  • When used literally, the expression “will be more fruitful” could also be translated as “will produce more fruit.”

(See also: descendant, grain, grape, Holy Spirit, vine, womb)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0004, H1061, H1063, H1069, H2233, H2981, H3581, H3759, H3899, H3978, H4022, H5108, H6509, H6529, H7019, H8393, H8570, G10810, G25900, G25920, G25930, G37030, G50520, G53520

Nehemiah References:

9:36; 10:35; 10:37

gate, gate bar, gatekeeper, gatepost, gateway

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: gate, gate bar, gatekeeper, gatepost, gateway

Definition:

The term “gate” refers to an access point in a fence, wall, or other kind of barrier that surrounds a house, property, city, etc.

  • A city gate could be opened to allow people, animals, and cargo to travel in and out of the city.
  • To protect the city, its walls and gates were thick and strong. Gates were closed and locked with a metal or wooden bar to prevent enemy soldiers from entering the city.
  • A “bar” for a gate refers to a wood or metal bar that can be moved into place so that the doors of the gate cannot be opened from the outside.
  • In Bible times, a city gate was often the social center for that town or city. It was a place where news of current events was exchanged between people, where business transactions occurred, and where civil judgments were made.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, other ways to translate “gate” could be “door” or “wall opening” or “barrier” or “entranceway.”
  • The phrase “bars of the gate” could be translated as “gate bolts” or “wooden beams to lock the gate” or “metal locking rods of the gate.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1817, H5592, H6607, H8179, G23740, G44390, G44400

Gibeon, Gibeonite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Gibeon, Gibeonite

Definition:

Gibeon was a city that was located about 13 kilometers northwest of Jerusalem. The people living in Gibeon were the Gibeonites.

  • When the Gibeonites heard about how the Israelites had destroyed the cities of Jericho and Ai, they were afraid.
  • So the Gibeonites came to the leaders of Israel at Gilgal and pretended to be people from a far-away country.
  • The Israelite leaders were deceived and made an agreement with the Gibeonites that they would protect them and not destroy them.

(See also: Gilgal, Jericho, Jerusalem)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 15:6 But one of the Canaanite people groups, called the Gibeonites, lied to Joshua and said they were from a place far from Canaan.
  • 15:7 Sometime later, the kings of another people group in Canaan, the Amorites, heard that the Gibeonites had made a peace treaty with the Israelites, so they combined their armies into one large army and attacked Gibeon.
  • 15:8 So Joshua gathered the Israelite army and they marched all night to reach the Gibeonites.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1391, H1393

Nehemiah References:

3:7

Gilead, Gileadite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Gilead, Gileadite

Definition:

Gilead was the name of a mountainous region east of the Jordan river where the Israelite tribes of Gad, Reuben, and Manasseh lived.

  • This region was also referred to as the “hill country of Gilead” or “Mount Gilead.”
  • “Gilead” was also the name of several men in the Old Testament. One of these men was the grandson of Manasseh. Another Gilead was the father of Jephthah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Gad, Jephthah, Manasseh, Reuben, twelve tribes of Israel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1568, H1569

Nehemiah References:

7:63

Gilgal

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Gilgal

Definition:

Gilgal was a town north of Jericho and was the first place that the Israelites camped after crossing the Jordan River to enter Canaan.

  • At Gilgal, Joshua set up twelve stones taken from the dry river bed of the Jordan River that they had just crossed over.
  • Gilgal was the city that Elijah and Elisha were leaving as they crossed the Jordan when Elijah was taken up to heaven.
  • There were also several other places called “Gilgal” in the Old Testament.
  • The word “gilgal” means “circle of stones,” perhaps referring to a place where a circular altar was built.
  • In the Old Testament, this name almost always occurs as “the gilgal.” This may indicate that it was not a specific place name but rather was a description of a certain kind of place.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Elijah, Elisha, Jericho, Jordan River)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1537

Nehemiah References:

12:29

gird, girded, wrapped around, tied up, belt, tuck in belt, put belt around

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: gird, girded, wrapped around, tied up, belt, tuck in belt, put belt around

Definition:

The term “gird” means to fasten something around something else. It often refers to using a belt or sash around the waist to keep a robe or tunic in place.

  • The common biblical phrase, “gird up the loins” refers to tucking the bottom of a garment into a belt to allow a person to move more freely, usually to do work.
  • This phrase can also mean “get ready to work” or to be prepared to do something difficult.
  • The expression “gird up the loins” could be translated using an expression in the target language that has the same meaning. Or it could be translated figuratively as “prepare yourself for action” or “get yourself ready.”
  • The term “girded with” could be translated as “encircled by” or “wrapped with” or “belted with.”

(See also: loins)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0640, H0247, H2290, H2296, H8151, G03280, G12410, G40240

Nehemiah References:

4:18

Girgashites

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Girgashites

Definition:

The Girgashites were a people group living near the Sea of Galilee in the land of Canaan.

  • They were descendants of Ham’s son Canaan and so were one of the many people groups who were also known as “Canaanites.”
  • God promised the Israelites that he would help them defeat the Girgashites and other Canaanite people groups.
  • Like all the Canaanite peoples, the Girgashites worshiped false gods and did immoral things as part of that worship.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Canaan, Ham, Noah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1622

Nehemiah References:

9:8

glory, glorious, glorify

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: glory, glorious, glorify

Definition:

The term “glory” is a general term for a family of concepts including value, worth, importance, honor, splendor, or majesty. The term “glorify” means to ascribe glory to someone or something, or to show or tell how glorious something or someone is.

  • In the Bible, the term “glory” is especially used to describe God, who is more valuable, more worthy, more important, more honorable, more splendid, and more majestic than anyone or anything in the universe. Everything about his character reveals his glory.
  • People can glorify God by telling about the wonderful things he has done. They can also glorify God by living in accordance with God’s character, because doing so shows to others his value, worth, importance, honor, splendor, and majesty.
  • The expression to “glory in” means to boast about or take pride in something.

Old Testament

  • The specific phrase “the glory of Yahweh” in the Old Testament usually refers to some perceptible manifestation of Yahweh’s presence in a particular location.

New Testament

  • God the Father will glorify God the Son by revealing to all people the full extent of how glorious Jesus is.
  • Everyone who believes in Christ will be glorified with him. This use of the term “glorify” carries a unique meaning. It means that when people who believe in Christ are raised to life, they will be changed physically to be like Jesus as he appeared after his resurrection.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, different ways to translate “glory” could include “splendor” or “majesty” or “awesome greatness” or “extreme value.”
  • The term “glorious” could be translated as “full of glory” or “extremely valuable” or “brightly shining” or “awesomely majestic.”
  • The expression “give glory to God” could be translated as “honor God’s greatness” or “praise God because of his splendor” or “tell others how great God is.”
  • The expression “glory in” could also be translated as “praise” or “take pride in” or “boast about” or “take pleasure in.”
  • “Glorify” could also be translated as “give glory to” or “bring glory to” or “cause to appear great.”
  • The phrase “glorify God” could also be translated as “praise God” or “talk about God’s greatness” or “show how great God is” or “honor God (by obeying him).”
  • The term “be glorified” could also be translated as “be shown to be very great” or “be praised” or “be exalted.”

(See also: honor, majesty, exalt, obey, praise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 23:7 Suddenly, the skies were filled with angels praising God, saying, “Glory to God in heaven and peace on earth to the people he favors!”
  • 25:6 Then Satan showed Jesus all the kingdoms of the world and all their glory and said, “I will give you all this if you bow down and worship me.”
  • 37:1 When Jesus heard this news, he said, “This sickness will not end in death, but it is for the glory of God.”
  • 37:8 Jesus responded, “Did I not tell you that you would see God’s glory if you believe in me?”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0117, H0142, H0155, H0215, H1342, H1921, H1926, H1935, H1984, H3367, H3513, H3519, H3520, H6286, H6643, H7623, H8597, G13910, G13920, G17400, G17410, G27440, G48880

Nehemiah References:

9:5

God

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: God

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “God” refers to the eternal being who created the universe out of nothing. God exists as Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. God’s personal name is “Yahweh.”

  • God has always existed; he existed before anything else existed, and he will continue to exist forever.
  • He is the only true God and has authority over everything in the universe.
  • God is perfectly righteous, infinitely wise, holy, sinless, just, merciful, and loving.
  • He is a covenant-keeping God, who always fulfills his promises.
  • People were created to worship God and he is the only one they should worship.
  • God revealed his name as “Yahweh,” which means “he is” or “I am” or “the One who (always) exists.”
  • The Bible also teaches about false “gods,” which are nonliving idols that people wrongly worship.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “God” could include “Deity” or “Creator” or “Supreme Being” or “Supreme Creator” or “Infinite Sovereign Lord” or “Eternal Supreme Being.”
  • Consider how God is referred to in a local or national language. There may also already be a word for “God” in the language being translated. If so, it is important to make sure that this word fits the characteristics of the one true God as described above.
  • Many languages capitalize the first letter of the word for the one true God, to distinguish it from the word for a false god. Another way to make this distinction would be to use different terms for “God” and “god.” NOTE: In the biblical text, when a person who does not worship Yahweh speaks about Yahweh and uses the word “god,” it is acceptable to render the term without a capital letter in reference to Yahweh (see Jonah 1:6, 3:9).
  • The phrase “I will be their God and they will be my people” could also be translated as “I, God, will rule over these people and they will worship me.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: create, false god, God the Father, Holy Spirit, false god, Son of God, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 1:1 God created the universe and everything in it in six days.
  • 1:15 God made man and woman in his own image.
  • 5:3 “I am God Almighty. I will make a covenant with you.”
  • 9:14 God said, “I AM WHO I AM. Tell them, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’ Also tell them, ‘I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. This is my name forever.’”
  • 10:2 Through these plagues, God showed Pharaoh that he is more powerful than Pharaoh and all of Egypt’s gods.
  • 16:1 The Israelites began to worship the Canaanite gods instead of Yahweh, the true God.
  • 22:7 “You, my son, will be called the prophet of the Most High God who will prepare the people to receive the Messiah!”
  • 24:9 There is only one God. But John heard God the Father speak, and saw Jesus the Son and the Holy Spirit when he baptized Jesus.
  • 25:7 “Worship only the Lord your God and only serve him.”
  • 28:1 “There is only one who is good, and that is God.”
  • 49:9 But God loved everyone in the world so much that he gave his only Son so that whoever believes in Jesus will not be punished for his sins, but will live with God forever.
  • 50:16 But some day God will create a new heaven and a new earth that will be perfect.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0136, H0305, H0410, H0426, H0430, H0433, H2486, H2623, H3068, H3069, H3863, H4136, H6697, G01120, G05160, G09320, G09350, G10960, G11400, G20980, G21240, G21280, G21500, G21520, G21530, G22990, G23040, G23050, G23120, G23130, G23140, G23150, G23160, G23170, G23180, G23190, G23200, G33610, G37850, G41510, G52070, G53770, G54630, G55370, G55380

god, false god, goddess, idol, idolater, idolatrous, idolatry

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: god, false god, goddess, idol, idolater, idolatrous, idolatry

Definition:

A false god is something that people worship instead of the one true God. The term “goddess” refers specifically to a female false god.

  • These false gods or goddesses do not exist. Yahweh is the only God.
  • People sometimes make objects into idols to worship as symbols of their false gods.
  • In the Bible, God’s people frequently turned away from obeying him in order to worship false gods.
  • Demons often deceive people into believing that the false gods and idols they worship have power.
  • Baal, Dagon, and Molech were three of the many false gods that were worshiped by people in Bible times.
  • Asherah and Artemis (Diana) were two of the goddesses that ancient peoples worshiped.

An idol is an object that people make so they can worship it. Something is described as “idolatrous” if it involves giving honor to something other than the one true God.

  • People make idols to represent the false gods that they worship.
  • These false gods do not exist; there is no God besides Yahweh.
  • Sometimes demons work through an idol to make it seem like it has power, even though it does not.
  • Idols are often made of valuable materials like gold, silver, bronze, or expensive wood.
  • An “idolatrous kingdom” means a “kingdom of people who worship idols” or a “kingdom of people who worship earthly things.”
  • The term “idolatrous figure” is another word for a “carved image” or an “idol.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • There may already be a word for “god” or “false god” in the language or in a nearby language.
  • The term “idol” could be used to refer to false gods.
  • In English, a lower case “g” is used to refer to false gods, and upper case “G” is used to refer to the one true God. Other languages also do that.
  • Another option would be to use a completely different word to refer to the false gods.
  • Some languages may add a word to specify whether the false god is described as male or female.

(See also: God, Asherah, Baal, Molech, demon, image, kingdom, worship)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 10:2 Through these plagues, God showed Pharaoh that he is more powerful than Pharaoh and all of Egypt’s gods.
  • 13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
  • 14:2 They (Canaanites) worshiped false gods and did many evil things.
  • 16:1 The Israelites began to worship the Canaanite gods instead of Yahweh, the true God.
  • 18:13 But most of Judah’s kings were evil, corrupt, and they worshiped idols. Some of the kings even sacrificed their children to false gods.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H0367, H0410, H0426, H0430, H0457, H1322, H1544, H1892, H2553, H3649, H4656, H4906, H5236, H5566, H6089, H6090, H6091, H6456, H6459, H6673, H6736, H6754, H7723, H8163, H8251, H8267, H8441, H8655, G14930, G14940, G14950, G14960, G14970, G22990, G27120

Nehemiah References:

front:intro; 12:intro

gold, golden

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: gold, golden

Definition:

Gold is a yellow, high quality metal that was used for making jewelry and religious objects. It was the most valuable metal in ancient times.

  • In Bible times, many different kinds of objects were made out of solid gold or were covered with a thin layer of gold.
  • These objects included earrings and other jewelry, and idols, altars, and other objects used in the tabernacle or temple, such as the ark of the covenant.
  • In Old Testament times, gold was used as a means of exchange in buying and selling. It was weighed on a scale to determine its value.
  • Later on, gold and other metals such as silver were used to make coins to use in buying and selling
  • When referring to something that is not solid gold, but only has a thin covering of gold, the term “golden” or “gold-covered” or “gold-overlaid” could also be used.
  • Sometimes an object is described as “gold-colored,” which means it has the yellow color of gold, but may not actually be made of gold.

(See also: altar, ark of the covenant, false god, silver, tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1220, H1722, H2091, H2742, H3800, H5458, H6884, H6885, G55520, G55530, G55540, G55570

Nehemiah References:

7:70; 7:71; 7:72

good, right, pleasant, better, best

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: good, right, pleasant, better, best

Definition:

The term “good” generally refers to a positive evaluation of the quality of something or someone, often in a moral or emotional sense. However, the term conveys various nuances throughout the Bible depending on the context.

  • Something that is “good” could be emotionally pleasant, morally right, excellent, helpful, suitable, or profitable.
  • In the Bible, the general meaning of “good” is often contrasted with “evil.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • The general term for “good” in the target language should be used wherever this general meaning is accurate and natural, especially in contexts where it is contrasted to evil.
  • Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include “kind” or “excellent” or “pleasing to God” or “righteous” or “morally upright” or “profitable.”
  • “Good land” could be translated as “fertile land” or “productive land”; a “good crop” could be translated as a “plentiful harvest” or “large amount of crops.”
  • The phrase “do good to” means to do something that benefits others and could be translated as “be kind to” or “help” or “benefit” someone or “cause someone to prosper.”
  • To “do good on the Sabbath” means to “do things that help others on the Sabbath.”
  • Depending on the context, ways to translate the term “goodness” could include “blessing” or “kindness” or “moral perfection” or “righteousness” or “purity.”

(See also: righteous, prosper, evil)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 1:4 God saw that what he had created was good.
  • 1:11 God planted the tree of the knowledge of good and evil.
  • 1:12 Then God said, “It is not good for man to be alone.”
  • 2:4 “God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God and will understand good and evil like he does.”
  • 8:12 “You tried to do evil when you sold me as a slave, but God used the evil for good!”
  • 14:15 Joshua was a good leader because he trusted and obeyed God.
  • 18:13 Some of these kings were good men who ruled justly and worshiped God.
  • 28:1Good teacher, what must I do to have eternal life?” Jesus said to him, “Why do you call me ‘good?’ There is only one who is good, and that is God.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0117, H0145, H0155, H0202, H0239, H0410, H1580, H1926, H1935, H2532, H2617, H2623, H2869, H2895, H2896, H2898, H3190, H3191, H3276, H3474, H3788, H3966, H4261, H4399, H5232, H5750, H6287, H6643, H6743, H7075, H7368, H7399, H7443, H7999, H8231, H8232, H8233, H8389, H8458, G00140, G00150, G00180, G00190, G05150, G07440, G08650, G09790, G13800, G20950, G20970, G21060, G21070, G21080, G21090, G21140, G21150, G21330, G21400, G21620, G21630, G21740, G22930, G25650, G25670, G25700, G25730, G28870, G29860, G31400, G36170, G37760, G41470, G46320, G46740, G48510, G52230, G52240, G53580, G55420, G55430, G55440

Nehemiah References:

2:5; 2:6; 2:7; 2:8; 2:10; 2:18; 5:9; 5:19; 6:19; 9:13; 9:20; 9:25; 9:35; 9:36; 13:31

govern, governor, proconsul, Tirshatha

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: govern, governor, proconsul, Tirshatha

Definition:

A “governor” is a person who rules over a large area of land (such as a territory, region, or province) within a nation or empire.

  • In the Old Testament, the term “Tirshatha” is a more specific title for a governor who ruled over a Persian province.
  • In the New Testament, the term “proconsul” is a more specific title for a governor who ruled over a Roman province.
  • In Bible times, governors were appointed by a king or emperor and were under his authority.
  • A “government” consists of all the rulers who govern a certain country or empire. These rulers make laws that guide the behavior of their citizens so that there is peace, safety, and prosperity for all the people of that nation.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The word “governor” can also be translated as “ruler” or “overseer” or “regional leader” or “one who rules over a small territory.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “govern” could also be translated as “rule over” or “lead” or “manage” or “supervise.”
  • The term “governor” should be translated differently than the terms for “king” or “emperor”, since a governor was a less powerful ruler who was under their authority.
  • The term “proconsul” could also be translated as “Roman governor” or “Roman provincial ruler.”

(See also: authority, king, power, province, Rome, ruler)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0324, H1777, H2280, H4951, H5148, H5460, H6346, H6347, H6486, H7989, H8269, H8660, G04450, G04460, G07460, G14810, G22320, G22330, G22300, G42320

Nehemiah References:

2:7; 2:9; 3:7; 5:14; 5:15; 5:18; 7:65; 7:70; 8:9; 10:1; 12:26

grace, gracious

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: grace, gracious

Definition:

The word “grace” refers to help or blessing that is given to someone who has not earned it. The term “gracious” describes someone who shows grace to others.

  • God’s grace toward sinful human beings is a gift that is freely given.
  • The concept of grace also refers to being kind and forgiving to someone who has done wrong or hurtful things.
  • The expression to “find grace” is an expression that means to receive help and mercy from God. Often it includes the meaning that God is pleased with someone and helps him.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Other ways that “grace” could be translated include “divine kindness” or “God’s favor” or “God’s kindness and forgiveness for sinners” or “merciful kindness.”
  • The term “gracious” could be translated as “full of grace” or “kind” or “merciful” or “mercifully kind.”
  • The expression “he found grace in the eyes of God” could be translated as “he received mercy from God” or “God mercifully helped him” or “God showed his favor to him” or “God was pleased with him and helped him.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2580, H2587, H2589, H2603, H8467, G21430, G54850, G55430

Nehemiah References:

9:17; 9:31

grain, grainfields

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: grain, grainfields

Definition:

The term “grain” usually refers to the seed of a food plant such as wheat, barley, corn, millet, or rice. It can also refer to the whole plant.

  • In the Bible, the main grains that are referred to are wheat and barley.
  • A head of grain is the part of the plant that holds the grain.
  • Note that some older Bible versions use the word “corn” to refer to grain in general. In modern English however, “corn” only refers to one type of grain.

(See also: head, wheat)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1250, H1430, H1715, H2233, H2591, H3759, H3899, H7054, H7383, H7641, H7668, G02480, G25900, G34500, G46210, G47190

Nehemiah References:

5:2; 5:3; 5:10; 5:11; 10:31; 10:39; 13:5; 13:12

grape, grapevine

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: grape, grapevine

Definition:

A grape is a small, round, smooth-skinned berry fruit that grows in clusters on vines. The juice of grapes is used in making wine.

  • There are different colors of grapes, such as light green, purple, or red.
  • Individual grapes can be around one to three centimeters in size.
  • People grow grapes in gardens called vineyards. These normally consist of long rows of vines.
  • Grapes were a very important food during Bible times and having vineyards was a sign of wealth.
  • In order to keep grapes from rotting, people would often dry them. Dried grapes are called “raisins” and they were used to make raisin cakes.
  • Jesus told a parable about a grape vineyard to teach his disciples about God’s kingdom.

(See also: vine, vineyard, wine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0811, H0891, H1154, H1155, H1210, H3196, H5955, H6025, H6528, G02880, G47180

Nehemiah References:

13:15

grave, gravedigger, tomb, burial place

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: grave, gravedigger, tomb, burial place

Definition:

The terms “tomb” and “grave” refer to a place where people put the body of a person who has died. A “burial place” is a more general term that also refers to this.

  • The Jews sometimes used natural caves as tombs, and sometimes they dug caves into rock in the side of a hill.
  • In New Testament times, it was common to roll a large, heavy stone in front of the opening of a tomb in order to close it.
  • If the target language the word for a tomb can only refer to a hole in which the body is placed below the ground, other ways to translate this could include “cave” or “hole in the side of a hill.”
  • The phrase “the grave” is often used generally and figuratively to refer to the condition of being dead or a place where the souls of dead people are.

(See also: bury, death)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 32:4 The man lived among the tombs in the area.
  • 37:6 Jesus asked them, “Where have you put Lazarus?” They told him, “In the tomb. Come and see.”
  • 37:7 The tomb was a cave with a stone rolled in front of its opening.
  • 40:9 Then Joseph and Nicodemus, two Jewish leaders who believed Jesus was the Messiah, asked Pilate for Jesus’ body. They wrapped his body in cloth and placed it in a tomb cut out of rock. Then they rolled a large stone in front the tomb to block the opening.
  • 41:4 He (the angel) rolled away the stone that was covering the entrance to the tomb and sat on it. The soldiers guarding the tomb were terrified and fell to the ground like dead men.
  • 41:5 When the women arrived at the tomb, the angel told them, “Do not be afraid. Jesus is not here. He has risen from the dead, just like he said he would! Look in the tomb and see.” The women looked into the tomb and saw where Jesus’ body had been laid. His body was not there!

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1430, H6900, H6913, H7585, H7845, G34180, G34190, G50280

Nehemiah References:

2:3; 2:5; 3:16

Hananiah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Hananiah

Definition:

Hananiah was the name of several different men in the Old Testament.

  • One Hananiah was an Israelite captive in Babylon whose name was changed to “Shadrach.”
  • He was given a position as a royal servant due to his excellent character and abilities.
  • Once, Hananiah (Shadrach) and two other Israelite young men were thrown into a fire in a furnace because they refused to worship the Babylonian king. God showed his power by protecting them from being harmed.
  • Another man named Hananiah was listed as a descendant of King Solomon.
  • A different Hananiah was a false prophet during the time of the prophet Jeremiah.
  • One man named Hananiah was a priest who helped lead a celebration during the time of Nehemiah.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Azariah, Babylon, Daniel, false prophet, Jeremiah, Mishael)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2608

Nehemiah References:

3:8; 3:30; 7:2; 10:23; 12:12; 12:41

harp, harpist

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: harp, harpist

Definition:

A harp is a stringed musical instrument, that usually consists of a large open frame with vertical strings.

  • In Bible times, fir wood was used to make harps and other musical instruments.
  • Harps were often held in the hands and played while walking.
  • In many places in the Bible, harps are mentioned as instruments that were used to praise and worship God.
  • David wrote several psalms which were set to harp music.
  • He also played a harp for King Saul, to soothe the king’s troubled spirit.

(See also: David, fir, psalm, Saul (OT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3658, H5035, H5059, H7030, G27880, G27890, G27900

Nehemiah References:

12:27

heaven, sky, heavens, heavenly

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: heaven, sky, heavens, heavenly

Definition:

The term that is translated as “heaven” usually refers to where God lives. The same word can also mean “sky,” depending on the context.

  • The term “heavens” refers to everything we see above the earth, including the sun, moon, and stars. It also includes the heavenly bodies, such as far-off planets, that we cannot directly see from the earth.
  • The term “sky” refers to the blue expanse above the earth that has clouds and the air we breathe. Often the sun and moon are also said to be “up in the sky.”
  • In some contexts in the Bible, the word “heaven” could refer to either the sky or the place where God lives.

Translation Suggestions:

  • For “kingdom of heaven” in the book of Matthew, it is best to keep the word “heaven” since this is distinctive to Matthew’s gospel.
  • The terms “heavens” or “heavenly bodies” could also be translated as “sun, moon, and stars” or “all the stars in the universe.”
  • The phrase, “stars of heaven” could be translated as “stars in the sky” or “stars in the galaxy” or “stars in the universe.”

(See also: kingdom of God)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:2 They even began building a tall tower to reach heaven.
  • 14:11 He (God) gave them bread from heaven, called “manna.”
  • 23:7 Suddenly, the skies were filled with angels praising God, saying, “Glory to God in heaven and peace on earth to the people he favors!”
  • 29:9 Then Jesus said, “This is what my heavenly Father will do to every one of you if you do not forgive your brother from your heart.”
  • 37:9 Then Jesus looked up to heaven and said, “Father, thank you for hearing me.”
  • 42:11 Then Jesus went up to heaven, and a cloud hid him from their sight.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1534, H6160, H6183, H7834, H8064, H8065, G09320, G20320, G33210, G37700, G37710, G37720

Nehemiah References:

1:4; 1:5; 1:9; 2:4; 2:20; 9:6; 9:13; 9:15; 9:23; 9:27; 9:28

Hebrew

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Hebrew

Definition:

The term “Hebrew” refers in a very general sense to the people group descended from Abraham through the line of Isaac and Jacob.

  • The specific word “Hebrew” can refer either to a individual person in the people group or to the language spoken by that people group.
  • The vast majority of the Old Testament was written in the language called “Hebrew.” However, in most cases in the New Testament, the specific term “Hebrew” probably refers to the Aramaic language rather than the Hebrew language.
  • In different places in the Bible, the Hebrews were also called “Israelites” or “Jews.” When translating, it is best to keep all three terms distinct in the text, as long as it is clear that these terms refer to the same people group.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Israel, Jew, Jewish leaders)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5680, G14440, G14450, G14460, G14470

Nehemiah References:

13:24

high priest, chief priest

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: high priest, chief priest

Definition:

The term “high priest” refers to a special priest who was appointed to serve for one year as the leader of all of the other Israelite priests. In New Testament times, some other priests were also considered very important Jewish religious leaders, with authority over other priests and the people. These were the chief priests.

  • The high priest had special responsibilities. He was the only one who was permitted to go into the most holy part of the tabernacle or the temple to offer a special sacrifice once per year.
  • The Israelites had many priests, but only one high priest at a time.
  • After high priests retired, they still kept the title, along with some of the responsibilities of the office. For example, Annas was still referred to as high priest during the priesthood of Caiaphas and others.
  • The chief priests were responsible for everything needed for the worship services at the temple. They were also in charge of the money that was given to the temple.
  • The chief priests were higher in rank and power than the ordinary priests. Only the high priest had more authority.
  • The chief priests were some of Jesus’ main enemies and they strongly influenced the Roman leaders to arrest and kill him.

Translation Suggestions:

  • “High priest” could be translated as “supreme priest” or “highest ranking priest.”
  • The term “chief priests” could be translated as “head priests” or “leading priests” or “ruling priests.”

(See also: Annas, Caiaphas, priest, temple)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 13:8 No one could enter the room behind the curtain except the high priest, because God lived there.
  • 21:7 The Messiah who would come would be the perfect high priest who would offer himself as a perfect sacrifice to God.
  • 38:3 The Jewish leaders, led by the high priest, paid Judas thirty silver coins to betray Jesus.
  • 39:1 The soldiers led Jesus to the house of the high priest in order for the high priest to question him.
  • 39:3 Finally, the high priest looked directly at Jesus and said, “Tell us, are you the Messiah, the Son of the living God?”
  • 44:7 The next day, the Jewish leaders brought Peter and John to the high priest and the other religious leaders.
  • 45:2 So the religious leaders arrested Stephen and brought him to the high priest and the other leaders of the Jews, where more false witnesses lied about Stephen.
  • 46:1 The high priest gave Saul permission to go to the city of Damascus to arrest Christians there and bring them back to Jerusalem.
  • 48:6 Jesus is the Great High Priest. Unlike other priests, he offered himself as the only sacrifice that could to take away the sin of all the people in the world. Jesus was the perfect high priest because he took the punishment for every sin that anyone has ever committed.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H7218, H1419, H3548, G07480, G07490

Nehemiah References:

3:1; 3:20; 13:28

Hilkiah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Hilkiah

Definition:

Hilkiah was the high priest during the reign of King Josiah.

  • When the temple was being repaired, Hilkiah the high priest found the Book of the Law and ordered that it be brought to King Josiah.
  • After the Book of the Law was read to him, Josiah was grieved and caused the people of Judah to worship Yahweh again and obey his laws.
  • Another man named Hilkiah was the son of Eliakim and worked in the palace during the time of King Hezekiah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Eliakim, Hezekiah, high priest, Josiah, Judah, law, worship, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2518

Nehemiah References:

8:4; 11:11; 12:7; 12:21

Hittite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Hittite

Definition:

The Hittites were descendants of Ham through his son Canaan. They became a large empire located in what is now Turkey and northern Palestine.

  • Abraham bought a piece of property from Ephron the Hittite so that he could bury his deceased wife Sarah in a cave there. Eventually Abraham and several of his descendants were also buried in that cave.
  • Esau’s parents were grieved when he married two Hittite women.
  • One of David’s mighty men was named Uriah the Hittite.
  • Some of the foreign women that Solomon married were Hittites. These foreign women turned Solomon’s heart away from God because of the false gods they worshiped.
  • The Hittites were often a threat to the Israelites, both physically and spiritually.

(See also: descendant, Esau, foreigner, Ham, mighty, Solomon, Uriah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2850

Nehemiah References:

9:8

holy, holiness, unholy, sacred

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: holy, holiness, unholy, sacred

Definition:

The terms “holy” and “holiness” refer to the character of God that is totally set apart and separated from everything that is sinful and imperfect.

  • Only God is absolutely holy. He makes people and things holy.
  • A person who is holy belongs to God and has been set apart for the purpose of serving God and bringing him glory.
  • An object that God has declared to be holy is one that he has set apart for his glory and use, such as an altar that is for the purpose of offering sacrifices to him.
  • People cannot approach him unless he allows them to, because he is holy and they are merely human beings, sinful and imperfect.
  • In the Old Testament, God set apart the priests as holy for special service to him. They had to be ceremonially cleansed from sin in order to approach God.
  • God also set apart as holy certain places and things that belonged to him or in which he revealed himself, such as his temple.

Literally, the term “unholy” means “not holy.” It describes someone or something that does not honor God.

  • This word is used to describe someone who dishonors God by rebelling against him.
  • A thing that is called “unholy” could be described as being common, profane or unclean. It does not belong to God.

The term “sacred” describes something that relates to worshiping God or to the pagan worship of false gods.

  • In the Old Testament, the term “sacred” was often said to describe the stone pillars and other objects used in the worship of false gods. This could also be translated as “religious.”
  • “Sacred songs” and “sacred music” refer to music that was sung or played for God’s glory. This could be translated as “music for worshiping Yahweh” or “songs that praise God.”
  • The phrase “sacred duties” referred to the “religious duties” or “rituals” that a priest performed to lead people in worshiping God. It could also refer to the rituals performed by a pagan priest to worship a false god

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “holy” might include “set apart for God” or “belonging to God” or “completely pure” or “perfectly sinless” or “separated from sin.”

  • To “make holy” is often translated as “sanctify” in English. It could also be translated as “set apart (someone) for God’s glory.”

  • Ways to translate “unholy” could include “not holy” or “not belonging to God” or “not honoring to God” or “not godly.”

  • In some contexts, “unholy” could be translated as “unclean.”

(See also: Holy Spirit, consecrate, sanctify, set apart)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 1:16 He (God) blessed the seventh day and made it holy, because on this day he rested from his work.
  • 9:12 “You are standing on holy ground.”
  • 13:2 “If you will obey me and keep my covenant, you will be my prized possession, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation.”
  • 13:5 “Always be sure to keep the Sabbath day holy.”
  • 22:5 “So the baby will be holy, the Son of God.”
  • 50:2 As we wait for Jesus to return, God wants us to live in a way that is holy and that honors him.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0430, H2455, H2623, H4676, H4720, H6918, H6922, H6942, H6944, H6948, G00370, G00380, G00400, G00400, G00410, G00420, G04620, G18590, G21500, G24120, G24130, G28390, G37410, G37420

Nehemiah References:

3:intro; 7:65; 8:9; 8:10; 8:11; 9:14; 10:31; 10:33; 11:1; 11:18

horn, horned

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: horn, horned

Definition:

Horns are permanent, hard, pointed growths on the heads of many types of animals, including cattle, sheep, goats, and deer.

  • The horn of a ram (male sheep) was made into a musical instrument called a “ram’s horn” or “shofar,” which was blown for special events such as religious festivals.
  • This term should be translated with a word that is different from the word that refers to a trumpet.
  • God told the Israelites to make a horn-shaped projection on each of the four corners of the incense and brazen altars. Although these projections were called “horns,” they were not actually animal horns.
  • The term “horn” was sometimes used to refer to a “flask” that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king, as Samuel did with David.

(See also: authority, cow, deer, goat, power royal, sheep, trumpet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3104, H7160, H7161, H7162, H7782, G27680

Nehemiah References:

4:18; 4:20

horse, warhorse, horseback, stallion, steed, mare

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: horse, warhorse, horseback, stallion, steed, mare

Definition:

A horse is a large, four-legged animal that in Bible times was mostly used for war and for transporting people. A stallion is a male horse and a mare is a female horse. “Steed” is a poetic word referring to a horse that is powerful or fast.

  • Some horses were used to pull carts or chariots, while others were used to carry individual riders.
  • In the Bible, horses were considered to be valuable possessions and a measure of wealth, mainly because of their use in war. For example, part of King Solomon’s great wealth was the thousands of horses and chariots that he had.
  • Animals that are similar to the horse are the donkey and the mule.
  • Horses often wear a bit and bridle on their heads so they can be guided.

(See also: chariot, donkey, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0047, H5483, H5484, H6571, H7409, G24620

Nehemiah References:

3:28; 7:68

horseman

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: horseman

Definition:

In Bible times, the term “horsemen” referred to men who rode horses into battle.

  • Warriors who rode in horse-pulled chariots may also have been called “horsemen,” though this term usually refers to men who were actually riding on horses.
  • Yahweh commanded the Israelites not to have many horsemen because having a strong army would cause them to trust their own strength rather than Yahweh in battle.
  • This term could also be translated as “horse riders” or “men on horses.”

(See also: chariot, horse)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H6571, H7395, G24600

Nehemiah References:

2:9

Hoshea

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Hoshea

Definition:

Hoshea was the name of a king of Israel and several other men in the Old Testament.

  • Hoshea son of Elah was a king of Israel for nine years during part of the reigns of Ahaz and Hezekiah, kings of Judah.
  • Joshua son of Nun was formerly named Hoshea. Moses changed Hoshea’s name to Joshua before sending him and eleven other men to spy out the land of the Canaanites.
  • After Moses died, Joshua led the people of Israel to take possession of the land of Canaan.
  • A different man named Hoshea was a son of Azaziah and was one of the leaders of the Ephraimites.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Ahaz, Canaan, Ephraim, Hezekiah, Joshua, Moses)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1954

Nehemiah References:

10:23

house

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: house

Definition:

The term “house” refers to a small building, shelter, or tent, usually the place where a family sleeps.

  • When referring to a building where people live and sleep the term “house” could be translated as “dwelling place” or “dwelling structure” or with another term that expresses the meaning.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1004, H1005, H1035, H1397, G36140, G36240

Nehemiah References:

1:6; 2:3; 2:8; 3:10; 3:16; 3:20; 3:21; 3:23; 3:24; 3:25; 3:28; 3:29; 3:31; 4:14; 4:16; 5:3; 5:11; 5:13; 6:10; 7:3; 7:4; 7:39; 7:61; 9:25; 10:38; 12:37; 13:8

inherit, inheritance, heir

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: inherit, inheritance, heir

Definition:

The term “inherit” refers to receiving something valuable from a parent after a parent dies. The term can also refer to receiving something valuable from some other person because of a special relationship with that person. An “inheritance” is the things that are received, and an “heir” is a person who receives an inheritance.

  • A physical inheritance that is received may be money, land, or other kinds of property.
  • God promised Abraham and his descendants that they would inherit the land of Canaan, that it would belong to them forever.

Translation Suggestions:

  • As always, consider first whether there are already terms in the target language for the concept of an heir or an inheritance, and use those terms.
  • Depending on the context, other ways that the term “inherit” could be translated might include “receive” or “possess” or “come into possession of.”
  • Ways to translate “inheritance” could include “promised gift” or “secure possession.”
  • The term “heir” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “privileged child who receives the father’s possessions.”
  • The term “heritage” could be translated as “inherited blessings.”

(See also: heir, Canaan, Promised Land, possess)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:6 When Abram arrived in Canaan God said, “Look all around you. I will give to you and your descendants all the land that you can see as an inheritance.”
  • 27:1 One day, an expert in the Jewish law came to Jesus to test him, saying, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?”
  • 35:3 “There was a man who had two sons. The younger son told his father, ‘Father, I want my inheritance now!’ So the father divided his property between the two sons.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2490, H2506, H3423, H3425, H4181, H5157, H5159, G28160, G28170, G28190, G28200

Nehemiah References:

11:20

iniquity

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: iniquity

Definition:

The term “iniquity” is a word that is very similar in meaning to the term “sin,” but may more specifically refer to conscious acts of wrongdoing or great wickedness.

  • The word “iniquity” literally means a twisting or distorting (of the law). It refers to major injustice.
  • Iniquity could be described as deliberate, harmful actions against other people.
  • Other definitions of iniquity include “perversity” and “depravity,” which are both words that describe conditions of terrible sin.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “iniquity” could be translated as “wickedness” or “perverse actions” or “harmful acts.”
  • Often, “iniquity” occurs in the same text as the word “sin” and “transgression” so it is important to have different ways of translating these terms.

(See also: sin, transgress, trespass)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H1942, H5753, H5758, H5766, H5771, H5932, H5999, H7562, G00920, G00930, G04580, G38920, G41890

Nehemiah References:

4:5; 9:2

interpret, interpretation, interpreter

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: interpret, interpretation, interpreter

Definition:

The terms “interpret” and “interpretation” refer to understanding and explaining the meaning of something that is not clear.

  • Often in the Bible these terms are used in connection with explaining the meaning of dreams or visions.
  • When the king of Babylon had some confusing dreams, God helped Daniel to interpret them and to explain their meanings.
  • The “interpretation” of the dream is the “explanation” of the meaning of the dream.
  • In the Old Testament, God sometimes used dreams to reveal to people what would happen in the future. So the interpretations of those dreams were prophecies.
  • The term “interpret” can also refer to figuring out the meaning of other things, such as figuring out what the weather will be like based on how cold or hot it is, how windy it is, and what the sky looks like.
  • Ways to translate the term “interpret” could include, “figure out the meaning of” or “explain” or “give the meaning of.”
  • The term “interpretation” could also be translated as “explanation” or “meaning.”

(See also: Babylon, Daniel, dream, prophet, vision)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0995, H3887, H6591, H6622, H6623, H7667, H7760, H7922, G12520, G13280, G13290, G13810, G19550, G20580, G31770, G47930

Nehemiah References:

8:8

Isaiah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Isaiah

Definition:

Isaiah was a prophet of God who prophesied during the reigns of four kings of Judah: Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah.

  • He lived in Jerusalem during the time when the Assyrians were attacking the city, during the reign of Hezekiah.
  • The Old Testament book of Isaiah is one of the major books of the Bible.
  • Isaiah wrote many prophecies that came true while he was still living.
  • Isaiah is especially known for the prophecies he wrote about the Messiah that came true 700 years later when Jesus was living on earth.
  • Jesus and his disciples quoted Isaiah’s prophecies to teach people about the Messiah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Ahaz, Assyria, Christ, Hezekiah, Jotham, Judah, prophet, Uzziah)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 21:9 The prophet Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would be born from a virgin.
  • 21:10 The prophet Isaiah said the Messiah would live in Galilee, comfort broken-hearted people, and proclaim freedom to captives and release to prisoners.
  • 21:11 The prophet Isaiah also prophesied that the Messiah would be hated without reason and rejected.
  • 21:12 Isaiah prophesied that people would spit on, mock, and beat the Messiah.
  • 26:2 They handed him (Jesus) the scroll of the prophet Isaiah so that he would read from it. Jesus opened up the scroll and read part of it to the people.
  • 45:8 When Philip approached the chariot, he heard the Ethiopian reading from what the prophet Isaiah wrote.
  • 45:10 Philip explained to the Ethiopian that Isaiah was writing about Jesus.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3470, G22680

Nehemiah References:

11:7

Israel, Israelites

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Israel, Israelites

Definition:

The term “Israel” is the name that God gave to Jacob. Often it refers to the nation that is descended from him.

  • The name Israel probably means “He struggles with God.”
  • The descendants of Jacob became known as the “sons of Israel” or the “people of Israel” or the “nation of Israel” or the “Israelites.”
  • God formed his covenant with the people of Israel. They were his chosen people.
  • The nation of Israel consisted of twelve tribes.
  • Soon after King Solomon died, Israel was divided into two kingdoms: the southern kingdom, called “Judah,” and the northern kingdom, called “Israel.”
  • Often the term “Israel” can be translated as “the people of Israel” or “the nation of Israel,” depending on the context.

(See also: Jacob, kingdom of Israel, Judah, nation, twelve tribes of Israel)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 8:15 The descendants of the twelve sons became the twelve tribes of Israel.
  • 9:3 The Egyptians forced the Israelites to build many buildings and even whole cities.
  • 9:5 A certain Israelite woman gave birth to a baby boy.
  • 10:1 They said, “This is what the God of Israel says, ‘Let my people go!’”
  • 14:12 But despite all this, the people of __Israel __ complained and grumbled against God and against Moses.
  • 15:9 God fought for Israel that day. He caused the Amorites to be confused and he sent large hailstones that killed many of the Amorites.
  • 15:12 After this battle, God gave each tribe of __Israel __ its own section of the Promised Land. Then God gave Israel peace along all its borders.
  • 16:16 So God punished __Israel __ again for worshiping idols.
  • 43:6 “Men of Israel, Jesus was a man who did many mighty signs and wonders by the power of God, as you have seen and already know.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3478, H3479, H3481, H3482, G09350, G24740, G24750

Nehemiah References:

front:intro; 1:6; 2:10; 7:7; 7:61; 7:73; 8:1; 8:14; 8:17; 9:1; 9:2; 10:33; 10:39; 11:3; 11:20; 12:47; 13:2; 13:3; 13:18; 13:26

Jebus, Jebusite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Jebus, Jebusite

Definition:

The Jebusites were a people group living in the land of Canaan. They were descended from Ham’s son Canaan.

  • The Jebusites lived in the city of Jebus, and its name was later changed to Jerusalem when King David conquered it.
  • Melchizedek, the king of Salem, was probably of Jebusite origin.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Canaan, Ham, Jerusalem, Melchizedek)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2982, H2983

Nehemiah References:

9:8

Jeremiah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Jeremiah

Definition:

Jeremiah was a prophet of God in the kingdom of Judah. The Old Testament book of Jeremiah contains his prophecies.

  • Like most of the prophets, Jeremiah often had to warn the people of Israel that God was going to punish them for their sins.
  • Jeremiah prophesied that the Babylonians would capture Jerusalem, making some of the people of Judah angry. So they put him in a deep, dry well and left him there to die. But the king of Judah ordered his servants to rescue Jeremiah from the well.
  • Jeremiah wrote that he wished his eyes could be a “fountain of tears,” to express his deep sadness over the rebellion and sufferings of his people.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Babylon, Judah, prophet, rebel, suffer, well)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 19:17 Once, the prophet Jeremiah was put into a dry well and left there to die. He sank down into the mud that was in the bottom of the well, but then the king had mercy on him and ordered his servants to pull Jeremiah out of the well before he died.
  • 21:5 Through the prophet Jeremiah, God promised that he would make a New Covenant, but not like the covenant God made with Israel at Sinai.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3414, G24080

Nehemiah References:

10:2; 12:1; 12:12; 12:34

Jericho

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Jericho

Definition:

Jericho was a powerful city in the land of Canaan. It was located just west of the Jordan River and just north of the Salt Sea.

  • As all Canaanites did, the people of Jericho worshiped false gods.
  • Jericho was the first city in the land of Canaan that God told the Israelites to conquer.
  • When Joshua led the Israelites against Jericho, God did a great miracle to help them defeat the city.

(See also: Canaan, Jordan River, Joshua, miracle, Salt Sea)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 15:1 Joshua sent two spies to the Canaanite city of Jericho.
  • 15:3 After the people crossed the Jordan River, God told Joshua how to attack the powerful city of Jericho.
  • 15:5 Then the walls around Jericho fell down! The Israelites destroyed everything in the city as God had commanded.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3405, G24100

Nehemiah References:

3:2; 7:36

Jerusalem

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Jerusalem

Definition:

Jerusalem was originally an ancient Canaanite city that later became the most important city in Israel. It is located about 34 kilometers west of the Salt Sea and just north of Bethlehem. It is still the capital city of Israel today.

  • The name “Jerusalem” is first mentioned in the book of Joshua. Other Old Testament names for this city include “Salem” “city of Jebus,” and “Zion.” Both “Jerusalem” and “Salem,” have the root meaning of “peace.”
  • Jerusalem was originally a Jebusite fortress called “Zion” which King David captured and made into his capital city.
  • It was in Jerusalem that David’s son Solomon built the first temple in Jerusalem, on Mount Moriah, which was the mountain where Abraham had offered his son Isaac to God. The temple was rebuilt there after it was destroyed by the Babylonians.
  • Because the temple was in Jerusalem, the major Jewish festivals were celebrated there.
  • People normally referred to going “up” to Jerusalem since it is located in the mountains.

(See also: Babylon, Christ, David, Jebusites, Jesus, Solomon, temple, Zion)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:5 David conquered Jerusalem and made it his capital city.
  • 18:2 In Jerusalem, Solomon built the Temple for which his father David had planned and gathered materials.
  • 20:7 They (Babylonians) captured the city of Jerusalem, destroyed the Temple, and took away all the treasures of the city and the Temple.
  • 20:12 So, after seventy years in exile, a small group of Jews returned to the city of Jerusalem in Judah.
  • 38:1 About three years after Jesus first began preaching and teaching publicly, Jesus told his disciples that he wanted to celebrate this Passover with them in Jerusalem, and that he would be killed there.
  • 38:2 After Jesus and the disciples arrived in Jerusalem, Judas went to the Jewish leaders and offered to betray Jesus to them in exchange for money.
  • 42:8 “It was also written in the scriptures that my disciples will proclaim that everyone should repent in order to receive forgiveness for their sins. They will do this starting in Jerusalem, and then go to all people groups everywhere.”
  • 42:11 Forty days after Jesus rose from the dead, he told his disciples, “Stay in Jerusalem until you receive power when the Holy Spirit comes on you.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3389, H3390, G24140, G24150, G24190

Jew, Jewish

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Jew, Jewish

Definition:

Jews are people who are descendants of Abraham’s grandson Jacob. The word “Jew” comes from the word “Judah.”

  • People began to call the Israelites “Jews” after they returned to Judah from their exile in Babylon.
  • Jesus the Messiah was Jewish. However, the Jewish religious leaders rejected Jesus and demanded that he be killed.

(See also: Abraham, Jacob, Israel, Babylon, Jewish leaders)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 20:11 The Israelites were now called Jews and most of them had lived their whole lives in Babylon.
  • 20:12 So, after seventy years in exile, a small group of Jews returned to the city of Jerusalem in Judah.
  • 37:10 Many of the Jews believed in Jesus because of this miracle.
  • 37:11 But the religious leaders of the Jews were jealous, so they gathered together to plan how they could kill Jesus and Lazarus.
  • 40:2 Pilate commanded that they write, “King of the Jews” on a sign and put it on the cross above Jesus’ head.
  • 46:6 Right away, Saul began preaching to the Jews in Damascus, saying, “Jesus is the Son of God!”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3054, H3061, H3062, H3064, H3066, G24500, G24510, G24520, G24530, G24540

Nehemiah References:

1:2; 2:16; 4:1; 4:2; 4:12; 5:1; 5:8; 5:17; 6:6; 13:23

Joab

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Joab

Definition:

Joab was an important military leader for King David throughout David’s entire reign.

  • Before David became king, Joab had already been one of his loyal followers.
  • Later, during David’s reign as king over Israel, Joab became the commander of King David’s army.
  • Joab was also King David’s nephew, since his mother was one of David’s sisters.
  • When David’s son Absalom betrayed him by trying to take over his kingship, Joab killed Absalom in order to protect the king.
  • Joab was a very aggressive fighter and killed many people who were enemies of Israel.

(See also: Absalom, David)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3097

Nehemiah References:

7:11

Joel

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Joel

Definition:

Joel was a prophet who probably lived during the reign of King Joash of Judah. There were also several other men in the Old Testament named Joel.

  • The book of Joel is one of twelve short prophetic books in the last section of the Old Testament.
  • The only personal information we have about the prophet Joel is that his father’s name was Pethuel.
  • In his sermon at Pentecost, the apostle Peter quoted from the book of Joel.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Joash, Judah, Pentecost)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3100, G24930

Nehemiah References:

11:9

Joshua

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Joshua

Definition:

There were several Israelite men named Joshua in the Bible. The most well-known is Joshua son of Nun who was Moses’ helper and who later became an important leader of God’s people.

  • Joshua was one of the twelve spies whom Moses sent to explore the Promised Land.
  • Along with Caleb, Joshua urged the Israelite people to obey God’s command to enter the Promised Land and defeat the Canaanites.
  • Many years later, after Moses died, God appointed Joshua to lead the people of Israel into the Promised Land.
  • In the first and most famous battle against the Canaanites, Joshua led the Israelites to defeat the city of Jericho.
  • The Old Testament book of Joshua tells how Joshua led the Israelites in taking control of the Promised Land and how he assigned each tribe of Israel a part of the land to live on.
  • Joshua son of Jehozadak is mentioned in the books of Haggai and Zechariah; he was a high priest who helped rebuild the walls of Jerusalem.
  • There are several other men named Joshua mentioned in the genealogies and elsewhere in the Bible.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Canaan, Haggai, Jericho, Moses, Promised Land, Zechariah (OT))

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 14:4 When the Israelites reached the edge of Canaan, Moses chose twelve men, one from each tribe of Israel. He gave the men instructions to go and spy on the land to see what it was like.
  • 14:6 Immediately Caleb and Joshua, the other two spies, said, “It is true that the people of Canaan are tall and strong, but we can certainly defeat them!”
  • 14:8 “Except for Joshua and Caleb, everyone who is twenty years old or older will die there and never enter the Promised Land.”
  • 14:14 Moses was now very old, so God chose Joshua to help him lead the people.
  • 14:15 Joshua was a good leader because he trusted and obeyed God.
  • 15:3 After the people crossed the Jordan River, God told Joshua how to attack the powerful city of Jericho.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3091, G24240

Nehemiah References:

8:17

joy, joyful, rejoice, glad

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: joy, joyful, rejoice, glad

Definition:

joy

The term “joy” refers to a feeling of delight or deep satisfaction. The related term “joyful” describes a person who feels very glad and is full of deep happiness.

  • A person feels joy when he has a deep sense that what he is experiencing is very good.
  • God is the one who gives true joy to people.
  • Having joy does not depend on pleasant circumstances. God can give people joy even when very difficult things are happening in their lives.
  • Sometimes places are described as joyful, such as houses or cities. This means that the people who live there are joyful.

rejoice

The term “rejoice” means to be full of joy and gladness.

  • This term often refers to being very happy about the good things that God has done.
  • It could be translated as “be very happy” or “be very glad” or “be full of joy.”
  • When Mary said “my soul rejoices in God my Savior,” she meant “God my Savior has made me very happy” or “I feel so joyful because of what God my Savior has done for me.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “joy” could also be translated as “gladness” or “delight” or “great happiness.”
  • The phrase, “be joyful” could be translated as “rejoice” or “be very glad” or it could be translated “be very happy in God’s goodness.”
  • A person who is joyful could be described as “very happy” or “delighted” or “deeply glad.”
  • A phrase such as “make a joyful shout” could be translated as “shout in a way that shows you are very happy.”
  • A “joyful city” or “joyful house” could be translated as “city where joyful people live” or “house full of joyful people” or “city whose people are very happy.” (See: metonymy)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 33:7 “The rocky ground is a person who hears God’s word and accepts it with joy.”
  • 34:4 “The kingdom of God is also like hidden treasure that someone hid in a field… Another man found the treasure and then buried it again. He was so filled with joy, that he went and sold everything he had and used the money to buy that field.”
  • 41:7 The women were full of fear and great joy. They ran to tell the disciples the good news.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1523, H1524, H1525, H2302, H2304, H2305, H2654, H2898, H4885, H5937, H5947, H5965, H5970, H6342, H6670, H7440, H7442, H7444, H7445, H7797, H7832, H8055, H8056, H8057, H8342, H8643, G00200, G00210, G21650, G21670, G27440, G46400, G47960, G49130, G54630, G54790

Nehemiah References:

8:10; 8:12; 8:17; 12:27; 12:43; 12:44

Judah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Judah

Definition:

Judah was Jacob’s fourth son. He was Leah’s fourth son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

  • The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Judah” or “Judah.”
  • His name sounds similar to the Hebrew word meaning “praise.”
  • The tribe of Judah settled in the southern part of Canaan, including the mountainous area to the south of the city of Jerusalem. When used as the name of a region of land, the term “Judah” refers to the land given to the tribe of Judah.
  • In the Old Testament, the name Judah is sometimes used to refer to the whole southern kingdom of Israel (similar to how the name Ephraim is sometimes used to refer to the whole northern kingdom).
  • King David, King Solomon, and all the kings of the southern kingdom were descendants of Judah. Jesus, too, was a descendant of Judah.
  • The words “Jew” and “Judea” come from the name “Judah.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Judah (kingdom), Jew, Judea, Jacob, Leah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3063

Nehemiah References:

11:4; 11:25; 11:36; 13:16

Judea, Judah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Judea, Judah

Definition:

The term “Judea” refers to an area of land in ancient Israel. It is sometimes used in a narrow sense and other times in a broad sense.

  • Sometimes “Judea” is used in a narrow sense to refer only to the province located in the southern part of ancient Israel just west of the Dead Sea. Some translations call this province “Judah.”
  • Other times “Judea” has a broad sense and refers to all the provinces of ancient Israel, including Galilee, Samaria, Perea, Idumea and Judea (Judah).
  • If translators want to make the distinction clear, the broad sense of Judea could be translated as “Judea Country” and the narrow sense could be translated as “Judea Province,” or “Judah Province” since this is the part of ancient Israel where the tribe of Judah had originally lived.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Galilee, Edom, Judah, Judah, Samaria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: G24530

Nehemiah References:

1:2; 2:5; 2:7; 4:10; 4:16; 5:14; 6:7; 6:17; 6:18; 7:6; 11:3; 11:20; 11:24; 12:31; 12:32; 12:44; 13:12; 13:15; 13:17

judge, judgment

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: judge, judgment

Definition:

The terms “judge” and “judgment” often refer to making a decision about whether or not something is good, wise, or right. However, these terms can also refer to actions performed by a person as the result of a decision, usually in the context of deciding that something is bad, wrong, or evil.

  • The terms “judge” and “judgment” can also mean “to cause harm to” (usually because God has decided a person or nation’s actions are wicked).
  • The “judgment of God” often refers to his decision to condemn something or someone as sinful.
  • God’s judgment usually includes punishing people for their sin.
  • The term “judge” can also mean “condemn.” God instructs his people not to judge each other in this way.
  • Another meaning is “arbitrate between” or “judge between,” as in deciding which person is right in a dispute between them.
  • In some contexts, God’s “judgments” are what he has decided is right and just. They are similar to his decrees, laws, or precepts.
  • “Judgment” can refer to wise decision-making ability. A person who lacks “judgment” does not have the wisdom to make wise decisions.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate to “judge” could include to “decide” or to “condemn” or to “punish” or to “decree.”
  • The term “judgment” could be translated as “punishment” or “decision” or “verdict” or “decree” or “condemnation.”
  • In some contexts, the phrase “in the judgment” could also be translated as “on judgment day” or “during the time when God judges people.”

(See also: decree, judge, judgment day, just, law, law)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 19:16 The prophets warned the people that if they did not stop doing evil and start obeying God, then God would judge them as guilty, and he would punish them.
  • 21:8 A king is someone who rules over a kingdom and judges the people. The Messiah would come would be the perfect king who would sit on the throne of his ancestor David. He would reign over the whole world forever, and who would always judge honestly and make the right decisions.
  • 39:4 The high priest tore his clothes in anger and shouted to the other religious leaders, “We do not need any more witnesses! You have heard him say that he is the Son of God. What is your judgment?”
  • 50:14 But God will judge everyone who does not believe in Jesus. He will throw them into hell, where they will weep and grind their teeth in anguish forever.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0148, H0430, H1777, H1778, H1779, H1780, H1781, H1782, H2940, H4055, H4941, H6414, H6415, H6416, H6417, H6419, H6485, H8196, H8199, H8201, G01440, G03500, G09680, G11060, G12520, G13410, G13450, G13480, G13490, G29170, G29190, G29200, G29220, G29230, G42320

Nehemiah References:

1:7; 9:13; 9:29; 10:29

just, justice, unjust, injustice, justify, justification

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: just, justice, unjust, injustice, justify, justification

Definition:

“Just” and “justice” refer to treating people fairly according to God’s laws. Human laws that reflect God’s standard of right behavior toward others are also just.

  • To be “just” is to act in a fair and right way toward others. It also implies honesty and integrity to do what is morally right in God’s eyes.
  • To act “justly” means to treat people in a way that is right, good, and proper according to God’s laws.
  • To receive “justice” means to be treated fairly under the law, either being protected by the law or being punished for breaking the law.
  • Sometimes the term “just” has the broader meaning of “righteous” or “following God’s laws.”

The terms “unjust” and “unjustly” refer to treating people in an unfair and often harmful manner.

  • An “injustice” is something bad that is done to someone that the person did not deserve. It refers to treating people unfairly.
  • Injustice also means that some people are treated badly while others are treated well.
  • Someone who is acting in an unjust way is being “partial” or “prejudiced” because he is not treating people equally.

The terms “justify” and “justification” refer to causing a guilty person to be righteous. Only God can truly justify people.

  • When God justifies people, he forgives their sins and makes it as though they have no sin. He justifies sinners who repent and trust in Jesus to save them from their sins.
  • “Justification” refers to what God does when he forgives a person’s sins and declares that person to be righteous in his sight.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, other ways to translate “just” could include “morally right” or “fair.”

  • The term “justice” could be translated as “fair treatment” or “deserved consequences.”

  • To “act justly” could be translated as “treat fairly” or “behave in a just way.”

  • In some contexts, “just” could be translated as “righteous” or “upright.”

  • Depending on the context, “unjust” could also be translated as “unfair” or “partial” or “unrighteous.”

  • The phrase “the unjust” could be translated as “the unjust ones” or “unjust people” or “people who treat others unfairly” or “unrighteous people” or “people who disobey God.”

  • The term “unjustly” could be translated as “in an unfair manner” or “wrongly” or “unfairly.”

  • Ways to translate “injustice” could include, “wrong treatment” or “unfair treatment” or “acting unfairly.” (See: abstractnouns)

  • Other ways to translate “justify” could include “declare (someone) to be righteous” or “cause (someone) to be righteous.”

  • The term “justification” could be translated as “being declared righteous” or “becoming righteous” or “causing people to be righteous.”

  • The phrase “resulting in justification” could be translated as “so that God justified many people” or “which resulted in God causing people to be righteous.”

  • The phrase “for our justification” could be translated as “in order that we could be made righteous by God.”

(See also: forgive, guilt, judge, righteous, righteous)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:9 David ruled with justice and faithfulness for many years, and God blessed him.
  • 18:13 Some of these kings (of Judah) were good men who ruled justly and worshiped God.
  • 19:16 They (the prophets) all told the people to stop worshiping idols and to start showing justice and mercy to others.
  • 50:17 Jesus will rule his kingdom with peace and justice, and he will be with his people forever.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H2555, H3477, H4941, H5765, H5766, H5767, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6666, H8003, H8264, H8636, G00910, G00930, G00940, G13420, G13440, G13450, G13460, G13470, G17380

Nehemiah References:

9:13

king, kingship

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: king, kingship

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “king” refers to a man who is the supreme ruler of a particular group of people or a particular region of land (or both).

  • In biblical times, a king was usually chosen to rule on the basis of family relation to the previous king(s). When a king died, usually his oldest son became the next king.
  • The Bible often refers to God is as a king who rules over the entire universe (in a general sense) and over his people (in a specific sense).
  • The New Testament refers to Jesus as a king in various ways, including: “king of the Jews;” “king of Israel;” and “king of kings.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “king” might also be translated as “supreme chief” or “sovereign ruler.”
  • The phrase “king of kings” might be translated as “king who rules over all other kings” or “supreme ruler who has authority over all other rulers.”

(See also: authority, Herod Antipas, kingdom, kingdom of God)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 8:6 One night, the Pharaoh, which is what the Egyptians called their kings, had two dreams that disturbed him greatly.
  • 16:1 The Israelites had no king, so everyone did what they thought was right for them.
  • 16:18 Finally, the people asked God for a king like all the other nations had.
  • 17:5 Eventually, Saul died in battle, and David became king of Israel. He was a good king, and the people loved him.
  • 21:6 God’s prophets also said that the Messiah would be a prophet, a priest, and a king.
  • 48:14 David was the king of Israel, but Jesus is the king of the entire universe!

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4427, H4428, H4430, G09350, G09360

Nehemiah References:

1:11; 2:1; 2:2; 2:3; 2:4; 2:5; 2:6; 2:7; 2:8; 2:9; 2:14; 2:18; 2:19; 3:15; 3:25; 5:4; 5:14; 6:6; 6:7; 7:6; 9:22; 9:24; 9:32; 9:34; 9:37; 11:23; 11:24; 13:6; 13:26

kingdom

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: kingdom

Definition:

A kingdom is a group of people ruled by a king. It also refers to the realm or political regions over which a king or other ruler has control and authority.

  • A kingdom can be of any geographical size. A king might govern a nation or country or only one city.
  • The term “kingdom” can also refer to a spiritual reign or authority, as in the term “kingdom of God.”
  • God is the ruler of all creation, but the term “kingdom of God” especially refers to his reign and authority over the people who have believed in Jesus and who have submitted to his authority.
  • The Bible also talks about Satan having a “kingdom” in which he temporarily rules over many things on this earth. His kingdom is evil and is referred to as “darkness.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • When referring to a physical region that is ruled over by a king, the term “kingdom” could be translated as “country (ruled by a king)” or “king’s territory” or “region ruled by a king.”
  • In a spiritual sense, “kingdom” could be translated as “ruling” or “reigning” or “controlling” or “governing.”
  • One way to translate “kingdom of priests” might be “spiritual priests who are ruled by God.”
  • The phrase “kingdom of light” could be translated as “God’s reign that is good like light” or “when God, who is light, rules people” or “the light and goodness of God’s kingdom.” It is best to keep the word “light” in this expression since that is a very important term in the Bible.
  • Note that the term “kingdom” is different from an empire, in which an emperor rules over several countries.

(See also: authority, king, kingdom of God, kingdom of Israel, Judah, Judah, priest)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 13:2 God said to Moses and the people of Israel, “If you will obey me and keep my covenant, you will be my prized possession, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation.”
  • 18:4 God was angry with Solomon and, as a punishment for Solomon’s unfaithfulness, he promised to divide the nation of Israel in two kingdoms after Solomon’s death.
  • 18:7 Ten of the tribes of the nation of Israel rebelled against Rehoboam. Only two tribes remained faithful to him. These two tribes became the kingdom of Judah.
  • 18:8 The other ten tribes of the nation of Israel that rebelled against Rehoboam appointed a man named Jeroboam to be their king. They set up their kingdom in the northern part of the land and were called the kingdom of Israel.
  • 21:8 A king is someone who rules over a kingdom and judges the people.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4410, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H4474, H4475, G09320

Nehemiah References:

9:22; 9:35

know, knew, knowledge, known, unknown, distinguish

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: know, knew, knowledge, known, unknown, distinguish

Definition:

Used in this sense the term “know” and “knowledge” mean generally to understand something. It can also mean to be aware of a fact. The expression “to make known” means to tell information.

  • The term “knowledge” refers to information that people know. It can apply to knowing physical concepts or abstract concepts.
  • To “know about” God means to understand facts about him because of what he has revealed to us.
  • To “know the Law” means to be aware of what God has commanded or to understand what God has instructed in the laws he gave to Moses.
  • Sometimes “knowledge” is used as a synonym for “wisdom,” which includes living in a way that is pleasing to God.
  • The “knowledge of God” is sometimes used as a synonym for the “fear of Yahweh.”

Translation Suggestions

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate “know” could include “understand” or “be familiar with” or “be aware of” or “be acquainted with.”
  • In the context of understanding the difference between two things, the term is usually translated as “distinguish.” When used in this way, the term is often followed by the preposition “between.”
  • The term “make known” could be translated as “cause people to know” or “reveal” or “tell about” or “explain.”
  • To “know about” something could be translated as “be aware of” or “be familiar with.”
  • The expression “know how to” means to understand the process or method of getting something done. It could also be translated as “be able to” or “have the skill to.”
  • The term “knowledge” could also be translated as “what is known” or “wisdom” or “understanding,” depending on the context.
  • Some languages have two different words for “know,” one for knowing facts and one for knowing a person and having a relationship with that person. The word for knowing facts should be used when translating this sense of the word “know.”

(See also: know-relationship, law, reveal, understand, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1844, H1847, H3045, H3046, H3318, G00500, G00560, G03190, G10970, G11070, G11080, G11100, G14920, G19210, G19220, G19870, G42670

Nehemiah References:

2:16; 4:11; 4:15; 6:16; 8:12; 9:10; 9:14; 10:28; 13:10

law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of God

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of God

Definition:

Most simply, the term “law” refers to a rule or instruction that should be followed. In the Bible, the term “law” is often used generally to refer to anything and everything God wants his people to obey and do. The specific term “law of Moses” refers to the commandments and instructions that God gave Moses for the Israelites to obey.

  • Depending on the context, the “law” can refer to:

    • the Ten Commandments that God wrote on stone tablets for the Israelites
    • all the laws given to Moses
    • the first five books of the Old Testament
    • the entire Old Testament (also referred to as “scriptures” in the New Testament).
    • all of God’s instructions and will
  • The phrase “the Law and the Prophets” is used in the New Testament to refer to the Hebrew scriptures (or “Old Testament”)

Translation Suggestions:

  • These terms could be translated using the plural, “laws,” since they refer to many instructions.
  • The term “law of Moses” could be translated as “the laws that God told Moses to give to the Israelites.”
  • Depending on the context, “the law of Moses” could also be translated as “the law that God told to Moses” or “God’s laws that Moses wrote down” or “the laws that God told Moses to give to the Israelites.”
  • Ways to translate “the law” or “law of God” or “God’s laws” could include “laws from God” or “God’s commands” or “laws that God gave” or “everything that God commands” or “all of God’s instructions.”
  • The phrase “law of Yahweh” could also be translated as “Yahweh’s laws” or “laws that Yahweh said to obey” or “laws from Yahweh” or “things Yahweh commanded.”

(See also: instruct, Moses, Ten Commandments, lawful, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 13:7 God also gave many other laws and rules to follow. If the people obeyed these laws, God promised that he would bless and protect them. If they disobeyed them, God would punish them.
  • 13:9 Anyone who disobeyed God’s law could bring an animal to the altar in front of the Tent of Meeting as a sacrifice to God.
  • 15:13 Then Joshua reminded the people of their obligation to obey the covenant that God had made with the Israelites at Sinai. The people promised to remain faithful to God and follow his laws.
  • 16:1 After Joshua died, the Israelites disobeyed God and did not drive out the rest of the Canaanites or obey God’s laws.
  • 21:5 In the New Covenant, God would write his law on the people’s hearts, the people would know God personally, they would be his people, and God would forgive their sins.
  • 27:1 Jesus answered, “What is written in God’s law?”
  • 28:1 Jesus said to him, “Why do you call me ‘good?’ There is only one who is good, and that is God. But if you want to have eternal life, obey God’s laws.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0430, H1881, H1882, H2706, H2710, H3068, H4687, H4872, H4941, H8451, G23160, G35510, G35650

Nehemiah References:

8:intro; 8:1; 8:2; 8:3; 8:7; 8:8; 8:9; 8:13; 8:14; 8:18; 9:intro; 9:3; 9:14; 9:26; 9:29; 9:34; 10:28; 10:29; 10:34; 10:36; 12:44; 13:intro; 13:3

Levi, Levite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Levi, Levite

Definition:

Levi was Jacob’s third son. He was Leah’s third son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

  • The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Levi” or the “Levites.”
  • The name Levi is similar to the Hebrew word for “join to.”
  • Unlike the other tribes, the tribe of Levi did not inherit a unified area of land in Canaan. Instead, they inherited various cities scattered throughout the regions belonging to the other tribes.
  • The tribe of Levi was responsible for taking care of the tabernacle (and later, the temple) and conducting religious rituals, including offering sacrifices and prayers for the Israelite people.
  • In the Old Testament, it is not always clear whether the term “Levite” refers generally to a descendant of Levi or specifically to a person who served in the temple helping the priests.
  • The Old Testament law prescribed that all priests were to be chosen from the tribe of Levi. The Levite priests were set apart and dedicated for the special work of serving God in the temple.
  • Two other men named “Levi” were ancestors of Jesus. Their names are listed in the genealogy in the gospel of Luke.
  • Jesus’ disciple Matthew was also called Levi.

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, priest, sacrifice, temple, Jacob, Leah, Matthew)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3878, H3879, H3881, G30170, G30180, G30190, G30200

livestock, animals

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: livestock, animals

Definition:

The term “livestock” refers to animals which are raised to provide food and other useful products. Some types of livestock are also trained as work animals.

  • Kinds of livestock include sheep, cattle, goats, horses, and donkeys.
  • In Biblical times, wealth was partly measured by how much livestock a person had.
  • Livestock are used to produce items such as wool, milk, cheese, housing materials, and clothing.
  • This term could also be translated as “farm animals.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: cow, ox, donkey, goat, horse, sheep)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0929, H4399, H4735

Nehemiah References:

2:12; 2:14; 9:37; 10:36

loins

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: loins

Definition:

The term “loins” refers to the part of the body of an animal or person that is between the lower ribs and the hip bones, also known as the lower abdomen.

  • The expression “gird up the loins” refers to preparing to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one’s robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease.
  • The term “loins” is often used in the Bible to refer to the lower back part of an animal that was sacrificed.
  • In the Bible, the term “loins” often refers figuratively and euphemistically to a man’s reproductive organs as the source of his descendants. (See: euphemism)
  • The expression “will come from your loins” could also be translated as “will be your offspring” or “will be born from your seed” or “God will cause to come from you.” (See: euphemism)
  • When referring to a part of the body, this could also be translated as “abdomen” or “hips” or “waist,” depending on the context.

(See also: descendant, gird, children)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2504, H3409, H3689, H4975, G37510

Nehemiah References:

4:18

lord, Lord, master, sir

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: lord, Lord, master, sir

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “lord” generally refers to someone who has ownership or authority over other people. In the Bible, however, the term is used to address many different kinds of people, including God.

  • This word is sometimes translated as “master” when addressing Jesus or when referring to someone who owns slaves.
  • Some English versions translate this as “sir” in contexts where someone is politely addressing someone of higher status.

When “Lord” is capitalized, it is a title that refers to God. (Note, however, that when it is used as a form of addressing someone or it occurs at the beginning of a sentence it may be capitalized and have the meaning of “sir” or “master.”)

  • In the Old Testament, this term is also used in expressions such as “Lord God Almighty” or “Lord Yahweh” or “Yahweh our Lord.”

  • In the New Testament, the apostles used this term in expressions such as “Lord Jesus” and “Lord Jesus Christ,” which communicate that Jesus is God.

  • The term “Lord” in the New Testament is also used alone as a direct reference to God, especially in quotations from the Old Testament. For example, the Old Testament text has “Blessed is he who comes in the name of Yahweh” and the New Testament text has “Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.”

  • In the ULT and UST, the title “Lord” is only used to translate the actual Hebrew and Greek words that mean “Lord.” It is never used as a translation of God’s name (Yahweh), as is done in many translations.

  • Some languages translate “Lord” as “Master” or “Ruler” or some other term that communicates ownership or supreme rule.

  • In the appropriate contexts, many translations capitalize the first letter of this term to make it clear to the reader that this is a title referring to God.

  • For places in the New Testament where there is a quote from the Old Testament, the term “Lord God” could be used to make it clear that this is a reference to God.

Translation Suggestions:

  • This term can be translated with the equivalent of “master” when it refers to a person who owns slaves. It can also be used by a servant to address the person he works for.
  • When it refers to Jesus, if the context shows that the speaker sees him as a religious teacher, it can be translated with a respectful address for a religious teacher, such as “master.”
  • If the person addressing Jesus does not know him, “lord” could be translated with a respectful form of address such as “sir.” This translation would also be used for other contexts in which a polite form of address to a man is called for.
  • When referring to God the Father or to Jesus, this term is considered a title, written as “Lord” (capitalized) in English.

(See also: God, Jesus, ruler, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 25:5 But Jesus replied to Satan by quoting from the Scriptures. He said, “In God’s word, he commands his people, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’”
  • 25:7 Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God and only serve him.’”
  • 26:3 This is the year of the Lord’s favor.
  • 27:2 The law expert replied that God’s law says, “Love the Lord your God with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind.”
  • 31:5 Then Peter said to Jesus, “Master, if it is you, command me to come to you on the water”
  • 43:9 “But know for certain that God has caused Jesus to become both Lord and Messiah!”
  • 47:3 By means of this demon she predicted the future for people, she made a lot of money for her masters as a fortuneteller.
  • 47:11 Paul answered, “Believe in Jesus, the Master, and you and your family will be saved.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0113, H0136, H1167, H1376, H4756, H7980, H8323, G02030, G06340, G09620, G12030, G29620

Nehemiah References:

1:11; 3:5; 4:14; 8:10; 10:29

lots, casting lots

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: lots, casting lots

Definition:

In the Bible, a “lot” is a marked object(s) used as a way of making a fair and/or random decision, usually for the purpose of selecting a specific person within a group. “Casting lots” refers to the process of using “lots” to make a fair and/or random decision.

  • In modern times, some cultures “draw” or “pull out” lots using a bunch of straws. Someone holds the straws so that no one can see how long they are. Each person pulls out a straw and the one who picks the longest (or shortest) straw is the one who is chosen.
  • In biblical times, the objects cast (the “lots”) were probably small marked stones. It is unknown how the “lots” actually indicated a decision, but it probably involved dropping or throwing marked stones on the ground.
  • The phrase “casting lots” can be translated as “tossing lots” or “throwing lots” or “rolling lots.” The translation of “cast” should not sound like the lots were being thrown a long distance.
  • If a decision is made “by lot,” this could be translated as “by casting lots” or “by throwing lots,” etc.

(See also: Elizabeth, priest, Zechariah (OT), Zechariah (NT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1486, H5307, G28190, G29750

Nehemiah References:

10:34; 11:1

love, beloved

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: love, beloved

Definition:

To love another person is to care for that person and do things that will benefit him. There are different meanings for “love” some languages may express using different words:

  1. The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. God himself is love and is the source of true love.

    • Jesus showed this kind of love by sacrificing his life in order to rescue us from sin and death. He also taught his followers to love others sacrificially.
    • When people love others with this kind of love, they act in ways that show they are thinking of what will cause the others to thrive. This kind of love especially includes forgiving others.
    • In the ULT, the word “love” refers to this kind of sacrificial love, unless a Translation Note indicates a different meaning.
  2. Another word in the New Testament refers to brotherly love, or love for a friend or family member.

    • This term refers to natural human love between friends or relatives.
    • The term can also be used in such contexts as, “They love to sit in the most important seats at a banquet.” This means that they “like very much” or “greatly desire” to do that.
  3. The word “love” can also refer to romantic love between a man and a woman.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Unless indicated otherwise in a Translation Note, the word “love” in the ULT refers to the kind of sacrificial love that comes from God.
  • Some languages may have a special word for the kind of unselfish, sacrificial love that God has. Ways to translate this might include, “devoted, faithful caring” or “care for unselfishly” or “love from God.” Make sure that the word used to translate God’s love can include giving up one’s own interests to benefit others and loving others no matter what they do.
  • Sometimes the English word “love” describes the deep caring that people have for friends and family members. Some languages might translate this with a word or phrase that means “like very much” or “care for” or “have strong affection for.”
  • In contexts where the word “love” is used to express a strong preference for something, this could be translated by “strongly prefer” or “like very much” or “greatly desire.”
  • Some languages may also have a separate word that refers to romantic or sexual love between a husband and wife.
  • Many languages must express “love” as an action. So for example, they might translate “love is patient, love is kind” as, “when a person loves someone, he is patient with him and kind to him.”

(See also: covenant, death, sacrifice, save, sin)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 27:2 The law expert replied that God’s law says, “Love the Lord your God with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind. And love your neighbor as yourself.”
  • 33:8 “The thorny ground is a person who hears God’s word, but, as time passes, the cares, riches, and pleasures of life choke out his love for God.”
  • 36:5 As Peter was talking, a bright cloud came down on top of them and a voice from the cloud said, “This is my Son whom I love.”
  • 39:10 “Everyone who loves the truth listens to me.”
  • 47:1 She (Lydia) loved and worshiped God.
  • 48:1 When God created the world, everything was perfect. There was no sin. Adam and Eve loved each other, and they loved God.
  • 49:3 He (Jesus) taught that you need to love other people the same way you love yourself.
  • 49:4 He (Jesus) also taught that you need to love God more than you love anything else, including your wealth.
  • 49:7 Jesus taught that God loves sinners very much.
  • 49:9 But God loved everyone in the world so much that he gave his only Son so that whoever believes in Jesus will not be punished for his sins, but will live with God forever.
  • 49:13 God loves you and wants you to believe in Jesus so he can have a close relationship with you.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0157, H0158, H0159, H0160, H2245, H2617, H2836, H3039, H4261, H5689, H5690, H5691, H7355, H7356, H7453, H7474, G00250, G00260, G53600, G53610, G53620, G53630, G53650, G53670, G53680, G53690, G53770, G53810, G53820, G53830, G53880

Nehemiah References:

1:5

manna

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: manna

Definition:

Manna was a white, grain-like food that God provided for the Israelites to eat during the 40 years of living in the wilderness after they left Egypt.

  • Manna looked like white flakes which appeared each morning on the ground under the dew. It tasted sweet, like honey.
  • The Israelites gathered the manna flakes every day except on the Sabbath.
  • On the day before the Sabbath, God told the Israelites to gather twice the amount of manna so they would not have to gather it on their day of rest.
  • The word “manna” means “what is it?”
  • In the Bible, manna is also referred to as “bread from heaven” and “grain from heaven.”

Translation Suggestions

  • Other ways to translate this term could include “thin white flakes of food” or “food from heaven.”
  • Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language. (See: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: bread, desert, grain, heaven, Sabbath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4478, G31310

Nehemiah References:

9:20

mercy, merciful

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: mercy, merciful

Definition:

The terms “mercy” and “merciful” refer to helping people who are in need, especially when they are in a lowly or humbled condition.

  • The term “mercy” can also include the meaning of not punishing people for something they have done wrong.
  • A powerful person such as a king is described as “merciful” when he treats people kindly instead of harming them.
  • Being merciful also means to forgive someone who has done something wrong against us.
  • We show mercy when we help people who are in great need.
  • God is merciful to us, and he wants us to be merciful to others.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, “mercy” could be translated as “kindness” or “compassion” or “pity.”
  • The term “merciful” could be translated as “showing pity” or “being kind to” or “forgiving.”
  • To “show mercy to” or “have mercy on” could be translated as “treat kindly” or “be compassionate toward.”

(See also: compassion, forgive)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 19:16 They (the prophets) all told the people to stop worshiping idols and to start showing justice and mercy to others.
  • 19:17 He (Jeremiah) sank down into the mud that was in the bottom of the well, but then the king had mercy on him and ordered his servants to pull Jeremiah out of the well before he died.
  • 20:12 The Persian Empire was strong but merciful to the people it conquered.
  • 27:11 Then Jesus asked the law expert, “What do you think? Which one of the three men was a neighbor to the man who was robbed and beaten?” He replied, “The one who was merciful to him.”
  • 32:11 But Jesus said to him, “No, I want you to go home and tell your friends and family about everything that God has done for you and how he has had mercy on you.”
  • 34:9 “But the tax collector stood far away from the religious ruler, did not even look up to heaven. Instead, he pounded on his chest and prayed, ‘God, please be merciful to me because I am a sinner.’”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2551, H2603, H2604, H2616, H2617, H2623, H3722, H3727, H4627, H4819, H5503, H5504, H5505, H5506, H6014, H7349, H7355, H7356, H7359, G16530, G16550, G16560, G24330, G24360, G36280, G36290, G37410, G46980

Nehemiah References:

1:11; 9:19; 9:27; 9:28; 9:31

messenger

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: messenger

Definition:

The term “messenger” refers to someone who is given a message to tell others.

  • In ancient times, a messenger would be sent from the battlefield to tell people back in the city what was happening.
  • An angel is a special kind of messenger whom God sends to give people messages. Some translations translate “angel” as “messenger.”
  • John the Baptist was called a messenger who came before Jesus to announce the Messiah’s coming and to prepare people to receive him.
  • Jesus’ apostles were his messengers to go share with other people the good news about the kingdom of God.

(See also: angel, apostle, John (the Baptist))

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1319, H4397, H4398, H5046, H5894, H6735, H6737, H7323, H7971, G00320, G06520

Nehemiah References:

6:3

Micah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Micah

Definition:

Micah was a prophet of Judah around 700 years before Christ, when the prophet Isaiah was also ministering to Judah. Another man named Micah lived during the time of the judges.

  • The book of Micah is near the end of the Old Testament.
  • Micah prophesied about the destruction of Samaria by the Assyrians.
  • Micah rebuked the people of Judah for disobeying God and warned them that their enemies would attack them.
  • His prophecy ends with a message of hope in God, who is faithful and saves his people.
  • In the book of Judges, the story is told of a man named Micah living in Ephraim who made an idol out of silver. A young Levite priest who came to live with him stole the idol and other things, and took off with a group of Danites. Eventually the Danites and the priest settled in the city of Laish and they set up that same silver idol to worship.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Assyria, Dan, Ephraim, false god, Isaiah, Judah, judge, Levite, priest, prophet, Samaria, silver)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4318

Nehemiah References:

11:17

might, mighty, mighty works

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: might, mighty, mighty works

Definition:

The terms “mighty” and “might” refer to having great strength or power.

  • Often the word “might” is another word for “strength.” When talking about God, it can mean “power.”
  • The phrase “mighty men” often refers to men who are courageous and victorious in battle. David’s band of faithful men who helped protect and defend him were often called “mighty men.”
  • God is also referred to as the “mighty one.”
  • The phrase “mighty works” usually refers to the amazing things God does, especially miracles.
  • This term is related to the term “almighty,” which is a common description for God, meaning that he has complete power.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “mighty” could be translated as “powerful” or “amazing” or “very strong.”
  • The phrase “his might” could be translated as “his strength” or “his power.”
  • In Acts 7, Moses is described as a man who was “mighty in word and deed.” This could be translated as “Moses spoke powerful words from God and did miraculous things” or “Moses spoke God’s word powerfully and did many amazing things.”
  • Depending on the context, “mighty works” could be translated as “amazing things that God does” or “miracles” or “God doing things with power.”
  • The term “might” could also be translated as “power” or “great strength.”
  • Do not confuse this term with the English word that is used to express a possibility, as in “It might rain.”

(See also: Almighty, miracle, power, strength)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0046, H0047, H0117, H0202, H0386, H0410, H0430, H0533, H0650, H1219, H1368, H1369, H1396, H1397, H1419, H2220, H2389, H2428, H3201, H3524, H3581, H3966, H4101, H5794, H5797, H6099, H6105, H6108, H6184, H7227, H7580, H8623, H8624, G14110, G14150, G14980, G24780, G24790, G29000, G29040, G31670, G31730

Nehemiah References:

3:16; 9:11; 9:32; 11:14

miracle, wonder, sign

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: miracle, wonder, sign

Definition:

A “miracle” is something amazing that is not possible unless God causes it to happen.

  • Examples of miracles that Jesus did include calming a storm and healing a blind man.
  • Miracles are sometimes called “wonders” because they cause people to be filled with wonder or amazement.
  • The term “wonder” can also refer more generally to amazing displays of God’s power, such as when he created the heavens and the earth.
  • Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
  • Some miracles were God’s acts of redemption, such as when he rescued the Israelites from being slaves in Egypt and when he protected Daniel from being hurt by lions.
  • Other wonders were God’s acts of judgment, such as when he sent a worldwide flood in Noah’s time and when he brought terrible plagues on the land of Egypt during the time of Moses.
  • Many of God’s miracles were the physical healings of sick people or bringing dead people back to life.
  • God’s power was shown in Jesus when he healed people, calmed storms, walked on water, and raised people from the dead. These were all miracles.
  • God also enabled the prophets and the apostles to perform miracles of healing and other things that were only possible through God’s power.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Possible translations of “miracles” or “wonders” could include “impossible things that God does” or “powerful works of God” or “amazing acts of God.”
  • The frequent expression “signs and wonders” could be translated as “proofs and miracles” or “miraculous works that prove God’s power” or “amazing miracles that show how great God is.”
  • Note that this meaning of a miraculous sign is different from a sign that gives proof or evidence for something. The two can be related.

(See also: power, prophet, apostle, sign)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 16:8 Gideon asked God for two signs so he could be sure that God would use him to save Israel.
  • 19:14 God did many miracles through Elisha.
  • 37:10 Many of the Jews believed in Jesus because of this miracle.
  • 43:6 “Men of Israel, Jesus was a man who did many mighty signs and wonders by the power of God, as you have seen and already know.”
  • 49:2 Jesus did many miracles that prove he is God. He walked on water, calmed storms, healed many sick people, drove out demons, raised the dead to life, and turned five loaves of bread and two small fish into enough food for over 5,000 people.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0226, H0852, H2368, H2858, H4150, H4159, H4864, H5251, H5824, H5953, H6381, H6382, H6383, H6395, H6725, H7560, H7583, H8047, H8074, H8539, H8540, G08800, G12130, G12290, G14110, G15690, G17180, G17700, G18390, G22850, G22960, G22970, G31670, G39020, G45910, G45920, G50590

Nehemiah References:

9:10; 9:17

Mizpah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Mizpah

Definition:

Mizpah is the name of several towns mentioned in the Old Testament. It means “look-out point” or “watchtower.”

  • When David was being pursued by Saul, he left his parents in Mizpah, under the protection of the king of Moab.
  • One city called Mizpah was located on the border between the kingdoms of Judah and Israel. It was a major military center.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: David, Judah, kingdom of Israel, Moab, Saul (OT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4708, H4709

Nehemiah References:

3:7; 3:15; 3:19

Moab, Moabite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Moab, Moabite

Definition:

The term “Moab” refers to a people group that lived to the east of the Salt Sea. The book of Genesis describes this people group as the descendents of a man named “Moab,” who was the son of Lot’s elder daughter.

  • In the book of Ruth, Elimelek and his family went to live in Moab because of the famine around Bethlehem.
  • Ruth is called a “Moabite woman” because she was born in the country of Moab and was from that people group.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Bethlehem, Judea, Lot, Ruth, Salt Sea)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4124, H4125

Nehemiah References:

13:1; 13:23

mock, mocker, mockery, ridicule, scoff at, laughingstock

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: mock, mocker, mockery, ridicule, scoff at, laughingstock

Definition:

The terms “mock,” “ridicule,” and “scoff at” all refer to making fun of someone, especially in a cruel way.

  • Mocking often involves imitating people’s words or actions with the intent to embarrass them or show contempt for them.
  • The Roman soldiers mocked or ridiculed Jesus when they put a robe on him and pretended to honor him as king.
  • A group of young people ridiculed or scoffed at Elisha when they called him a name, making fun of his bald head.
  • The term “scoff at” can also refer to ridiculing an idea that is not considered believable or important.
  • A “mocker” is someone who mocks and ridicules consistently.

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 21:12 Isaiah prophesied that people would spit on, mock, and beat the Messiah.
  • 39:5 The Jewish leaders all answered the high priest, “He deserves to die!” Then they blindfolded Jesus, spit on him, hit him, and mocked him.
  • 39:12 The soldiers whipped Jesus, and put a royal robe and a crown made of thorns on him. Then they mocked him by saying, “Look, the King of the Jews!”
  • 40:4 Jesus was crucified between two robbers. One of them mocked Jesus, but the other said, “Do you have no fear of God?”
  • 40:5 The Jewish leaders and the other people in the crowd mocked Jesus. They said to him, “If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross and save yourself! Then we will believe you.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1422, H2048, H2049, H2778, H2781, H3213, H3887, H3931, H3932, H3933, H3934, H3944, H3945, H4167, H4485, H4912, H5058, H5607, H6026, H6711, H7046, H7048, H7814, H7832, H8103, H8148, H8437, H8595, G15920, G17010, G17020, G17030, G23010, G26060, G34560, G55120

Nehemiah References:

2:19; 4:1

month, monthly

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: month, monthly

Definition:

The term “month” refers to a period of time lasting about four weeks. The number of days in each month varies depending on whether a lunar or solar calendar is used.

  • In the lunar calendar, the length of each month is based on the amount of time it takes for the moon to go around the earth, about twenty-nine days. In this system there are twelve or thirteen months in a year. Despite the year being twelve or thirteen months, the first month is always called the same name even though it may be a different season.
  • The “new moon,” or beginning phase of the moon with its sliver of light, marks the beginning of each month in the lunar calendar.
  • All the names of months referred to in the Bible are those of the lunar calendar since this was the system used by the Israelites. Modern Jews still use this calendar for religious purposes.
  • The modern-day solar calendar is based on how long it takes the earth to go around the sun (about 365 days). In this system, the year is always divided up into twelve months, with the length of each month ranging from twenty-eight to thirty-one days.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2320, H3391, H3393, G33760

Nehemiah References:

2:1; 7:73; 8:2; 8:14; 9:1

Mordecai

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Mordecai

Definition:

Mordecai was a Jewish man living in the country of Persia. He was the guardian of his cousin Esther, who later became the wife of the Persian king, Ahasuerus.

  • While working at the royal palace, Mordecai overheard men plotting together to kill King Ahasuerus. He reported this and the king’s life was saved.
  • Some time later, Mordecai also found out about a plan to kill all the Jews in the kingdom of Persia. He advised Esther to appeal to the king to save her people.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Ahasuerus, Babylon, Esther, Persia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4782

Nehemiah References:

7:7

Moses

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Moses

Definition:

Moses was a prophet and leader of the Israelite people for over 40 years. He was the leader of the Israelite people when they came out of Egypt, as described in the book of Exodus.

  • When Moses was a baby, Moses’ parents put him in a basket in the reeds of the Nile River to hide him from the Egyptian Pharaoh. Moses’ sister Miriam watched over him there. Moses’ life was spared when the pharaoh’s daughter found him and took him to the palace to raise him as her son.
  • God chose Moses to free the Israelites from slavery in Egypt and to lead them to the Promised Land.
  • After the Israelites’ escape from Egypt and while they were wandering in the desert, God gave Moses two stone tablets with the Ten Commandments written on them.
  • Near the end of his life, Moses saw the Promised Land, but did not get to live in it, because he disobeyed God.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Miriam, Promised Land, Ten Commandments)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 9:12 One day while Moses was taking care of his sheep, he saw a bush that was on fire.
  • 12:5 Moses told the Israelites, “Stop being afraid! God will fight for you today and save you.”
  • 12:7 God told Moses to raise his hand over the sea and divide the waters.
  • 12:12 When the Israelites saw that the Egyptians were dead, they trusted in God and believed that Moses was a prophet of God.
  • 13:7 Then God wrote these Ten Commandments on two stone tablets and gave them to Moses.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4872, H4873, G34750

Nehemiah References:

1:7; 1:8; 8:1; 8:14; 9:14; 10:29; 13:1

mourn, mourner, weeping

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: mourn, mourner, weeping

Definition:

The terms “mourn” and “mourning” refer to expressing deep grief, usually in response to the death of someone.

  • In many cultures, mourning includes specific outward behaviors that show this sadness and grief.
  • The Israelites and other people groups in ancient times expressed mourning through loud wailing and lamenting. They also wore rough clothing made of sackcloth and put ashes on themselves.
  • Hired mourners, usually women, would loudly weep and wail from the time of death until well after the body was put in the tomb.
  • The typical period of mourning was seven days, but could last as long as thirty days (as for Moses and Aaron) or seventy days (as for Jacob).
  • The Bible also uses the term figuratively to talk about “mourning” because of sin. This refers to feeling deeply grieved because sin hurts God and people.

(See also: sackcloth, sin)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0056, H0057, H0060, H0205, H0578, H0584, H0585, H1058, H1065, H1068, H1671, H1897, H1899, H4553, H4798, H5092, H5098, H5110, H5594, H6937, H6941, H8386, G23540, G28750, G36020, G39960, G39970

Nehemiah References:

1:4; 8:9

nation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: nation

Definition:

In the Bible, a nation is a large group of people who share a common identity and speak the same language. The people of a nation often have the same ancestors and share a common ethnicity.

  • In the Bible, a nation could be a country with an extensive government structure and defined boundaries (such as Egypt or Ethiopia), but usually it is more general and refers to a people group.
  • Nations in the Bible included the Israelites, the Philistines, the Assyrians, the Babylonians, the Canaanites, the Romans, and the Greeks, among many others.
  • Sometimes the word “nation” was used figuratively to refer to the ancestor of a certain people group, as when Rebekah was told by God that her unborn sons were “nations” that would fight against each other. This could be translated as “the founders of two nations” or the “ancestors of two people groups.”
  • When used in the plural in a general way, the word translated as “nations” often referred to the people who were not Israelites, that is, to Gentiles, the people who do not worship Yahweh. The context usually makes the meaning clear.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the word “nation” could also be translated as “people group” or “people” or “country.”
  • If a language has a term for “nation” that is distinct from these other terms, then that term can be used wherever it occurs in the Bible text, as long as it is natural and accurate in each context.
  • The plural term “nations” can often be translated as “people groups.”
  • In certain contexts, this term could also be translated as “Gentiles” or “non-Jews.”

(See also: Assyria, Babylon, Canaan, Gentile, Greek, people group, Philistines, Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0523, H0524, H0776, H1471, H3816, H4940, H5971, G02460, G10740, G10850, G14840

Nehemiah References:

5:8; 5:9; 5:17; 6:6; 6:16; 13:26

Nebuchadnezzar

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Nebuchadnezzar

Definition:

Nebuchadnezzar was a king of the Babylonian Empire whose powerful army conquered many people groups and nations.

  • Under Nebuchadnezzar’s leadership, the Babylonian army attacked and conquered the kingdom of Judah, and took most of the people of Judah to Babylon as captives. The captives were forced to live there for a period of 70 years known as the “Babylonian Exile.”
  • One of the exiles, Daniel, interpreted some of King Nebuchadnezzar’s dreams.
  • Three other captured Israelites, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, were thrown into a fiery furnace when they refused to bow down to a gigantic gold statue that Nebuchadnezzar had made.
  • King Nebuchadnezzar was very arrogant and worshiped false gods. When he conquered Judah, he stole many gold and silver objects from the temple in Jerusalem.
  • Because Nebuchadnezzar was proud and refused to turn away from worshiping false gods, Yahweh caused him to be destitute for seven years, living like an animal. After the seven years, God restored Nebuchadnezzar when he humbled himself and praised the one true God, Yahweh.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: arrogant, Azariah, Babylon, Hananiah, Mishael)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 20:6 About 100 years after the Assyrians destroyed the kingdom of Israel, God sent Nebuchadnezzar, king of the Babylonians, to attack the kingdom of Judah.
  • 20:6 The king of Judah agreed to be Nebuchadnezzar’s servant and pay him a lot of money every year.
  • 20:8 To punish the king of Judah for rebelling, Nebuchadnezzar’s soldiers killed the king’s sons in front of him and then made him blind.
  • 20:9 Nebuchadnezzar and his army took almost all of the people of the kingdom of Judah to Babylon, leaving only the poorest people behind to plant the fields.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5019, H5020

Nehemiah References:

7:6

Nehemiah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Nehemiah

Definition:

Nehemiah was an Israelite forced to move to the Babylonian empire when the people of Israel and Judah were taken captive by the Babylonians.

  • While he was the cupbearer to the Persian king, Artaxerxes, Nehemiah asked the king for permission to return to Jerusalem.
  • Nehemiah led the Israelites in rebuilding the walls of Jerusalem which had been destroyed by the Babylonians.
  • For twelve years Nehemiah was the governor of Jerusalem before returning to the king’s palace.
  • The Old Testament book of Nehemiah tells the story of Nehemiah’s work in rebuilding the walls and his governing of the people in Jerusalem.
  • There were also other men named Nehemiah in the Old Testament. Usually the name of the father was added, to distinguish which Nehemiah was being talked about.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Artaxerxes, Babylon, Jerusalem, son)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5166

Nehemiah References:

1:1; 3:16; 7:7; 8:9; 10:1; 12:26; 12:47

new moon

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: new moon

Definition:

The term “new moon” refers to the moon when it looks like a small, crescent-shaped sliver of light. This is the beginning phase of the moon as it moves in its orbit around the planet Earth at sunset. It also refers to the first day a new moon should be visible after the moon has been dark for a few days.

  • In ancient times, new moons marked the beginnings of certain time periods, such as months.
  • The Israelites celebrated a new moon festival that was marked by the blowing of a ram’s horn.
  • The Bible also refers to this time as the “beginning of the month.”

(See also: month, earth, festival, horn, sheep)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2320, G33760, G35610

Nehemiah References:

10:33

noble, nobleman, royal official

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: noble, nobleman, royal official

Definition:

The term “noble” refers to something that is excellent and of high quality. A “nobleman” is a person who belongs to a high political or social class. A man “of noble birth” is one who was born a nobleman.

  • A nobleman was often an officer of the state, a close servant to the king.
  • The term “nobleman” could also be translated by, “king’s official” or “government officer.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0117, H1419, H2715, H3358, H3513, H5057, H5081, H6440, H6579, H7261, H8282, H8269, G09370, G21040

Nehemiah References:

2:16; 3:5; 4:14; 4:19; 5:7; 6:17; 7:5; 10:29; 13:17

oath, vow, swear, swearing, swear by

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: oath, vow, swear, swearing, swear by

Definition:

The term “oath” in the Bible refers to a formal promise, usually made in a legal or religious context, in which the person making the oath accepts some kind of accountability or punishment if he does not fulfill his promise. In the Bible, the term “swear” means to make an oath. A “vow” is a solemn promise or oath that a person makes to God.

  • In a court of law, a witness often gives an oath to promise that whatever he says will be true and factual.
  • In modern times, one meaning of the word “swear” is to use foul or vulgar language. This is never its meaning in the Bible.
  • The term “swear by” means to use the name of something or someone as the basis or power on which the oath is made.
  • Abraham and Abimelech swore an oath when they made a covenant together concerning the use of a well.
  • Abraham told his servant to swear (formally promise) that he would find Isaac a wife from among Abraham’s relatives.
  • God also made oaths in which he made promises to his people.
  • If a person in ancient Israel made a vow to God, that person was obligated to fulfill the vow. The ancient Israelites believed that God might punish a person who did not fulfill a vow that he made.
  • In ancient Israel, sometimes a person would ask God to protect him or provide for him in exchange for making the vow. However, the ancient Israelites did not believe that God was obligated to fulfill these requests.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, “an oath” could also be translated as “a pledge” or “a solemn promise.”
  • To “swear” could be translated as to “formally promise” or to “pledge” or to “commit to do something.”
  • Other ways to translate “swear by my name” could include “make a promise using my name to confirm it.”
  • To “swear by heaven and earth” could be translated as to, “promise to do something, stating that heaven and earth will confirm it.”
  • Make sure the translation of “swear” or “oath” does not refer to cursing. In the Bible it does not have that meaning.
  • Depending on the context, the term “vow” can be translated as “solemn promise” or “solemn oath” or “promise made to God.”

(See also: Abimelech, covenant, promise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0422, H0423, H3027, H5375, H7621, H7650, G03320, G36600, G37270, G37280, H5087, H5088, G21710

Nehemiah References:

5:12; 6:18; 10:29; 13:25

Obadiah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Obadiah

Definition:

Obadiah was an Old Testament prophet who prophesied against the people of Edom, who were the descendants of Esau. There were also many other men named Obadiah in the Old Testament.

  • The book of Obadiah is the shortest book in the Old Testament and tells a prophecy that Obadiah received through a vision from God.
  • It is not clear when Obadiah lived and prophesied. It may have been during the periods that Jehoram, Ahaziah, Joash, and Athaliah, reigned in Judah. The prophets Daniel, Ezekiel, and Jeremiah would also have been prophesying during part of this time.
  • Obadiah may also have lived at a later time period, during the reign of King Zedekiah and the Babylonian captivity.
  • Other men named Obadiah included a descendant of Saul, a Gadite who became one of David’s men, a palace administrator for King Ahab, an official of King Jehoshaphat, a man who helped with repairs to the temple during the time of King Josiah, and a Levite who was also a gatekeeper during the time of Nehemiah.
  • It could be that the writer of the book of Obadiah was one of these men.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Ahab, Babylon, David, Edom, Esau, Ezekiel, Daniel, Gad, Jehoshaphat, Josiah, Levite, Saul (OT), Zedekiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5662

Nehemiah References:

10:5; 12:25

oil

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: oil

Definition:

Oil is a thick, clear liquid that can be taken from certain plants. In Bible times, oil usually came from olives.

  • Olive oil was used for cooking, anointing, sacrifice, lamps, and medicine.
  • In ancient times, olive oil was highly prized, and the possession of oil was considered a measurement of wealth.
  • Make sure the translation of this term refers to the kind of oil that can be used in cooking, not motor oil. Some languages have different words for these different kinds of oil.

(See also: olive, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2091, H3323, H4887, H6671, H7246, H8081, G16370, G34640

Nehemiah References:

5:11; 8:15; 10:37; 10:39; 13:5; 13:12

olive

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: olive

Definition:

The olive is the small, oval fruit from an olive tree, which is mostly grown in the regions surrounding the Mediterranean Sea.

  • Olive trees are a type of large evergreen shrub with tiny white flowers. They grow best in hot weather and can survive well with little water.
  • The olive tree’s fruit starts out green and changes to black as they ripen. Olives were useful for food and for the oil that could be extracted from them.
  • Olive oil was used for cooking in lamps and for religious ceremonies.
  • In the Bible, olive trees and branches are sometimes used figuratively to refer to people.

(See also: lamp, the sea, Mount of Olives)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2132, H3323, H8081, G00650, G16360, G16370, G25650

Nehemiah References:

5:11; 8:15; 9:25

ordinance, regulation, requirement, strict law, custom

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: ordinance, regulation, requirement, strict law, custom

Definition:

An ordinance is a public regulation or law that gives rules or instructions for people to follow. This term is related to the term “ordain.”

  • Sometimes an ordinance is a custom that has become well established through years of practice.
  • In the Bible, an ordinance was something that God commanded the Israelites to do. Sometimes he commanded them to do it forever.
  • The term “ordinance” could be translated as “public decree” or “regulation” or “law,” depending on the context.

(See also: command, decree, law, ordain, statute)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2706, H4687, H4931, H4941

Nehemiah References:

8:18

oversee, overseer, keeper

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: oversee, overseer, keeper

Definition:

The term “overseer” refers to a person who is in charge of the work and welfare of other people. In the Bible, often the term “keeper” means “overseer.”

  • In the Old Testament, an overseer had the job of making sure the workers under him did their work well.
  • In the New Testament, this term is used to describe leaders of the early Christian church. Their work was to take care of the spiritual needs of the church, making sure the believers received accurate biblical teaching.
  • Paul refers to an overseer as being like a shepherd who takes care of the believers in a local church, who are his “flock.”
  • The overseer, like a shepherd, keeps watch over the flock. He guards and protects the believers from false spiritual teaching and other evil influences.
  • In the New Testament, the terms “overseers,” “elders,” and “shepherds/pastors” are different ways of referring to the same spiritual leaders.

Translation Suggestions

  • Other ways to translate this term could be “supervisor” or “caretaker” or “manager.”
  • When referring to a leader of a local group of God’s people, this term could be translated with a word or phrase that means “spiritual supervisor” or “someone who takes care of the spiritual needs of a group of believers” or “person who oversees the spiritual needs of the Church.”

(See also: church, elder, pastor, shepherd)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5329, H6485, H6496, H7860, H8104, G19830, G19840, G19850

Nehemiah References:

2:8; 3:29; 11:9; 11:14; 11:16; 11:22

people of God

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: people of God

Definition:

The concept of the “people of God” in the Bible refers to people with whom God has established a covenant relationship.

  • In the Old Testament, the phrase “people of God” refers to the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel was chosen by God and set apart from the other nations of the world in order to serve and obey him.
  • In the New Testament, the phrase “people of God” refers to the “Church,” meaning everyone who believes in Jesus. This includes both Jews and Gentiles. In the New Testament, sometimes this group of people is called the “sons of God” or “children of God.”
  • When God uses the phrase “my people,” he is referring to people who have a covenant relationship with him. God’s people are chosen by him, and he wants them to live in a way that is pleasing to him.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “people of God” could be translated as “God’s people” or “the people who worship God” or “people who serve God” or “people who belong to God.”
  • When God says “my people” other ways to translate it could include “the people I have chosen” or “the people who worship me” or “the people who belong to me.”
  • Similarly, “your people” could be translated as “the people who belong to you” or “the people you chose to belong to you.”
  • Also “his people” could be translated as “the people who belong to him” or “the people God chose to belong to himself.”

(See also: Israel, people group)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0430, H5971, G23160, G29920

Nehemiah References:

2:intro

Perizzite

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Perizzite

Definition:

The Perizzites were one of several people groups in the land of Canaan. Little is known about this group as to who their ancestors were or what part of Canaan they lived in.

  • The Perizzites are mentioned most frequently in the Old Testament Book of Judges, where it is recorded that the Perizzites intermarried with the Israelites and influenced them to worship false gods.
  • Note that the clan of Perez, called the “Perezites,” was a different people group from the Perizzites. It may be necessary to spell the names very differently to make this clear.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Canaan, false god)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H6522

Nehemiah References:

9:8

Persia, Persians

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Persia, Persians

Definition:

Persia was a country that also became a powerful empire founded by Cyrus the Great in 550 BC. The country of Persia was located southeast of Babylonia and Assyria in a region that is now the modern-day country of Iran.

  • The people of Persia were called “Persians.”
  • Under King Cyrus’ decree, the Jews were freed from their captivity in Babylon and allowed to go home, and the temple in Jerusalem was rebuilt, with funds provided by the Persian Empire.
  • King Artaxerxes was the ruler of the Persian Empire when Ezra and Nehemiah went back to Jerusalem to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem.
  • Esther became a queen of the Persian empire when she married King Ahasuerus.

(See also: Ahasuerus, Artaxerxes, Assyria, Babylon, Cyrus, Esther, Ezra, Nehemiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H6539, H6540, H6542, H6543

Nehemiah References:

12:22

Pharaoh, king of Egypt

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Pharaoh, king of Egypt

Definition:

In ancient times, the kings who ruled over the country of Egypt were called pharaohs.

  • Altogether, over 300 pharaohs ruled Egypt for more than 2,000 years.
  • These Egyptians kings were very powerful and wealthy.
  • Several of these pharaohs are mentioned in the Bible.
  • Often this title is used as a name rather than as a title. In these cases, it is capitalized and written as “Pharaoh.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: egypt, king)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 8:6 One night, the Pharaoh, which is what the Egyptians called their kings, had two dreams that disturbed him greatly.
  • 8:8 Pharaoh was so impressed with Joseph that he appointed him to be the second most powerful man in all of Egypt!
  • 9:2 So the Pharaoh who was ruling over Egypt at that time made the Israelites slaves to the Egyptians.
  • 9:13 “I will send you to Pharaoh so that you can bring the Israelites out of their slavery in Egypt.”
  • 10:2 Through these plagues, God showed __Pharaoh __ that he is more powerful than Pharaoh and all of Egypt’s gods.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4428, H4714, H6547, G53280

Nehemiah References:

9:10

praise, praised, praiseworthy

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: praise, praised, praiseworthy

Definition:

To praise someone is to express admiration and honor for that person.

  • People praise God because of how great he is and because of all the amazing things he has done as the Creator and Savior of the world.
  • Praise for God often includes being thankful for what he has done.
  • Music and singing is often used as a way to praise God.
  • Praising God is part of what it means to worship him.
  • The term to “praise” could also be translated as to “speak well of” or to “highly honor with words” or to “say good things about.”
  • The noun “praise” could be translated as “spoken honor” or “speech that honors” or “speaking good things about.”

(See also: worship)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 12:13 The Israelites sang many songs to celebrate their new freedom and to praise God because he saved them from the Egyptian army.
  • 17:8 When David heard these words, he immediately thanked and praised God because he had promised David this great honor and many blessings.
  • 22:7 Zechariah said, “Praise God, because he has remembered his people!”
  • 43:13 They (disciples) enjoyed praising God together and they shared everything they had with each other.
  • 47:8 They put Paul and Silas in the most secure part of the prison and even locked up their feet. Yet in the middle of the night, they were singing songs of praise to God.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1319, H7121, H8416, G29800, G38530

Nehemiah References:

5:13; 9:5; 12:24; 12:46

pray, prayer

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: pray, prayer

Definition:

The terms “pray” and “prayer” refer to talking with God. These terms are also used to refer to people trying to talk to a false god.

  • People can pray silently, talking to God with their thoughts, or they can pray aloud, speaking to God with their voice. Sometimes prayers are written down, such as when David wrote his prayers in the Book of Psalms.
  • Prayer can include asking God for mercy, for help with a problem, and for wisdom in making decisions.
  • Often people ask God to heal people who are sick or who need his help in other ways.
  • People also thank and praise God when they are praying to him.
  • Praying includes confessing our sins to God and asking him to forgive us.
  • Talking to God is sometimes called “communing” with him as our spirit communicates with his spirit, sharing our emotions and enjoying his presence.
  • This term could be translated as “talking to God” or “communicating with God.” The translation of this term should be able to include praying that is silent.

(See also: false god, forgive, praise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 6:5 Isaac prayed for Rebekah, and God allowed her to get pregnant with twins.
  • 13:12 But Moses prayed for them, and God listened to his prayer and did not destroy them.
  • 19:8 Then the prophets of Baal prayed to Baal, “Hear us, O Baal!”
  • 21:7 Priests also prayed to God for the people.
  • 38:11 Jesus told his disciples to pray that they would not enter into temptation.
  • 43:13 The disciples continually listened to the teaching of the apostles, spent time together, ate together, and prayed with each other.
  • 49:18 God tells you to pray, to study his word, to worship him with other Christians, and to tell others what he has done for you.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0559, H0577, H1156, H2470, H3863, H3908, H4994, H6279, H6293, H6419, H6739, H7592, H7878, H7879, H7881, H8034, H8605, G01540, G11620, G11890, G17830, G20650, G21710, G21720, G38700, G43350, G43360

Nehemiah References:

1:4; 1:6; 1:11; 2:4; 4:9; 11:17

priest, priesthood

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: priest, priesthood

Definition:

In the Bible, a priest was someone who was chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God’s people. The “priesthood” was the name for the office or condition of being a priest.

  • In the Old Testament, God chose Aaron and his descendants to be his priests for the people of Israel.
  • The “priesthood” was a right and a responsibility that was passed down from father to son in the Levite clan.
  • The Israelite priests had the responsibility of offering the people’s sacrifices to God, along with other duties in the temple.
  • Priests also offered regular prayers to God on behalf of his people and performed other religious rites.
  • The priests pronounced formal blessings on people and taught them God’s laws.
  • In Jesus’ time, there were different levels of priests, including the chief priests and the high priest.
  • Jesus is our “great high priest” who intercedes for us in God’s presence. He offered himself as the ultimate sacrifice for sin. This means that the sacrifices made by human priests are no longer needed.
  • In the New Testament, every believer in Jesus is called a “priest” who can come directly to God in prayer to intercede for himself and other people.
  • In ancient times, there were also pagan priests who presented offerings to false gods such as Baal.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “priest” could be translated as “sacrifice person” or “God’s intermediary” or “sacrificial mediator” or “person God appoints to represent him.”
  • The translation of “priest” should be different from the translation of “mediator.”
  • Some translations may prefer to always say something like “Israelite priest” or “Jewish priest” or “Yahweh’s priest” or “priest of Baal” to make it clear that this does not refer to a modern-day type of priest.
  • The term used to translate “priest” should be different from the terms for “chief priest” and “high priest” and “Levite” and “prophet.”

(See also: Aaron, high priest, mediator, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:7 “Melchizedek, the priest of God Most High”
  • 13:9 Anyone who disobeyed God’s law could bring an animal to the altar in front of the Tent of Meeting as a sacrifice to God. A priest would kill the animal and burn it on the altar. The blood of the animal that was sacrificed covered the person’s sin and made that person clean in God’s sight. God chose Moses’ brother, Aaron, and Aaron’s descendants to be his priests.
  • 19:7 So the priests of Baal prepared a sacrifice but did not light the fire.
  • 21:7 An Israelite priest was someone who made sacrifices to God on behalf of the people as a substitute for the punishment of their sins. Priests also prayed to God for the people.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3547, H3548, H3549, H3550, G07480, G07490, G24050, G24060, G24070, G24090, G24200

profane, profaned

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: profane, profaned

Definition:

To profane something means to act in a way that defiles, pollutes, or disrespects something that is holy.

  • A profane person is one who acts in a way that is unholy and dishonoring of God.
  • The verb to “profane” could be translated as to “treat as unholy” or to “be irreverent toward” or to “dishonor.”
  • God told the Israelites that they “profaned” themselves with idols, meaning that the people were making themselves “unclean” or “dishonored” by this sin. They were also dishonoring God.
  • Depending on the context, the adjective “profane” could be translated as “dishonoring” or “godless” or “unholy.”

(See also: defile, holy, clean)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2455, H2490, H2491, H5234, H8610, G09520, G09530

Nehemiah References:

13:17; 13:18

promise, promised

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: promise, promised

Definition:

When used as a verb, the term “promise” refers to the action of a person saying that he will do something in such way that he obligates himself to fulfill what he has said. When used as a noun, the term “promise” refers to the thing that a person obligates himself to do.

  • The Bible records many promises that God has made for his people.
  • Promises are an important part of formal agreements such as covenants.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “promise” could be translated as “commitment” or “assurance” or “guarantee.”
  • To “promise to do something” could be translated as “assure someone that you will do something” or “commit to doing something.”

(See also: covenant, oath, vow)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 3:15 God said, “I promise I will never again curse the ground because of the evil things people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.”Â�
  • 3:16 God then made the first rainbow as a sign of his promise. Every time the rainbow appeared in the sky, God would remember what he promised and so would his people.
  • 4:8 God spoke to Abram and promised again that he would have a son and as many descendants as the stars in the sky. Abram believed God’s promise.
  • 5:4 “Your wife, Sarai, will have a son—he will be the son of promise.”
  • 8:15 The covenant promises that God gave to Abraham were passed on to Isaac, then to Jacob, and then to Jacob’s twelve sons and their families.
  • 17:14 Though David had been unfaithful to God, God was still faithful to his promises.
  • 50:1 Jesus promised he would return at the end of the world. Though he has not yet come back, he will keep his promise.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0559, H0562, H1696, H8569, G18430, G18600, G18610, G18620, G36700, G42790

Nehemiah References:

13:intro

Promised Land

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Promised Land

Definition:

The term “Promised Land” only occurs in the Bible stories, not the Bible text. It is an alternate way of referring to the land of Canaan which God had promised to give to Abraham and his descendants.

  • When Abram was living in the city of Ur, God commanded him to go live in the land of Canaan. He and his descendants, the Israelites, lived there for many years.
  • When a severe famine caused there to be no food in Canaan, the Israelites moved to Egypt.
  • Four hundred years later, God rescued the Israelites from slavery in Egypt and brought them back to Canaan again, the land God had promised to give them.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “Promised Land” can be translated as the “land that God said he would give to Abraham” or “land that God promised to Abraham” or “land God promised to his people” or “land of Canaan.”
  • In the Bible text, this term occurs as some form of “the land God promised.”

(See also: Canaan, promise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 12:1 They (Israelites) were no longer slaves, and they were going to the Promised Land!
  • 14:1 After God had told the Israelites the laws he wanted them to obey as part of his covenant with them, God began leading them from Mount Sinai toward the Promised Land, which was also called Canaan.
  • 14:2 God had promised Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob that he would give the Promised Land to their descendants, but now there were many people groups living there.
  • 14:14 Then God led the people to the edge of the Promised Land again.
  • 15:2 The Israelites had to cross the Jordan River to enter into the Promised Land.
  • 15:12 After this battle, God gave each tribe of Israel its own section of the Promised Land.
  • 20:9 This period of time when God’s people were forced to leave the Promised Land is called the Exile.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0776, H3068, H3423, H5159, H5414, H7650

Nehemiah References:

front:intro

prophet, prophecy, prophesy, seer, prophetess

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: prophet, prophecy, prophesy, seer, prophetess

Definition:

A “prophet” is a man who speaks God’s messages to people. A woman who does this is called a “prophetess.”

  • Often prophets warned people to turn away from their sins and obey God.
  • A “prophecy” is the message that the prophet speaks. To “prophesy” means to speak God’s messages.
  • Often the message of a prophecy was about something that would happen in the future.
  • Many prophecies in the Old Testament have already been fulfilled.
  • In the Bible the collection of books written by prophets are sometimes referred to as “the prophets.”
  • For example the phrase, “the law and the prophets” is a way of referring to all the Hebrew scriptures, which are also known as the “Old Testament.”
  • An older term for a prophet was “seer” or “someone who sees.”
  • Sometimes the term “seer” refers to a false prophet or to someone who practices divination.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “prophet” could be translated as “God’s spokesman” or “man who speaks for God” or “man who speaks God’s messages.”
  • A “seer” could be translated as “person who sees visions” or “man who sees the future from God.”
  • The term “prophetess” could be translated as “spokeswoman for God” or “woman who speaks for God” or “woman who speaks God’s messages.”
  • Ways to translate “prophecy” could include, “message from God” or “prophet message.”
  • The term “prophesy” could be translated as “speak words from God” or “tell God’s message.”
  • The figurative expression, “law and the prophets” could also be translated as “the books of the law and of the prophets” or “everything written about God and his people, including God’s laws and what his prophets preached.” (See: synecdoche)
  • When referring to a prophet (or seer) of a false god, it may be necessary to translate this as “false prophet (seer)” or “prophet (seer) of a false god” or “prophet of Baal,” for example.

(See also: Baal, divination, false god, false prophet, fulfill, law, vision)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 12:12 When the Israelites saw that the Egyptians were dead, they trusted in God and believed that Moses was a prophet of God.
  • 17:13 God was very angry about what David had done, so he sent the prophet Nathan to tell David how evil his sin was.
  • 19:1 Throughout the history of the Israelites, God sent them prophets. The prophets heard messages from God and then told the people God’s messages.
  • 19:6 All the people of the entire kingdom of Israel, including the 450 prophets of Baal, came to Mount Carmel.
  • 19:17 Most of the time, the people did not obey God. They often mistreated the prophets and sometimes even killed them.
  • 21:9 The prophet Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would be born from a virgin.
  • 43:5 “This fulfills the prophecy made by the prophet Joel in which God said, ‘In the last days, I will pour out my Spirit.’”
  • 43:7 “This fulfills the prophecy which says, ‘You will not let your Holy One rot in the grave.’”
  • 48:12 Moses was a great prophet who proclaimed the word of God. But Jesus is the greatest prophet of all. He is the Word of God.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2372, H2374, H4853, H5012, H5013, H5016, H5017, H5029, H5030, H5031, H5197, G24950, G43940, G43950, G43960, G43970, G43980, G55780

Nehemiah References:

6:7; 6:14; 9:26; 9:30; 9:32

prostrate, bow down, worship

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: prostrate, bow down, worship

Definition:

To “prostrate” oneself means to lie flat on the ground, usually in submission to a person of authority such as a king or some other powerful person. This same term can also mean to “worship,” referring to the actions of honoring, praising, and obeying God.

  • This term often means literally “bow down” or “prostrate oneself” to humbly honor someone.
  • We worship God when we serve and honor him, by praising him and obeying him.
  • When the Israelites worshiped God, it often included sacrificing an animal on an altar.
  • This term can be used both of people who worship Yahweh as the One True God and others who worship false gods.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “worship” could be translated as “bow down to” or “honor and serve” or “honor and obey.”
  • In some contexts, it could also be translated as “humbly praise” or “give honor and praise.”

(See also: bow, fear, sacrifice, praise, honor)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
  • 14:2 The Canaanites did not worship or obey God. They worshiped false gods and did many evil things.
  • 17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
  • 18:12 All of the kings and most of the people of the kingdom of Israel worshiped idols.
  • 25:7 Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God and only serve him.’”
  • 26:2 On the Sabbath, he (Jesus) went to the place of worship.
  • 47:1 There they met a woman named Lydia who was a merchant. She loved and worshiped God.
  • 49:18 God tells you to pray, to study his word, to worship him with other Christians, and to tell others what he has done for you.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5457, H5647, H6087, H7812, G13910, G14790, G21510, G23180, G23230, G23560, G30000, G35110, G43520, G43530, G45730, G45740, G45760

Nehemiah References:

8:6; 9:3; 9:6

proud, pride, prideful, boast, boastful, boasting

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: proud, pride, prideful, boast, boastful, boasting

Definition:

The terms “proud” and “pride,” in this sense, refer to a person thinking too highly of themself, and especially, thinking that he is better than other people. The term “boast,” when used with this sense, means to talk proudly about something or someone. Often it means to brag about oneself.

  • A proud person often does not admit his own faults. He is not humble.
  • Pride can lead to disobeying God in other ways.
  • The term “prideful” is always negative, with the meaning of being “arrogant” or “conceited” or “self-important.”
  • The term “boastful” is always negative, and refers to a person who brags about themself or what they possess or have done or can do.
  • Someone who is “boastful” frequently talks about himself in a proud way.
  • God rebuked the Israelites for “boasting in” their idols. They arrogantly worshiped false gods instead of the true God.
  • The Bible also talks about people boasting in such things as their wealth, their strength, their fruitful fields, and their laws. This means that they were proud about these things and did not acknowledge that God is the one who provided these things.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The noun “pride” could be translated as “arrogance” or “conceit” or “self-importance.”
  • Other ways to translate “boast” could include “brag” or “talk proudly” or “be proud.”
  • The term “boastful” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “full of prideful talk” or “prideful” or “talking proudly about oneself.”

(See also: arrogant, humble, proud positive sense)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:2 They were very proud, and they did not care about what God said.
  • 34:10 Then Jesus said, “I tell you the truth, God heard the tax collector’s prayer and declared him to be righteous. But he did not like the prayer of the religious leader. God will humble everyone who is proud, and he will lift up whoever humbles himself.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1343, H1344, H1346, H1347, H1364, H1431, H2087, H2102, H3093, H4994, G51870, G52430, G52440, G53080, G53090, G54260, G54500

Nehemiah References:

9:10; 9:16; 9:29

province, provincial

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: province, provincial

Definition:

The term “province” refers to a large area into which a nation or empire might be divided for the purposes of government. The term “provincial” describes something that is related to a province, such as a provincial governor.

  • For example, the ancient Persian Empire was divided up into provinces such as Media, Persia, Syria, and Egypt.
  • During the time of the New Testament, the Roman Empire was divided up into provinces such as Macedonia, Asia, Syria, Judea, Samaria, Galilee, and Galatia.
  • Each province had its own ruling authority, who was subject to the king or ruler of the empire. This ruler was sometimes called a “provincial official” or “provincial governor.”
  • The terms “province” and “provincial” could also be translated as “region” and “regional.”

(See also: Asia, Egypt, Esther, Galatia, Galilee, Judea, Macedonia, Medes, Rome, Samaria, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4082, H4083, H5675, H5676, G18850

Nehemiah References:

1:3; 7:6; 11:3

pure, purify, purification

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: pure, purify, purification

Definition:

To be “pure” means to have no flaw or to have nothing mixed in that is not supposed to be there. To purify something is to cleanse it and remove anything that contaminates or pollutes it.

  • In regard to Old Testament laws, “purify” and “purification” refer mainly to the cleansing from things that make an object or a person ritually unclean, such as disease, body fluids, or childbirth.
  • The Old Testament also had laws telling people how to be purified from sin, usually by the sacrifice of an animal. This was only temporary and the sacrifices had to be repeated over and over again.
  • In the New Testament, to be purified often refers to being cleansed from sin.
  • The only way that people can be completely and permanently purified from sin is through repenting and receiving God’s forgiveness, through trusting in Jesus and his sacrifice.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “purify” could be translated as “make pure” or “cleanse” or “cleanse from all contamination” or “get rid of all sin.”
  • A phrase such as “when the time for their purification was over” could be translated as “when they had purified themselves by waiting the required number of days.”
  • The phrase “provided purification for sins” could be translated as “provided a way for people to be completely cleansed from their sin.”
  • Other ways to translate “purification” could include “cleansing” or “spiritual washing” or “becoming ritually clean.”

(See also: atonement, clean, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1249, H1252, H1253, H1305, H1865, H2134, H2135, H2141, H2212, H2398, H2403, H2561, H2889, H2890, H2891, H2892, H2893, H3795, H3800, H4795, H5343, H5462, H6337, H6884, H6942, H8562, G00480, G00490, G00530, G00540, G15060, G25110, G25120, G25130, G25140

Nehemiah References:

12:30; 12:45; 13:9; 13:22; 13:30

queen

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: queen

Definition:

A queen is either the female ruler of a country or the wife of a king.

  • Esther became the queen of the Persian empire when she married King Ahasuerus.
  • Queen Jezebel was the evil wife of King Ahab.
  • The Queen of Sheba was a famous ruler who came to visit King Solomon.
  • A term such as “queen mother” usually referred to the mother or grandmother of a ruling king or the widow of the previous king. A queen mother had much influence; Athaliah, for example, influenced the people to worship idols.

(See also: Ahasuerus, Athaliah, Esther, king. Persia ruler, Sheba)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1404, H1377, H4410, H4427, H4433, H4436, H4438, H4446, H7694, H8282, G09380

Nehemiah References:

2:6

Ramah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Ramah

Definition:

Ramah was an ancient Israelite city located about 8 kilometers from Jerusalem. It was in the region where the tribe of Benjamin lived.

  • Ramah was where Rachel died after giving birth to Benjamin.
  • When the Israelites were taken captive to Babylon, they were first brought to Ramah before being moved to Babylon.
  • Ramah was the home of Samuel’s mother and father.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Benjamin, twelve tribes of Israel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H7414, G44710

Nehemiah References:

7:30; 11:33

rebel, rebellion, rebellious, rebelliousness

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: rebel, rebellion, rebellious, rebelliousness

Definition:

The term “rebel” means to refuse to submit to someone’s authority. A “rebellious” person often disobeys and does evil things. This kind of person is called “a rebel.”

  • A person is rebelling when he does something the authorities over him have told him not to do.
  • A person can also rebel by refusing to do what the authorities have commanded him to do.
  • Sometimes people rebel against their government or leader who is ruling over them.
  • The term to “rebel” could also be translated as to “disobey” or to “revolt,” depending on the context.
  • “Rebellious” could also be translated as “continually disobedient” or “refusing to obey.”
  • The term “rebellion” means “refusal to obey” or “disobedience” or “law-breaking.”
  • The phrase “the rebellion” or “a rebellion” can also refer to an organized group of people who publicly rebel against ruling authorities by breaking the law and attacking leaders and other people. Often they try to get other people to join them in rebelling.

(See also: authority, governor)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 14:14 After the Israelites had wandered in the wilderness for forty years, all of them who had rebelled against God were dead.
  • 18:7 Ten of the tribes of the nation of Israel rebelled against Rehoboam.
  • 18:9 Jeroboam rebelled against God and caused the people to sin.
  • 18:13 Most of the people of Judah also rebelled against God and worshiped other gods.
  • 20:7 But after a few years, the king of Judah rebelled against Babylon.
  • 45:3 Then he (Stephen) said, “You stubborn and rebellious people always reject the Holy Spirit, just as your ancestors always rejected God and killed his prophets.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4775, H4776, H4777, H4779, H4780, H4784, H4805, H5327, H5627, H5637, H6586, H6588, H7846, G38930, G49550

Nehemiah References:

2:19; 6:6; 9:17; 9:26

redeem, redeemer, redemption

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: redeem, redeemer, redemption

Definition:

The term “redeem” refers to buying back something or someone that has been previously owned or held captive. A “redeemer” is someone who redeems something or someone.

  • God gave laws to the Israelites about how to redeem people or things. For example, someone could redeem a person who was in slavery by paying the price so that the slave could go free. The word “ransom” also refers to this practice.
  • If someone’s land had been sold, a relative of that person could “redeem” or “buy back” that land so that it would stay in the family.
  • These practices show how God redeems people who are in slavery to sin. When he died on the cross, Jesus paid the full price for people’s sins and redeemed all those who trust in him for salvation. People who have been redeemed by God are set free from sin and its punishment.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “redeem” could also be translated as “buy back” or “pay to free (someone)” or “ransom.”
  • The term “redemption” could be translated as “ransom” or “freedom payment” or “buying back.”
  • The words “ransom” and “redeem” have basically the same meaning, so some languages may have only one term to translate both these words. The word “ransom,” however, can also mean the payment necessary to “redeem” something or someone. The term “redeem” never refers to the actual payment itself.

(See also: free, ransom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1350, H1353, H6299, H6302, H6304, H6306, H6561, H7069, G00590, G06290, G18050, G30840, G30850

Nehemiah References:

1:10

reign, rule

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: reign, rule

Definition:

The term to “reign” means to rule over the people of a particular country or kingdom. The reign of a king is the time period during which he is ruling.

  • The term “reign” is also used to refer to God reigning as king over the entire world.
  • God allowed human kings to reign over Israel after the people rejected him as their king.
  • When Jesus Christ returns, he will openly reign as king over the whole world, and Christians will reign with Him.
  • This term could also be translated as “absolute rule” or “rule as king.”

(See also: kingdom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3427, H4427, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H4475, H4791, H4910, H6113, H7287, H7786, G07570, G09360, G22310, G48210

Nehemiah References:

5:7; 12:22

remnant

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: remnant

Definition:

The term “remnant” literally refers to people or things that are “remaining” or “left over” from a larger amount or group.

  • Often a “remnant” refers to people who survive a life-threatening situation or who remain faithful to God while undergoing persecution.
  • Isaiah referred to a group of Jews as being a remnant who would survive attacks from outsiders and live to return to the Promised Land in Canaan.
  • Paul talks about there being a “remnant” of people who were chosen by God to receive his grace.
  • The term “remnant” also implies that there were other people who did not remain or were not left over.

Translation Suggestions:

  • A phrase such as “the remnant of this people” could be translated as “the rest of these people” or “the people who are left.”
  • The “whole remnant of people” could be translated by “all the rest of the people” or “the remaining people.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3498, H3499, H5629, H6413, H7604, H7605, H7611, H8281, H8300, G26400, G30050, G30620

Nehemiah References:

7:72

repent, repentance

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: repent, repentance

Definition:

The terms “repent” and “repentance” refer to turning away from sin and turning back to God.

  • To “repent” literally means to “change one’s mind.”
  • In the Bible, “repent” usually means to turn away from a sinful, human way of thinking and acting, and to turn to God’s way of thinking and acting.
  • When people truly repent of their sins, God forgives them and helps them start obeying him.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “repent” can be translated with a word or phrase that means “turn back (to God)” or “turn away from sin and toward God” or “turn toward God, away from sin.”
  • Often the term “repentance” can be translated using the verb “repent.” For example, “God has given repentance to Israel” could be translated as “God has enabled Israel to repent.”
  • Other ways to translate “repentance” could include “turning away from sin” or “turning to God and away from sin.”

(See also: forgive, sin, turn)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 16:2 After many years of disobeying God and being oppressed by their enemies, the Israelites repented and asked God to rescue them.
  • 17:13 David repented of his sin and God forgave him.
  • 19:18 They (prophets) warned people that God would destroy them if they did not repent.
  • 24:2 Many people came out to the wilderness to listen to John. He preached to them, saying, “Repent, for the kingdom of God is near!”
  • 42:8 “It was also written in the scriptures that my disciples will proclaim that everyone should repent in order to receive forgiveness for their sins.”
  • 44:5 “So now, repent and turn to God so that your sins will be washed away.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5150, H5162, H5164, G02780, G33380, G33400, G33410

Nehemiah References:

1:intro; 9:intro

restore, restoration

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: restore, restoration

Definition:

The terms “restore” and “restoration” refer to causing something to return to its original place or condition.

  • When a diseased body part is restored, this means it has been “healed.”
  • A broken relationship that is restored has been “reconciled.” God restores sinful people and brings them back to himself.
  • If people have been restored to their home country, they have been “brought back” or “returned” to that country.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate “restore” could include “renew” or “repay” or “return” or “heal” or “bring back.”
  • Other expressions for this term could be “make new” or “make like new again.”
  • When property is “restored,” it has been “repaired” or “replaced” or “given back” to its owner.
  • Depending on the context, “restoration” could be translated as “renewal” or “healing” or “reconciliation.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H7725, H7999, H8421, G06000, G26750

Nehemiah References:

3:8; 4:2

righteous, righteousness, unrighteous, unrighteousness, upright, uprightness

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: righteous, righteousness, unrighteous, unrighteousness, upright, uprightness

Definition:

The term “righteousness” refers to God’s absolute goodness, justice, faithfulness, and love. Having these qualities makes God “righteous.” Because God is righteous, he must condemn sin.

  • These terms are also often used to describe a person who obeys God and is morally good. However, because all people have sinned, no one except God is completely righteous.
  • Examples of people the Bible who were called “righteous” include Noah, Job, Abraham, Zachariah, and Elisabeth.
  • When people trust in Jesus to save them, God cleanses them from their sins and declares them to be righteous because of Jesus’ righteousness.

The term “unrighteous” means to be sinful and morally corrupt. “Unrighteousness” refers to sin or the condition of being sinful.

  • These terms especially refer to living in a way that disobeys God’s teachings and commands.
  • Unrighteous people are immoral in their thoughts and actions.
  • Sometimes “the unrighteous” refers specifically to people who do not believe in Jesus.

The terms “upright” and “uprightness” refer to acting in a way that follows God’s laws.

  • The meaning of these words includes the idea of standing up straight and looking directly ahead.
  • A person who is “upright” is someone who obeys God’s rules and does not do things that are against his will.
  • Terms such as “integrity” and “righteous” have similar meanings and are sometimes used in parallelism constructions, such as “integrity and uprightness.” (See: parallelism)

Translation Suggestions:

  • When it describes God, the term “righteous” could be translated as “perfectly good and just” or “always acting rightly.”

  • God’s “righteousness” could also be translated as “perfect faithfulness and goodness.”

  • When it describes people who are obedient to God, the term “righteous” could also be translated as “morally good” or “just” or “living a God-pleasing life.”

  • The phrase “the righteous” could also be translated as “righteous people” or “God-fearing people.”

  • Depending on the context, “righteousness” could also be translated with a word or phrase that means “goodness” or “being perfect before God” or “acting in a right way by obeying God” or “doing perfectly good.”

  • The term “unrighteous” could simply be translated as “not righteous.”

  • Depending on the context, other ways to translate this could include “wicked” or “immoral” or “people who rebel against God” or “sinful.”

  • The phrase “the unrighteous” could be translated as “unrighteous people.”

  • The term “unrighteousness” could be translated as “sin” or “evil thoughts and actions” or “wickedness.”

  • If possible, it is best to translate this in a way that shows its relationship to “righteous, righteousness.”

  • Ways to translate “upright” could include “acting rightly” or “one who acts rightly” or “following God’s laws” or “obedient to God” or “behaving in a way that is right.”

  • The term “uprightness” could be translated as “moral purity” or “good moral conduct” or “rightness.”

  • The phrase “the upright” could be translated as “people who are upright” or “upright people.”

(See also: evil, faithful, good, holy, integrity, just, law, law, obey, pure, righteous, sin, unlawful)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 3:2 But Noah found favor with God. He was a righteous man, living among wicked people.
  • 4:8 God declared that Abram was righteous because he believed in God’s promise.
  • 17:2 David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
  • 23:1 Joseph, the man Mary was engaged to, was a righteous man.
  • 50:10 Then the righteous ones will shine like the sun in the kingdom of God their Father.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H1368, H2555, H3072, H3474, H3476, H3477, H3483, H4334, H4339, H4749, H5228, H5229, H5324, H5765, H5766, H5767, H5977, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6665, H6666, H6968, H8535, H8537, H8549, H8552, G00930, G00940, G04580, G13410, G13420, G13430, G13440, G13450, G13460, G21180, G37160, G37170

Nehemiah References:

9:8; 9:33

rule, reign, ruler, prefect, official, leader

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: rule, reign, ruler, prefect, official, leader

Definition:

The term “ruler” is a general reference to a person who has authority over other people, such as a leader of a country, kingdom, or religious group. A ruler is one who “rules,” and his authority is his “rule.”

  • In the Old Testament, a king was sometimes referred to generally as a “ruler,” as in the phrase “appointed him ruler over Israel.”
  • God was referred to as the ultimate ruler, who rules over all other rulers.
  • In the New Testament, the leader of a synagogue was called a “ruler.”
  • Another type of ruler in the New Testament was a “governor.”
  • Depending on the context, “ruler” could be translated as “leader” or “person who has authority over.”
  • The action to “rule” means to “lead” to “have authority over.” It means the same thing as “reign” when it refers to the ruling of a king.

(See also: authority, governor, king, synagogue)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0995, H1166, H1167, H1404, H2708, H2710, H3027, H3548, H3920, H4043, H4410, H4427, H4428, H4438, H4467, H4474, H4475, H4623, H4910, H4941, H5057, H5065, H5387, H5401, H5461, H5715, H6113, H6213, H6485, H6957, H7101, H7218, H7287, H7300, H7336, H7786, H7860, H7980, H7981, H7985, H7989, H7990, H8199, H8269, H8323, H8451, G07460, G07520, G07550, G07570, G07580, G09320, G09360, G10180, G12030, G12990, G17780, G17850, G18490, G22320, G22330, G25250, G25830, G28880, G29610, G35450, G38410, G41650, G41730, G42910

Nehemiah References:

2:16; 4:14; 4:19; 5:7; 5:17; 7:5; 9:37; 12:40; 13:11

Sabbath

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Sabbath

Definition:

The term “Sabbath” refers to the seventh day of the week, which God commanded the Israelites to set apart as a day of rest and doing no work.

  • After God finished creating the world in six days, he rested on the seventh day. In the same way, God commanded the Israelites to set aside the seventh day as a special day to rest and worship him.
  • The command to “keep the Sabbath holy” is one of the ten commandments that God wrote on the stone tablets that he gave Moses for the Israelites.
  • Following the Jewish system of counting days, the Sabbath begins on Friday at sundown and lasts until Saturday at sundown.
  • Sometimes in the Bible the Sabbath is called “Sabbath day” rather than only the Sabbath.

Translation Suggestions:

  • This could also be translated as “resting day” or “day for resting” or “day of not working” or “God’s day of rest.”
  • Some translations capitalize this term to show that it is a special day, as in “Sabbath Day” or “Resting Day.”
  • Consider how this term is translated in a local or national language.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: rest)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 13:5 “Always be sure to keep the Sabbath day holy. That is, do all your work in six days, for the seventh day is a day for you to rest and to honor me.”
  • 26:2 Jesus went to the town of Nazareth where he had lived during his childhood. On the Sabbath, he went to the place of worship.
  • 41:3 The day after Jesus was buried was a Sabbath day, and the Jews were not permitted to go to the tomb on that day.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4868, H7676, H7677, G43150, G45210

Nehemiah References:

9:14; 10:intro; 10:31; 10:33; 13:intro; 13:15; 13:16; 13:17; 13:18; 13:19; 13:21; 13:22

sackcloth

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sackcloth

Definition:

Sackcloth was a coarse, scratchy type of cloth that was made from goat hair or camel hair.

  • A person who wore clothing made from it would be uncomfortable. Sackcloth was worn to show mourning, grief, or humble repentance.
  • The phrase “sackcloth and ashes” was a common term referring to a traditional expression of grief and repentance.

Translation Suggestions:

  • This term could also be translated as “coarse cloth from animal hair” or “clothes made of goat hair” or “rough, scratchy clothing.”
  • Another way to translate this term could be “rough, scratchy mourning clothes.”
  • The phrase “sit in sackcloth and ashes” could be translated as “show mourning and humility by wearing scratchy cloth and sitting in ashes.”

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: ash, camel, goat, humble, mourn, repent, sign)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H8242, G45260

Nehemiah References:

9:1

sacrifice, offering

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sacrifice, offering

Definition:

In the Bible, the terms “sacrifice” and “offering” refer to special gifts given to God as an act of worshiping him. People also offered sacrifices to false gods.

sacrifice

  • Sacrifices to God often involved the killing of an animal.
  • Only the sacrifice of Jesus, God’s perfect sinless Son, can completely cleanse people from sin; animal sacrifices could never do that.

offering

  • The word “offering” generally refers to anything that is offered or given. The term “sacrifice” refers to something that is given or done at great cost to the giver.
  • Offerings to God were specific things that he commanded the Israelites to give in order to express devotion and obedience to him.
  • The names of the different offerings, such as “burnt offering” and “peace offering,” indicated what kind of offering was being given.

Translation Suggestions

  • The term “offering” could also be translated as “a gift to God” or “something given to God” or “something valuable that is presented to God.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “sacrifice” could also be translated as “something valuable given in worship” or “a special animal killed and presented to God.”
  • The action to “sacrifice” could be translated as to “give up something valuable” or to “kill an animal and give it to God.”
  • Another way to translate “present yourself as a living sacrifice” could be “as you live your life, offer yourself to God as completely as an animal is offered on an altar.”

(See also: altar, burnt offering, drink offering, false god, fellowship offering, freewill offering peace offering, priest, sin offering, worship)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 3:14 After Noah got off the boat, he built an altar and sacrificed some of each kind of animal which could be used for a sacrifice. God was happy with the sacrifice and blessed Noah and his family.
  • 5:6 “Take Isaac, your only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to me.” Again Abraham obeyed God and prepared to sacrifice his son.
  • 5:9 God had provided the ram to be the sacrifice instead of Isaac.
  • 13:9 Anyone who disobeyed God’s law could bring an animal to the Tent of Meeting as a sacrifice to God. A priest would kill the animal and burn it on the altar. The blood of the animal that was sacrificed covered the person’s sin and made that person clean in God’s sight.
  • 17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
  • 48:6 Jesus is the Great High Priest. Unlike other priests, he offered himself as the only sacrifice that could to take away the sin of all the people in the world.
  • 48:8 But God provided Jesus, the Lamb of God, as a sacrifice to die in our place.
  • 49:11 Because Jesus sacrificed himself, God can forgive any sin, even terrible sins.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0801, H0817, H0819, H1685, H1890, H1974, H2076, H2077, H2281, H2282, H2398, H2401, H2402, H2403, H2409, H3632, H4394, H4503, H4504, H5066, H5068, H5071, H5257, H5258, H5261, H5262, H5927, H5928, H5930, H6453, H6944, H6999, H7133, H7311, H8002, H8426, H8548, H8573, H8641, G02660, G03340, G10490, G14350, G14940, G23780, G23800, G36460, G43760, G54850

Nehemiah References:

4:2; 12:43

Samaria, Samaritan

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Samaria, Samaritan

Definition:

Samaria was the name of a city and its surrounding region in the northern part of Israel. The region was located between the Plain of Sharon on its west and the Jordan River on its east.

  • In the Old Testament, Samaria was the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel. Later the region surrounding it was also called Samaria.
  • When the Assyrians conquered the northern kingdom of Israel, they captured the city of Samaria and forced most of the northern Israelites to leave the region, moving them far away to different cities in Assyria.
  • The Assyrians also brought many foreigners into the region of Samaria to replace the Israelites who had been moved.
  • Some of the Israelites who remained in that region married the foreigners who had moved there, and their descendants were called Samaritans.
  • The Jews despised the Samaritans because they were only partly Jewish and because their ancestors had worshiped pagan gods.
  • In New Testament times, the region of Samaria was bordered by the region of Galilee on its north and the region of Judea on its south.

(See also: Assyria, Galilee, Judea, Sharon, kingdom of Israel)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 20:4 Then the Assyrians brought foreigners to live in the land where the kingdom of Israel had been. The foreigners rebuilt the destroyed cities and married the Israelites who were left there. The descendants of the Israelites who married foreigners were called Samaritans.
  • 27:8 “The next person to walk down that road was a Samaritan. (Samaritans were the descendants of Jews who had married people from other nations. Samaritans and Jews hated each other.)”
  • 27:9 “The Samaritan then lifted the man onto his own donkey and took him to a roadside inn where he took care of him.”
  • 45:7 He (Philip) went to Samaria where he preached about Jesus and many people were saved.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H8111, H8115, H8118, G45400, G45410, G45420

Nehemiah References:

4:2

sanctuary

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sanctuary

Definition:

The term “sanctuary” literally means “holy place” and refers to a place that God has made sacred and holy. It also can refer to a place that provides protection and safety.

  • In the Old Testament, the term “sanctuary” was often used to refer to the tabernacle or temple building where the “holy place” and “most holy place” were located.
  • God referred to the sanctuary as the place where he lived among his people, the Israelites.
  • He also called himself a “sanctuary” or safe place for his people where they can find protection.

Translation Suggestions:

  • This term has a basic meaning of “holy place” or “place that is set apart.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “sanctuary” could be translated as “holy place” or “sacred building” or “God’s holy dwelling place” or “holy place of protection” or “sacred place of safety.”
  • The phrase “shekel of the sanctuary” could be translated as “kind of shekel given for the tabernacle” or “shekel used in paying the tax to take care of the temple.”
  • Note: Be careful that the translation of this term does not refer to a worship room in a modern-day church.

(See also: holy, Holy Spirit, holy, set apart, tabernacle, tax, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4720, H6944, G00400

Nehemiah References:

10:39

save, saved, safe, salvation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: save, saved, safe, salvation

Definition:

The term “save” refers to keeping someone from experiencing something bad or harmful. To “be safe” means to be protected from harm or danger.

  • In a physical sense, people can be saved or rescued from harm, danger, or death.
  • In a spiritual sense, if a person has been “saved,” then God, through Jesus’ death on the cross, has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished in hell for his sin.
  • People can save or rescue people from danger, but only God can save people from being punished eternally for their sins.

The term “salvation” refers to being saved or rescued from evil and danger.

  • In the Bible, “salvation” usually refers to the spiritual and eternal deliverance granted by God to those who repent of their sins and believe in Jesus.
  • The Bible also talks about God saving or delivering his people from their physical enemies.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “save” could include “deliver” or “keep from harm” or “take out of harm’s way” or “keep from dying.”

  • In the expression “whoever would save his life,” the term “save” could also be translated as “preserve” or “protect.”

  • The term “safe” could be translated as “protected from danger” or “in a place where nothing can harm.”

  • The term “salvation” could also be translated using words related to “save” or “rescue,” as in “God’s saving people (from being punished for their sins)” or “God’s rescuing his people (from their enemies).”

  • “God is my salvation” could be translated as “God is the one who saves me.”

  • “You will draw water from the wells of salvation” could be translated as “You will be refreshed as with water because God is rescuing you.”

(See also: cross, deliver, punish, sin, Savior)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 9:8 Moses tried to save his fellow Israelite.
  • 11:2 God provided a way to save the firstborn son of anyone who believed in him.
  • 12:5 Moses told the Israelites, “Stop being afraid! God will fight for you today and save you.”
  • 12:13 The Israelites sang many songs to celebrate their new freedom and to praise God because he saved them from the Egyptian army.
  • 16:17 This pattern repeated many times: the Israelites would sin, God would punish them, they would repent, and God would send a deliverer to save them.
  • 44:8 “You crucified Jesus, but God raised him to life again! You rejected him, but there is no other way to be saved except through the power of Jesus!”
  • 47:11 The jailer trembled as he came to Paul and Silas and asked, “What must I do to be saved?” Paul answered, “Believe in Jesus, the Master, and you and your family will be saved.”
  • 49:12 Good works cannot save you.
  • 49:13 God will save everyone who believes in Jesus and receives him as their Master. But he will not save anyone who does not believe in him.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0983, H2421, H2502, H3444, H3467, H3468, H4190, H4422, H4931, H5338, H6308, H6403, H7682, H7951, H7965, H8104, H8199, H8668, G08030, G08040, G08060, G12950, G15080, G49820, G49910, G49920, G51980

Nehemiah References:

9:27

scribe

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: scribe

Definition:

Scribes were officials who were responsible for writing or copying important government or religious documents by hand. Another name for a Jewish scribe was “expert in Jewish law.”

  • Scribes were responsible for copying and preserving the books of the Old Testament.
  • They also copied, preserved, and interpreted religious opinions and commentary on the law of God.
  • At times, scribes were important government officials.
  • Important biblical scribes include Baruch and Ezra.
  • In the New Testament, the term translated “scribes” was also translated as “teachers of the Law.”
  • In the New Testament, scribes were usually part of the religious group called the “Pharisees,” and the two groups were frequently mentioned together.

(See also: law, Pharisee)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5608, H5613, H7083, G11220

Nehemiah References:

8:1; 8:4; 8:9; 8:13; 12:26; 12:36; 13:13

Sea of Reeds, Red Sea

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Sea of Reeds, Red Sea

Definition:

The “Sea of Reeds” was the name of a body of water located between Egypt and Arabia. It is now called the “Red Sea.”

  • The Red Sea is long and narrow. It is larger than a lake or river, but much smaller than an ocean.
  • The Israelites had to cross the Red Sea when they were fleeing from Egypt. God performed a miracle and caused the waters of the sea to divide so that the people could walk across on dry land.
  • The land of Canaan was north of this sea.
  • This could also be translated as “Reed Sea.”

(See also: Arabia. Canaan, Egypt)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 12:4 When the Israelites saw the Egyptian army coming, they realized they were trapped between Pharaoh’s army and the Red Sea.
  • 12:5 Then God told Moses, “Tell the people to move toward the Red Sea.”
  • 13:1 After God led the Israelites through the Red Sea, he led them through the wilderness to a mountain called Sinai.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3220, H5488, G20630, G22810

Nehemiah References:

9:9

seed

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: seed

Definition:

A “seed” is the part of a plant that gets planted in the ground to reproduce more of the same kind of plant.

  • The term “seed” can also refer to what a man plants into a woman that allows them to reproduce.
  • Related to this, “seed” is also used to refer to a man‘s or woman‘s offspring or descendants.
  • This word often has a plural meaning, referring to more than one seed grain or more than one descendant.
  • In the parable of the farmer planting seeds, Jesus compared his seeds to the Word of God, which is planted in people’s hearts in order to produce good spiritual fruit.
  • The apostle Paul also uses the term “seed” to refer to the Word of God.

Translation Suggestions:

  • For the seed of a plant, use a general term that can apply to all plants, if possible.
  • When “seed” refers to people who are of the same family line, it may be more clear to use the word “descendant” or “descendants” instead of “seed.” Some languages may have a word that means “children and grandchildren.”
  • For a man or woman’s “seed,” consider how the target expresses this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people.

(See also: children, descendant)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2232, H2233, H3610, H6507, G46150, G46870, G46900, G47010, G47030

Nehemiah References:

7:61; 9:2; 9:8

seek, search, look for

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: seek, search, look for

Definition:

The term “seek” means to look for something or someone. In the past tense, the verb is “sought.” This term is sometimes used figuratively, meaning to “attempt” or “make an effort” to do something or to ask for something.

  • To “seek” or “look for” an opportunity to do something can mean to “try to find a time” to do it.
  • To “seek Yahweh” means to “spend time and energy getting to know Yahweh and learning to obey him.”
  • To “seek protection” means to “try to find a person or place that will protect you from danger.”
  • To “seek justice” means to “make an effort to see that people are treated justly or fairly.”
  • To “seek the truth” means to “make an effort to find out what the truth is.”
  • To “seek favor” means to “urgently ask for favor” or to “do things to cause someone to help you.”

(See also: just, true)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0579, H1156, H1239, H1243, H1245, H1556, H1875, H2470, H2603, H2658, H2664, H3289, H7125, H7592, H7836, H8446, G03270, G15670, G19340, G20520, G22120

Nehemiah References:

2:4; 2:10; 5:12; 5:18; 7:64; 12:27

servant, serve, maidservant, young man, young women

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: servant, serve, maidservant, young man, young women

Definition:

A “servant” refers to a person who works for (or obeys) another person, either by choice or by force. A servant was under his master’s direction. In the Bible, “servant” and “slave” are mostly interchangeable terms. The term “serve” generally means to do work for someone, and the concept can be applied in a wide variety of contexts.

  • In the Bible the words “young man” or “young woman” often mean “servant” or “slave.” This meaning will be discerned from context. One indicator of this situation is if the possessive is used, eg. “her young women” which could be translated as “her servants” or “her slaves.”

Translation Suggestions

  • The term “serve” can also be translated as “minister to” or “work for” or “take care of” or “obey,” depending on the context.
  • To “serve God” can be translated as to “worship and obey God” or to “do the work that God has commanded.”
  • In the Old Testament, God’s prophets and other people who worshiped God were often called his “servants.”
  • In the New Testament, people who obeyed God through faith in Christ were often called his “servants.”
  • To “serve tables” means to bring food to people who are sitting at tables, or more generally, to “distribute food.”
  • In the context of a person serving guests, this term means “care for” or “serve food to” or “provide food for.” When Jesus told the disciples to “serve” the fish to the people, this could be translated as, “distribute” or “hand out” or “give.”
  • People who teach others about God are said to serve both God and the ones they are teaching.
  • The apostle Paul wrote to the Corinthian Christians about how they used to “serve” the old covenant. This refers to obeying the laws of Moses. Now they “serve” the new covenant. That is, because of Jesus’ sacrifice on the cross, believers in Jesus are enabled by the Holy Spirit to please God and live holy lives.
  • Paul talks about their actions in terms of their “service” to either the old or new covenant. This could be translated as “serving” or “obeying” or “devotion to.”
  • Often, when a person referred to himself as “your servant” he was showing respect to the person addressed. That person may have had higher social status, or the speaker may be showing humility. It did not mean that the person speaking was an actual servant.

(See also: enslave, works, obey, house, lord)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 6:1 When Abraham was very old and his son, Isaac, had grown to be a man, Abraham sent one of his servants back to the land where his relatives lived to find a wife for his son, Isaac.
  • 19:10 Then Elijah prayed, “O Yahweh, God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, show us today that you are the God of Israel and that I am your servant.”
  • 29:3 “Since the servant could not pay the debt, the king said, ‘Sell this man and his family as slaves to make payment on his debt.’”
  • 35:6 “All my father’s servants have plenty to eat, and yet here I am starving.”
  • 47:4 The slave girl kept yelling as they walked, “These men are servants of the Most High God.”
  • 50:4 Jesus also said, “A servant is not greater than his master.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s for Servant: H0519, H5288, H5647, H5649, H5650, H5657, H7916, H8198, H8334, G12490, G14010, G14020, G23240, G34070, G34110, G36100, G38160, G49830, G52570

Strong’s for Serve: H3547, H4929, H4931, H5647, H5656, H5673, H5975, H6213, H6399, H6402, H6440, H6633, H6635, H7272, H8104, H8120, H8199, H8278, H8334, G12470, G12480, G13980, G14020, G14380, G19830, G20640, G22120, G23230, G29990, G30000, G30090, G43370, G43420, G47540, G50870, G52560

Nehemiah References:

1:6; 1:7; 1:8; 1:10; 1:11; 2:5; 2:10; 2:19; 2:20; 4:16; 4:22; 4:23; 5:5; 5:10; 5:16; 6:5; 7:57; 7:60; 7:67; 9:10; 9:14; 9:36; 10:29; 11:3; 13:19

shame, ashamed, disgrace, humiliate, reproach

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: shame, ashamed, disgrace, humiliate, reproach

Definition:

The term “shame” refers to the painful feeling of being disgraced or humiliated that a person feels when they do something that others consider dishonorable or improper.

  • Something that is “shameful” is “improper” or “dishonorable.”
  • The term “ashamed” describes how a person feels when he has done something improper or dishonorable.
  • The term “humiliate” means to cause someone to feel shamed or disgraced, usually publicly. The act of shaming someone is called “humiliation.”
  • To “reproach” someone means to criticize or disapprove of that person’s character or behavior.
  • The phrase “put to shame” means to defeat people or expose their actions so that they feel ashamed of themselves. The prophet Isaiah said that those who make and worship idols will be put to shame.
  • The term “disgraceful” can be used to describe a sinful act or the person who did it. When a person does something sinful, it can cause him to be in a state of disgrace or dishonor.
  • Sometimes a person who is doing good things is treated in a way that causes him disgrace or shame. For example, when Jesus was killed on a cross, this was a disgraceful way to die. Jesus had done nothing wrong to deserve this disgrace.
  • When God humbles someone, it means that he is causing a prideful person to experience failure to help him overcome his pride. This is different from humiliating someone, which is often done in order to hurt that person.
  • Saying that a person is “above reproach” or “beyond reproach” or “without reproach” means that this person behaves in a God-honoring way and there is little or nothing that could be said in criticism of him.

Translation Suggestions

  • Ways to translate “disgrace” could include “shame” or “dishonor.”
  • Ways to translate “disgraceful” could include “shameful” or “dishonoring.”
  • To “humiliate” could also be translated as to “shame” or to “cause to feel shame” or to “embarrass.”
  • Depending on the context, ways to translate “humiliation” could include “shame” or “degrading” or “disgrace.”
  • The word “reproach” could also be translated as “accusation” or “shame” or “disgrace.”
  • To “reproach” could also be translated as to “rebuke” or to “accuse” or to “criticize,” depending on the context.

(See also: dishonor, accuse, rebuke, false god, humble, Isaiah, worship)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0937, H0954, H0955, H1317, H1322, H1421, H1442, H1984, H2490, H2616, H2617, H2659, H2778, H2781, H2865, H3001, H3637, H3639, H3640, H3971, H5007, H5034, H5039, H6030, H6031, H6172, H6256, H7022, H7034, H7036, H7043, H7511, H7817, H8103, H8213, H8216, H8217, H8589, G01520, G01530, G04100, G04220, G04230, G08080, G08180, G08190, G08210, G17880, G17910, G18700, G26170, G30590, G36790, G36800, G36810, G38560, G50140, G51950, G51960, G54840

Nehemiah References:

1:3; 2:17; 5:9; 6:13

shield

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: shield

Definition:

A shield was an object held by a soldier in battle to protect himself from being injured by the enemy’s weapons. To “shield” someone means to protect that person from harm.

  • Shields were often circular or oval, were made of materials such as leather, wood, or metal, and were sturdy and thick enough to keep a sword or arrow from piercing them.
  • Using this term as a metaphor, the Bible refers to God as a protective shield for his people. (See: Metaphor)
  • Paul talked about the “shield of faith,” which is a figurative way of saying that having faith in Jesus and living out that faith in obedience to God will protect believers from the spiritual attacks of Satan.

(See also: faith, obey, Satan, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2653, H3591, H4043, H5437, H5526, H6793, H7982, G23750

Nehemiah References:

4:16

sign, proof, reminder

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sign, proof, reminder

Definition:

The term “sign” usually refers an object, event, or action that communicates a special meaning.

  • In the Bible, signs are sometimes given in connection to a promise or covenant that God has made:

    • The book of Genesis describes the rainbow God created in the sky as a sign (or reminder) to himself that he has promised he will never again destroy all life with a worldwide flood.
    • In the book of Genesis, God commanded the Israelites to circumcise their sons as a sign (or indicator) of the fact that he had made his covenant with them.
  • Signs can reveal or point to something:

    • The book of Luke describes that an angel gave shepherds a sign that would help them know which baby in Bethlehem was the newborn Messiah.
    • Judas kissed Jesus as a sign to the religious leaders that Jesus was the one they should arrest.
  • Signs can prove that something is true:

    • The book of Exodus describes the plagues that destroyed Egypt as signs that showed who Yahweh was and proved that he was greater than Pharaoh and the Egyptian gods.
    • The book of Acts describes the miracles performed by the prophets and apostles as signs that proved they were speaking God’s message.
    • The book of John describes the miracles that Jesus performed as signs that proved he was truly the Messiah.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The frequent expression “signs and wonders” could be translated as “proofs and miracles” or “miraculous works that prove God’s power” or “amazing miracles that show how great God is.”
  • Depending on its context, “sign” could also be translated as “signal” or “symbol” or “mark” or “evidence” or “proof” or “gesture.”
  • To “make signs with the hands” could also be translated as “motion with the hands” or “gesture with the hands” or “make gestures.”
  • In some languages, there may be one word for a “sign” that proves something and a different word for a “sign” that is a miracle.

(See also: miracle, apostle, Christ, covenant, circumcise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0226, H0852, H2368, H2858, H4150, H4159, H4864, H5251, H5824, H6161, H6725, H6734, H7560, G03640, G08800, G12130, G12290, G17180, G17300, G17320, G17700, G39020, G41020, G45910, G45920, G49530, G49730, G52800

Nehemiah References:

9:10

silver

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: silver

Definition:

Silver is a shiny, gray precious metal used to make coins, jewelry, containers, and ornaments.

  • The various containers that are made from silver include silver cups and bowls, and other things used for cooking, eating, or serving.
  • Silver and gold were used in the building of the tabernacle and the temple. The temple in Jerusalem had containers made of silver.
  • In Bible times, a shekel was a unit of weight, and a purchase was often priced at a certain number of shekels of silver. By New Testament times there were silver coins of various weights that were measured in shekels.
  • Joseph’s brothers sold him as a slave for twenty shekels of silver.
  • Judas was paid thirty silver coins for betraying Jesus.
  • If your culture does not have silver you could translate this term as “precious metal”

(See also: tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3701, H3702, H7192, G06930, G06940, G06950, G06960, G14060

Nehemiah References:

5:4; 5:10; 5:11; 5:15; 7:71; 7:72

sin offering, purification offering

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sin offering, purification offering

Definition:

The “sin offering” was one of several sacrifices that God required the Israelites to offer.

  • This offering involved sacrificing a bull, burning its blood and fat on the altar, and taking the rest of the animal’s body and burning it on the ground outside the Israelite camp.
  • The complete burning up of this animal sacrifice shows how holy God is and how terrible sin is.
  • The Bible teaches that in order for there to be a cleansing from sin, blood must be shed to pay the cost for the sin that was committed.
  • Animal sacrifices could not permanently bring about forgiveness of sin.
  • Jesus’ death on the cross paid the penalty for sin, for all time. He was the perfect sin offering.

(See also: altar, cow, forgive, sacrifice, sin)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2401, H2402, H2398, H2403

Nehemiah References:

10:33

sin, sinful, sinner, sinning

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning

Definition:

The term “sin” refers to actions, thoughts, and words that are against God’s will and laws. Sin can also refer to not doing something that God wants us to do.

  • Sin includes anything we do that does not obey or please God, even things that other people do not know about.
  • Thoughts and actions that disobey God’s will are called “sinful.”
  • Because Adam sinned, all human beings are born with a “sinful nature,” a nature that that controls them and causes them to sin.
  • A “sinner” is someone who sins, so every human being is a sinner.
  • Sometimes the word “sinners” was used by religious people like the Pharisees to refer to people who did not keep the law as well as the Pharisees thought they should.
  • The term “sinner” was also used for people who were considered to be worse sinners than other people. For example, this label was given to tax collectors and prostitutes.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “sin” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “disobedience to God” or “going against God’s will” or “evil behavior and thoughts” or “wrongdoing.”
  • To “sin” could also be translated as to “disobey God” or to “do wrong.”
  • Depending on the context “sinful” could be translated as “full of wrongdoing” or “wicked” or “immoral” or “evil” or “rebelling against God.”
  • Depending on the context the term “sinner” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “person who sins” or “person who does wrong things” or “person who disobeys God” or “person who disobeys the law.”
  • The term “sinners” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “very sinful people” or “people considered to be very sinful” or “immoral people.”
  • Ways to translate “tax collectors and sinners” could include “people who collect money for the government, and other very sinful people” or “very sinful people, including (even) tax collectors.”
  • Make sure the translation of this term can include sinful behavior and thoughts, even those that other people do not see or know about.
  • The term “sin” should be general, and different from the terms for “wickedness” and “evil.”

(See also: disobey, evil, flesh, tax collector)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 3:15 God said, “I promise I will never again curse the ground because of the evil things people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.”
  • 13:12 God was very angry with them because of their sin and planned to destroy them.
  • 20:1 The kingdoms of Israel and Judah both sinned against God. They broke the covenant that God made with them at Sinai.
  • 21:13 The prophets also said that the Messiah would be perfect, having no sin. He would die to receive the punishment for other people’s sin.
  • 35:1 One day, Jesus was teaching many tax collectors and other sinners who had gathered to hear him.
  • 38:5 Then Jesus took a cup and said, “Drink this. It is my blood of the New Covenant that is poured out for the forgiveness of sins.”
  • 43:11 Peter answered them, “Every one of you should repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ so that God will forgive your sins.”
  • 48:8 We all deserve to die for our sins!
  • 49:17 Even though you are a Christian, you will still be tempted to sin. But God is faithful and says that if you confess your sins, he will forgive you. He will give you strength to fight against sin.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0817, H0819, H2398, H2399, H2400, H2401, H2402, H2403, H2408, H2409, H5771, H6588, H7683, H7686, G02640, G02650, G02660, G02680, G03610, G37810, G39000, G42580

Nehemiah References:

1:6; 4:5; 6:13; 9:intro; 9:2; 9:29; 9:37; 13:26

Sinai, Horeb

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Sinai, Horeb

Definition:

Mount Sinai, also called Mount Horeb, is a mountain that was probably located in the southern part of what is now called the Sinai Peninsula, but the exact location of this mountain is not known.

  • It is the place where God revealed his covenant to the Israelites and gave Moses the stone tablets on which he had written the ten commandments.
  • It is also called the “mountain of God.”
  • It was also the place where God later told Moses to strike a rock to provide water for the Israelites as they were wandering in the desert.
  • It was the place where Moses saw the burning bush when he was tending sheep.
  • It is possible that “Horeb” was the actual name of the mountain and that “Mount Sinai” simply means “mountain of Sinai,” referring to the fact that Mount Horeb was located in the desert of Sinai.

(See also: desert, Ten Commandments covenant, Israel, Moses, Sinai)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 13:1 After God led the Israelites through the Red Sea, he led them through the wilderness to a mountain called Sinai.
  • 13:3 Three days later, after the people had prepared themselves spiritually, God came down on top of Mount Sinai with thunder, lightning, smoke, and a loud trumpet blast.
  • 13:11 For many days, Moses was on top of Mount Sinai talking with God.
  • 15:13 Then Joshua reminded the people of their obligation to obey the covenant that God had made with the Israelites at Sinai.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2722, H5514, G37350, G46140

Nehemiah References:

9:13

Solomon

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Solomon

Definition:

Solomon was one of King David’s sons. His mother was Bathsheba.

  • When Solomon became king, God told him to ask for anything he wanted. So Solomon asked for wisdom to rule the people justly and well. God was pleased with Solomon’s request and gave him both wisdom and much wealth.
  • Solomon is also well known for having a magnificent temple built in Jerusalem.
  • Although Solomon ruled wisely in the first years of his reign, later on he foolishly married many foreign women and started worshiping their gods.
  • Because of Solomon’s unfaithfulness, after his death God divided the Israelites into two kingdoms, Israel and Judah. These kingdoms often fought against each other.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Bathsheba, David, Israel, Judah, kingdom of Israel, temple)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:14 Later, David and Bathsheba had another son, and they named him Solomon.
  • 18:1 After many years, David died, and his son Solomon began to rule. God spoke to Solomon and asked him what he wanted most. When Solomon asked for wisdom, God was pleased and made him the wisest man in the world. Solomon learned many things and was a very wise judge. God also made him very wealthy.
  • 18:2 In Jerusalem, Solomon built the Temple for which his father David had planned and gathered materials.
  • 18:3 But Solomon loved women from other countries.…When Solomon was old, he also worshiped their gods.
  • 18:4 God was angry with Solomon and, as a punishment for Solomon’s unfaithfulness, he promised to divide the nation of Israel into two kingdoms after Solomon’s death.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H8010, G46720

Nehemiah References:

7:57; 7:60; 11:3; 12:45; 13:26

spear, spearmen

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: spear, spearmen

Definition:

A spear is a weapon with a long wooden handle and sharp metal blade on one end that is thrown a long distance.

  • Spears were commonly used for war in biblical times. They are sometimes still used in present-day conflicts between certain people groups.
  • A spear was used by a Roman soldier to pierce the side of Jesus while he hung on the cross.
  • Sometimes people throw spears to catch fish or other prey to eat.
  • Similar weapons are the “javelin” or “lance.”
  • Make sure that the translation of “spear” is different from the translation of “sword,” which is a weapon that is used for thrusting or stabbing, not throwing. Also, a sword has a long blade with a handle, while a spear has a small blade on the end of a long shaft.

(See also: prey, Rome, sword, warrior)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1265, H2595, H3591, H6767, H7013, H7420, G30570

Nehemiah References:

4:13; 4:16; 4:21

spirit, wind, breath

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: spirit, wind, breath

Definition:

The term “spirit” refers to the non-physical part of a person which cannot be seen. In biblical times, the concept of a person’s spirit was closely related to the concept of a person’s breath. The term can also refer to wind, that is, the movement of air in the natural world.

  • The term “spirit” can refer to a being that does not have a physical body, such as an evil spirit.
  • In general, the term “spiritual” describes things in the non-physical world.
  • The term “spirit of” can also mean “having the characteristics of,” such as in “spirit of wisdom” or “in the spirit of Elijah.” Sometimes the Bible applies this term in the context of a person’s attitude or emotional state, such as “spirit of fear” and “spirit of jealousy.”
  • Jesus said that God is a spirit.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, some ways to translate “spirit” might include “non-physical being” or “inside part” or “inner being.”
  • In some contexts, the term “spirit” could be translated as “evil spirit” or “evil spirit being.”
  • Sometimes the term “spirit” is used to express the feelings of a person, as in “my spirit was grieved in my inmost being.” This could also be translated as “I felt grieved in my spirit” or “I felt deeply grieved.”
  • The phrase “spirit of” could be translated as “character of” or “influence of” or “attitude of” or “thinking (that is) characterized by.”
  • Depending on the context, “spiritual” could be translated as “non-physical” or “from the Holy Spirit” or “God’s” or “part of the non-physical world.”
  • The phrase “spiritual maturity” could be translated as “godly behavior that shows obedience to the Holy Spirit.”
  • The term “spiritual gift” could be translated as “special ability that the Holy Spirit gives.”
  • Sometimes this term can be translated as “wind” when referring to the simple movement of air or “breath” when referring to air movement caused by living beings.

(See also: soul, Holy Spirit, demon, breath)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 13:3 Three days later, after the people had prepared themselves spiritually, God came down on top of Mount Sinai with thunder, lightning, smoke, and a loud trumpet blast.
  • 40:7 Then Jesus cried out, “It is finished! Father, I give my spirit into your hands.” Then he bowed his head and gave up his spirit.
  • 45:5 As Stephen was dying, he cried out, “Jesus, receive my spirit.”
  • 48:7 All the people groups are blessed through him, because everyone who believes in Jesus is saved from sin, and becomes a spiritual descendant of Abraham.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0178, H1172, H5397, H7307, H7308, G41510, G41520, G41530, G53260, G54270

Nehemiah References:

9:20; 9:30

statute

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: statute

Definition:

A statute is a specific written law that provides guidance for people to live by.

  • The term “statute” is similar in meaning to “ordinance” and “command” and “law” and “decree.” All these terms involve instructions and requirements that God gives to his people or rulers give to their people.
  • King David said that he delighted himself in Yahweh’s statutes.
  • The term “statute” could also be translated as “specific command” or “special decree.”

(See also: command, decree, law, ordinance, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2706, H2708, H7010, G13450

Nehemiah References:

1:7; 9:13; 9:14; 10:29

storehouse

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: storehouse

Definition:

A “storehouse” is a large building that is used for keeping food or other things, often for a long time.

  • In the Bible a “storehouse” was usually used to store extra grain and other food to be used later when there was a famine.
  • This term was also used figuratively to refer to all the good things that God wants to give to his people.
  • The storehouses of the temple and tent of meeting (sometimes called “the tabernacle”)contained valuable things that had been dedicated to Yahweh, such as gold and silver. Some of these things used to repair and maintain the temple were also kept there.
  • Other ways to translate “storehouse” could include “a building for storing grain” or “place for keeping food” or “room for keeping valuable things safe.”
  • When referring to the place where valuable things were kept for the tent of meeting or temple, another way to translate the word “storehouse” is “treasury.”

(See also: consecrate, dedicate, famine, gold, grain, silver, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0214, H0618, H0624, H4035, H4200, H4543, G05960

Nehemiah References:

12:44

stronghold, fortification, fortress, citadel

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: stronghold, fortification, fortress, citadel

Definition:

The terms “stronghold” and “fortress” both refer to places that are well protected against an attack by enemy soldiers. A “citadel” is a fortress inside a city. The term “fortified” describes a city or other place that has been made safe from attack.

  • Often, strongholds and fortresses were manmade structures with defensive walls. They could also have been places with natural protective barriers such as rocky cliffs or high mountains.
  • People fortified strongholds by building thick walls or other structures that made it difficult for an enemy to break through.
  • “Stronghold” or “fortress” could be translated as “securely strong place” or “strongly protected place.”
  • The term “fortified city” could be translated as “securely protected city” or “strongly built city.”
  • Another figurative meaning for the term “stronghold” referred to something that someone wrongly trusted in for security, such as a false god or other thing that was worshiped instead of Yahweh. This could be translated as “false strongholds.”
  • This term should be translated differently from “refuge,” which emphasizes safety more than the concept of being fortified.

(See also: false god, false god, refuge, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0490, H0553, H0759, H1001, H1002, H1003, H1219, H1225, H2388, H4013, H4026, H4581, H4526, H4679, H4685, H4686, H4692, H4694, H4869, H5794, H5797, H5800, H6438, H6877, H7682, G37940, G39250

Nehemiah References:

1:1; 2:8; 7:2

sword, swordsmen

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sword, swordsmen

Definition:

A sword is a flat-bladed metal weapon used to cut or stab. It has a handle and a long, pointed blade with a very sharp cutting edge.

  • In ancient times the length of a sword’s blade was about 60 to 91 centimeters.
  • Some swords have two sharp edges and are called “double-edged” or “two-edged” swords.
  • Jesus’ disciples had swords for self defense. With his sword, Peter cut off the ear of the high priest’s servant.
  • Both John the Baptist and the apostle James were beheaded with swords.

Translation Suggestions

  • A sword is used as a metaphor for God’s word. God’s teachings in the Bible exposed people’s innermost thoughts and convicted them of their sin. In a similar way, a sword cuts deeply, causing pain. (See: Metaphor)
  • One way to translate this figurative use would be, “God’s word is like a sword, which cuts deeply and exposes sin.”
  • Another figurative use of this term occurred in the book of Psalms, where the tongue or speech of a person was compared to a sword, which can injure people. This could be translated as “the tongue is like a sword that can badly injure someone.”
  • If swords are not known in your culture, this word could be translated with the name of another long-bladed weapon that is used to cut or stab.
  • A sword could also be described as a “sharp weapon” or “long knife.” Some translations could include a picture of a sword.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: James (brother of Jesus), John (the Baptist), tongue, word of God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0019, H1300, H2719, H4380, H6609, H7524, H7973, G31620, G45010

Nehemiah References:

4:13; 4:18

tax, tribute, taxation, taxpayer, tax collector

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: tax, tribute, taxation, taxpayer, tax collector

Definition:

The terms “tax” and “taxes” refer to money or goods that people pay to a government that is in authority over them. A “tax collector” was a government worker whose job was to receive money that people were required to pay the government in taxes.

  • The amount of money that is paid as a tax is usually based on the value of an item or on how much a person’s property is worth.
  • In the time of Jesus and and the apostles, the Roman government required taxes from everyone living in the Roman empire, including the Jews.
  • If taxes are not paid, the government can take legal action against a person to get the money that is owed.
  • Joseph and Mary traveled to Bethlehem to be counted in the census held to tax everyone living in the Roman empire.
  • The term “tax” could also be translated as “required payment” or “government money” or “temple money,” depending on the context.
  • To “pay taxes” could also be translated as to “pay money to the government” or “receive money for the government” or “make the required payment.” To “collect taxes” could be translated as to “receive money for the government.”
  • A “tax collector” is someone who works for the government and receives the money that people are required to pay it.
  • The people who collected taxes for the Roman government would often demand more money from the people than the government required. The tax collectors would keep the extra amount for themselves.
  • Because tax collectors cheated people in this way, the Jews considered them to be among the worst of sinners.
  • The Jews also considered Jewish tax collectors to be traitors to their own people because they worked for the Roman government which was oppressing the Jewish people.
  • The phrase, “tax collectors and sinners” was a common expression in the New Testament, showing how much the Jews despised tax collectors.

(See also: Jew, Rome, sin)

Strong’s for Tax: H2670, H4060, H4371, H4522, H4864, H6186, G13230, G27780, G50550, G54110

Strong’s for Tax Collector: H5065, H5674, G50570, G50580

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 34:6 He said, “Two men went to the Temple to pray. One of them was a tax collector, and the other was a religious leader.”
  • 34:7 “The religious leader prayed like this, ‘Thank you, God, that I am not a sinner like other men—such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like that tax collector.’”
  • 34:9 “But the tax collector stood far away from the religious ruler, did not even look up to heaven. Instead, he pounded on his chest and prayed, ‘God, please be merciful to me because I am a sinner.’”
  • 34:10 Then Jesus said, “I tell you the truth, God heard the tax collector’s prayer and declared him to be righteous.”
  • 35:1 One day, Jesus was teaching many tax collectors and other sinners who had gathered to hear him.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2670, H4060, H4371, H4522, H4864, H6186, G13230, H5065, H5674, G27780, G50550, G54110, G50570, G50580

Nehemiah References:

5:4

temple, house, house of God

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: temple, house, house of God

Definition:

A temple is a building dedicated to the worship of a specific diety where that diety was thought to dwell. Nations around Israel had temples dedicated to their various gods. The temple in Israel was a building surrounded by walled courtyards where the Israelites came to pray and to offer sacrifices to God. It was located on Mount Moriah in the city of Jerusalem.

  • Often the term “temple” referred to the whole temple complex, including the courtyards that surrounded the main building. Sometimes it referred only to the building.
  • The temple building had two rooms, the Holy Place and the Most Holy Place.
  • God referred to the temple as his dwelling place.
  • King Solomon built the first temple during his reign. It was supposed to be the permanent place of worship in Jerusalem.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Usually when the text says that people were “in the temple,” it is referring to the courtyards outside the building. This could be translated as “in the temple courtyards” or “in the temple complex.”
  • Where it refers specifically to the building itself, some translations translate “temple” as “temple building,” to make it the reference clear.
  • Ways to translate “temple” could include, “God’s holy house” or “sacred worship place.”
  • Often in the Bible, the temple is referred to as “the house of Yahweh” or “the house of God.”

(See also: sacrifice, Solomon, Babylon, Holy Spirit, tabernacle, courtyard, Zion, house)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
  • 18:2 In Jerusalem, Solomon built the Temple for which his father David had planned and gathered materials. Instead of at the Tent of Meeting, people now worshiped God and offered sacrifices to him at the Temple. God came and was present in the Temple, and he lived there with his people.
  • 20:7 They (Babylonians) captured the city of Jerusalem, destroyed the Temple, and took away all the treasures.
  • 20:13 When the people arrived in Jerusalem, they rebuilt the Temple and the wall around the city.
  • 25:4 Then Satan took Jesus to the highest point on the Temple and said, “If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down, for it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’”
  • 40:7 When he died, there was an earthquake and the large curtain that separated the people from the presence of God in the Temple was torn in two, from the top to the bottom.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1004, H1964, H1965, G14930, G24110, G34850

testimony, testify, witness, eyewitness, evidence

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: testimony, testify, witness, eyewitness, evidence

Definition:

When a person gives “testimony” he makes a statement about something he knows, claiming that the statement is true. To “testify” is to give “testimony.”

  • In some places in the Old Testament, “Testimony” refers specifically to the tablets of stone on which Yahweh wrote his ten commandments. From that use it came to refer to God’s law more broadly.
  • Often a person “testifies” about something he has experienced directly.
  • A witness who gives “false testimony” does not tell the truth about what happened.
  • Sometimes the term “testimony” refers to a prophecy that a prophet has stated.
  • In the New Testament, this term was often used to refer to how Jesus’ followers testified about the events of Jesus’ life, death, and resurrection.

The term “witness” refers to a person who has personally experienced something that happened. Usually a witness is also someone who testifies about what they know is true. The term “eyewitness” emphasizes that the person was actually there and saw what happened.

  • To “witness” something means to see it happen.
  • At a trial, a witness “gives witness” or “bears witness.” This has the same meaning as “testify.”
  • Witnesses are expected to tell the truth about what they have seen or heard.
  • A witness who does not tell the truth about what happened is called a “false witness.” He is said to “give false witness” or to “bear false witness.”
  • The expression “be a witness between” means that something or someone will be evidence that a contract has been made. The witness will make sure each person does what he has promised to do.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “testify” or “give testimony” could also be translated as “tell the facts” or “tell what was seen or heard” or “tell from personal experience” or “give evidence” or “tell what happened.”

  • Ways to translate “testimony” could include, “report of what happened” or “statement of what is true” or “evidence” or “what has been said” or “prophecy.”

  • Ways to translate “Testimony” could include, “the stone slabs on which I wrote my commands” or “God’s law” or “God’s commands” or “the record of the agreement between Yahweh and Israel.”

  • The phrase, “as a testimony to them” could be translated as to “show them what is true” or to “prove to them what is true.”

  • The phrase, “as a testimony against them” could be translated as “which will show them their sin” or “exposing their hypocrisy” or “which will prove that they are wrong.”

  • To “give false testimony” could be translated as “say false things about” or “state things that are not true.”

  • The term “witness” or “eyewitness” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “person seeing it” or “the one who saw it happen” or “those who saw and heard (those things).”

  • Something that is “a witness” could be translated as “guarantee” or “sign of our promise” or “something that testifies that this is true.”

  • The phrase “you will be my witnesses” could also be translated as “you will tell other people about me” or “you will teach people the truth that I taught you” or “you will tell people what you have seen me do and heard me teach.”

  • To “witness to” could be translated as to “tell what was seen” or to “testify” or to “state what happened.”

  • To “witness” something could be translated as to “see something” or to “experience something happen.”

(See also: ark of the covenant, guilt, judge, prophet, true)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 39:2 Inside the house, the Jewish leaders put Jesus on trial. They brought many false witnesses who lied about him.
  • 39:4 The high priest tore his clothes in anger and shouted, “We do not need any more witnesses. You have heard him say that he is the Son of God. What is your judgment?”
  • 42:8 “It was also written in the scriptures that my disciples will proclaim that everyone should repent in order to receive forgiveness for their sins. They will do this starting in Jerusalem, and then go to all people groups everywhere. You are witnesses of these things.”
  • 43:7 “We are witnesses to the fact that God raised Jesus to life again.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5707, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H8584, G02670, G12630, G19570, G26490, G31400, G31410, G31420, G31430, G31440, G43030, G48280, G49010, G55750, G55760, G55770, G60200

Nehemiah References:

9:26; 9:29; 9:30; 9:34; 13:21

to minister, ministry

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: to minister, ministry

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “ministry” refers to serving others by teaching them about God and caring for their spiritual needs.

  • In the Old Testament, the priests would “minister” to God in the temple by offering sacrifices to him.
  • Their “ministry” also included taking care of the temple and offering prayers to God on behalf of the people.
  • The job of “ministering” to people can include serving them spiritually by teaching them about God.
  • It can also refer to serving people in physical ways, such as caring for the sick and providing food for the poor.

Translation Suggestions:

  • In the context of ministering to people, to “minister” could also be translated as to “serve” or to “care for” or to “meet the needs of.”
  • When referring to ministering in the temple, the term “minister” could be translated as “serve God in the temple” or “offer sacrifices to God for the people.”
  • In the context of ministering to God, this could be translated as to “serve” or to “work for God.”
  • The phrase “ministered to” could also be translated as “took care of” or “provided for” or “helped.”

(See also: serve, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H6399, H8120, H8334, H8335, G12470, G12480, G12490, G20230, G20380, G24180, G30080, G30090, G30100, G30110, G39300, G52560, G52570, G55240

Nehemiah References:

10:36; 10:39

tongue, language

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: tongue, language

Definition:

The term “tongue” refers to the organ inside a person’s mouth that is used to speak. The term is often used figuratively to mean “language” or “speaking.” There also several other figurative meanings as well.

  • In the Bible, the most common figurative meaning for this term is “language” or “speech.”
  • Sometimes “tongue” may refer to a human language spoken by a certain people group.
  • Other times it refers to a supernatural language that the Holy Spirit gives believers in Christ as one of the “gifts of the Spirit.”
  • In the book of Acts, the expression “tongues” of fire refers to “flames” of fire, presumably shaped like tongues.

Translation Suggestions

  • Depending on the context, the term “tongue” can be translated as “language” or “supernatural language.” If it is not clear which one it is referring to, it is better to translate it as “language.”
  • When referring to fire, this term could be translated as “flames.”
  • The expression “my tongue rejoices” could be translated as “I rejoice and praise God” or “I am joyfully praising God.”
  • The phrase, “tongue that lies” could be translated as “person who tell lies” or “people who lie.”
  • Phrases such as “with their tongues” could be translated as “with what they say” or “by their words.”

(See also: gift, Holy Spirit, joy, praise, rejoice, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3956, G11000, G12580, G20840

Nehemiah References:

13:24

trouble, disturb, stir up, distress, hardship, calamity

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: trouble, disturb, stir up, distress, hardship, calamity

Definition:

A “trouble” is an experience in life that is very difficult and distressing. To “trouble” someone means to “bother” that person or to cause him distress. To be “troubled” means to feel upset or distressed about something.

  • Troubles can be physical, emotional, or spiritual things that hurt a person.
  • In the Bible, often troubles are times of testing that God uses to help believers mature and grow in their faith.
  • The Old Testament use of “trouble” also referred to judgment that came on people groups who were immoral and rejected God.

Translation Suggestions

  • The term “trouble” or “troubles” could also be translated as “danger” or “painful things that happen” or “persecution” or “difficult experiences” or “distress.”
  • The term “troubled” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “undergoing distress” or “feeling terrible distress” or “worried” or “anxious” or “distressed” or “terrified” or “disturbed.”
  • “Do not trouble her” could also be translated as “do not bother her” or “do not criticize her.”
  • The phrase “day of trouble” or “times of trouble” could also be translated as “when you experience distress” or “when difficult things happen to you” or “when God causes distressing things to happen.”
  • Ways to translate “make trouble” or “bring trouble” could include “cause distressing things to happen” or “cause difficulties” or “make them experience very difficult things.”

(See also: afflict, persecute)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H0926, H0927, H1204, H1607, H1644, H1804, H2000, H4103, H5916, H5999, H6031, H6040, H6470, H6696, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7264, H7267, H7451, H7489, H8513, G03870, G16130, G17760, G23460, G23470, G23500, G23600, G28730, G36360, G39260, G39300, G39860, G44230, G46600, G50150, G51820

Nehemiah References:

9:27; 9:32; 9:37

trumpet, trumpeter

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: trumpet, trumpeter

Definition:

The term “trumpet” refers to an instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting.

  • A trumpet was commonly made from either metal, seashell, or an animal horn.
  • Trumpets were most commonly blown to call people to come together for battle, and for Israel’s public assemblies.
  • The book of Revelation describes a scene in the end times in which angels blow their trumpets to signal the outpouring of the wrath of God on the earth.

(See also: angel, assembly, earth, horn, Israel, wrath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2689, H2690, H3104, H7782, H8619, H8643, G45360, G45370, G45380

Nehemiah References:

12:35; 12:41

trust, trusted, trustworthy, trustworthiness

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: trust, trusted, trustworthy, trustworthiness

Definition:

To “trust” something or someone is to believe that the thing or person is true or dependable. That belief is also called “trust.” A “trustworthy” person is one you can trust to do and say what is right and true, and therefore one who has the quality of “trustworthiness.”

  • Trust is closely related to faith. If we trust someone, we have faith in that person to do what they promised to do.
  • Having trust in someone also means depending on that person.
  • To “trust in” Jesus means to believe that he is God, to believe that he died on the cross to pay for our sins, and to rely on him to save us.
  • A “trustworthy saying” refers to something that is said that can be counted on to be true.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “trust” could include “believe” or “have faith” or “have confidence” or “depend on.”
  • The phrase “put your trust in” is very similar in meaning to “trust in.”
  • The term “trustworthy” could be translated as “dependable” or “reliable” or “can always be trusted.”

(See also: believe, confidence, faith, faithful, true)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 12:12 When the Israelites saw that the Egyptians were dead, they trusted in God and believed that Moses was a prophet of God.
  • 14:15 Joshua was a good leader because he trusted and obeyed God.
  • 17:2 David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
  • 34:6 Then Jesus told a story about people who trusted in their own good deeds and despised other people.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0539, H0982, H1556, H2620, H2622, H3176, H4009, H4268, H7365, G16790, G38720, G39820, G40060, G41000, G42760

Nehemiah References:

4:intro

tunic

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: tunic

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “tunic” referred to a garment that was worn next to the skin, under other clothing.

  • A tunic reached from the shoulders down to the waist or knees and was usually worn with a belt. Tunics worn by wealthy people sometimes had sleeves and reached down to the ankles.
  • Tunics were made of leather, haircloth, wool, or linen, and were worn by both men and women.
  • A tunic was normally worn under a longer over-garment, such as a toga or outer robe. In warmer weather a tunic was sometimes worn with no outer garment.
  • This term could be translated as “long shirt” or “long undergarment” or “shirt-like garment.” It could also be written in a similar way to “tunic,” with a note to explain what kind of clothing it was.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See Also: robe)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2243, H3801, H6361, G55090

Nehemiah References:

7:70; 7:72

TW ARTICLE FOR kt :: oath NOT FOUND!

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: TW ARTICLE FOR kt :: oath NOT FOUND!

Nehemiah References:

10:intro

TW ARTICLE FOR other :: peoplegroup NOT FOUND!

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: TW ARTICLE FOR other :: peoplegroup NOT FOUND!

Nehemiah References:

1:8; 1:10; 5:19; 7:7; 9:22; 9:24; 9:30; 10:28; 10:30; 10:31; 11:1; 13:24

TW ARTICLE FOR other :: time NOT FOUND!

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: TW ARTICLE FOR other :: time NOT FOUND!

Nehemiah References:

2:6; 6:1; 13:21

understand, understanding, thinking

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: understand, understanding, thinking

Definition:

The term “understand” means to hear or receive information and know what it means.

  • The term “understanding” can refer to “knowledge” or “wisdom” or realizing how to do something.
  • To understand someone can also mean to know how that person is feeling.
  • While walking on the road to Emmaus, Jesus caused the disciples to understand the meaning of the scriptures about the Messiah.
  • Depending on the context, the term “understand” could be translated by “know” or “believe” or “comprehend” or “know what (something) means.”
  • Often the term “understanding” can be translated by “knowledge” or “wisdom” or “insight.”

(See also: believe, know, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0995, H0998, H0999, H1847, H2940, H3045, H3820, H3824, H4486, H7200, H7919, H7922, H7924, H8085, H8394, G00500, G01450, G01910, G08010, G10970, G11080, G12710, G19210, G19220, G19870, G19900, G26570, G35390, G35630, G49070, G49080, G49200, G54240, G54280, G54290

Nehemiah References:

8:2; 8:3; 8:7; 8:8; 8:9; 8:12; 10:28

Ur

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Ur

Definition:

Ur was an important city along the Euphrates River in the ancient region of Chaldea, which was part of Mesopotamia. This region was located in what is now the modern-day country of Iraq.

  • Abraham was from the city of Ur and it was from there that God called him to leave to go to the land of Canaan.
  • Haran, the brother of Abraham and father of Lot, died in Ur. This was probably a factor that influenced Lot to leave Ur with Abraham.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Abraham, Canaan, Chaldea, Euphrates River, Haran, Lot, Mesopotamia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0218

Nehemiah References:

9:7

Uriah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Uriah

Definition:

Uriah was a righteous man and one of King David’s best soldiers. He is often referred to as “Uriah the Hittite.”

  • Uriah had a very beautiful wife named Bathsheba.
  • David committed adultery with Uriah’s wife, and she became pregnant with David’s child.
  • To cover up this sin, David caused Uriah to be killed in battle. Then David married Bathsheba.
  • Another man named Uriah was a priest during the time of King Ahaz.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Ahaz, Bathsheba, David, Hittite)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:12 Bathsheba’s husband, a man named Uriah, was one of David’s best soldiers. David called Uriah back from the battle and told him to go be with his wife. But Uriah refused to go home while the rest of the soldiers were in battle. So David sent Uriah back to the battle and told the general to place him where the enemy was strongest so that he would be killed.
  • 17:13 After Uriah was killed, David married Bathsheba.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0223, G37740

Nehemiah References:

3:4; 3:21; 8:4

vineyard

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: vineyard

Definition:

A vineyard is a large garden area where grapevines are grown and grapes are cultivated.

  • A vineyard often has a wall around it to protect the fruit from thieves and animals.
  • God compared the people of Israel to a vineyard that did not bear good fruit. (See: Metaphor)
  • Vineyard could be also translated as “grapevine garden” or “grape plantation.”

(See also: grape, Israel, vine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1612, H3754, H3755, H8284, G02900

Nehemiah References:

5:3; 5:4; 5:5; 5:11; 9:25

watch, guard, take heed, beware

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: watch, guard, take heed, beware

Definition:

The term “watch” means to look at something very closely and carefully. It also has several figurative meanings. A “watchman” was someone whose job was to guard a city by looking carefully all around him for any danger or threat to the people in the city.

  • The command to “watch your life and doctrine closely” means to be careful to live wisely and to not believe false teachings.
  • To “watch out” is a warning to be careful to avoid a danger or harmful influence.
  • To “watch” or “keep watch” means to always be alert and on guard against sin and evil. It can also mean to “be ready.”
  • To “keep watch over” or “keep close watch” can mean to guard, protect or take care of someone or something.
  • Other ways of translating “watch” could include “pay close attention to” or “be diligent” or “be very careful” or “be on guard.”
  • Other words for “watchman” are “sentry” or “guard.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0821, H2370, H4929, H4931, H5027, H5341, H6486, H6822, H6836, H6974, H7462, H7789, H7919, H8104, H8108, H8245, G00690, G09910, G11270, G14920, G23340, G28920, G35250, G37080, G39060, G43370, G46480, G50830, G54380

Nehemiah References:

4:9; 4:22; 4:23; 7:3; 11:19; 12:25; 13:22

wine, wineskin, new wine

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: wine, wineskin, new wine

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “wine” refers to a kind of fermented drink made from the juice of a fruit called grapes. Wine was stored in “wineskins,” which were containers made out of animal skin.

  • The term “new wine” referred to grape juice that had just been taken from the grape and was not fermented yet. Sometimes the term “wine” also referred to unfermented grape juice.
  • To make wine, grapes are crushed in a winepress so that the juice comes out. The juice eventually ferments and alcohol forms in it.
  • In Bible times, wine was the normal drink with meals. It did not have as much alcohol as present-day wine has.
  • Before wine was served for a meal, it was often mixed with water.
  • A wineskin that was old and brittle would get cracks in it, which allowed the wine to leak out. New wineskins were soft and flexible, which meant they did not tear easily and could store the wine safely.
  • If wine is unknown in your culture, it could be translated as “fermented grape juice” or “fermented drink made from a fruit called grapes” or “fermented fruit juice.” (See: How to Translate Unknowns)
  • Ways to translate “wineskin” could include “bag for wine” or “animal skin wine bag” or “animal skin container for wine.”

(See also: grape, vine, vineyard, winepress)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2561, H2562, H3196, H4469, H4997, H5435, H6025, H6071, H8492, G10980, G36310, G38200, G39430

Nehemiah References:

2:1; 5:11; 5:15; 5:18; 10:37; 10:39; 13:5; 13:12; 13:15

winepress

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: winepress

Definition:

During Bible times, a “winepress” was a large container or open place where the juice of grapes was extracted in order to make wine.

  • In Israel, winepresses were usually large, wide basins that were dug out of solid rock. Clusters of grapes were put on the flat bottom of the hole and people trampled the grapes with their feet to get the grape juice to flow out.
  • Usually a winepress had two levels, with the grapes being trampled in the top level so that the juice would run down into the lower level where it could be collected.
  • The term “winepress” is also used figuratively in the Bible as a picture of God’s wrath being poured out on wicked people. (See: Metaphor)

(See also: grape, wrath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1660, H3342, H6333, G30250, G52760

Nehemiah References:

13:15

Yahweh, Yah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Yahweh, Yah

Definition:

The term “Yahweh” is God’s personal name in the Old Testament. The specific origin of this name is unknown, but it is probably derived from the Hebrew verb meaning, “to be.”

  • Following tradition, many Bible versions use the term “LORD” or “the LORD” to represent “Yahweh.” This tradition resulted from the fact that historically, the Jewish people became afraid of mispronouncing Yahweh’s name and started saying “Lord” every time the term “Yahweh” appeared in the text. Modern Bibles write “LORD” with all capital letters to show that this represents God’s personal name and to distinguish it from “Lord” which is a different Hebrew word.
  • The ULT and UST texts always translate this term as “Yahweh,” in agreement with the Hebrew text of the Old Testament.
  • The term “Yahweh” never occurs in the original text of the New Testament; only the Greek term for “Lord” is used, even when quoting the Old Testament.
  • In the Old Testament, when God spoke about himself, he would often use his name instead of a pronoun.
  • “Yah” is a shortened form of the name Yahweh that occurs in poetry and praise (e.g. Hallelujah = “Praise Yah”), and in some Hebrew names (e.g. Zechariah = “Yah remembers”).

Translation Suggestions:

  • “Yahweh” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “I am” or “existing one” or “the one who is” or “he who is present.”
  • This name could also be written in a way that is similar to how “Yahweh” is spelled, or how it sounds in your language.
  • Some church denominations prefer not to use the term “Yahweh” and instead use the traditional rendering, “LORD.” An important consideration is that this may be confusing when read aloud because it will sound the same as the title “Lord.” Some languages may have an affix or other grammatical marker that could be added to distinguish “LORD” as a name (Yahweh) from “Lord” as a title.
  • In most cases it is good to keep the name Yahweh where it occurs in the text, but some translations may decide to use only a pronoun in some places to make the text more natural and clear.
  • An introduction of a quote from Yahweh could be something like, “This is what Yahweh says.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: God, Lord)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 9:14 God said, “I AM WHO I AM. Tell them, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’ Also tell them, ‘I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. This is my name forever.’”
  • 13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
  • 13:5 “Do not make idols or worship them, for I, Yahweh, am a jealous God.”
  • 16:1 The Israelites began to worship the Canaanite gods instead of Yahweh, the true God.
  • 19:10 Then Elijah prayed, “O Yahweh, God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, show us today that you are the God of Israel and that I am your servant.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3050, H3068, H3069

Nehemiah References:

1:5; 5:13; 8:1; 8:6; 8:9; 8:10; 8:14; 9:3; 9:4; 9:5; 9:6; 9:7; 10:29; 10:34; 10:35

Zadok

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Zadok

Definition:

Zadok was the name of an important high priest in Israel during the reign of King David.

  • When Absalom rebelled against King David, Zadok supported David and helped bring the ark of the covenant back into Jerusalem.
  • Years later, he also took part in the ceremony to anoint David’s son Solomon as king.
  • Two different men by the name of Zadok helped rebuild the walls of Jerusalem during Nehemiah’s time.
  • Zadok was also the name of King Jotham’s grandfather.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: ark of the covenant, David, Jotham, Nehemiah, reign, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H6659, G45240

Nehemiah References:

3:4; 3:29; 10:21; 11:11; 13:13

Zechariah (OT)

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Zechariah (OT)

Definition:

Zechariah was a prophet who prophesied during the reign of King Darius I of Persia. The Old Testament book of Zechariah contains his prophecies, which urged the returning exiles to rebuild the temple.

  • The prophet Zechariah lived during the same time period as Ezra, Nehemiah, Zerubbabel and Haggai. He was also mentioned by Jesus as the last of the prophets who were murdered during Old Testament times.
  • Another man named Zechariah was a gatekeeper at the tent of meeting during the time of David.
  • One of King Jehoshaphat’s sons who was named Zechariah was murdered by his brother Jehoram.
  • Zechariah was the name of a priest who was stoned by the people of Israel when he rebuked them for their idol worship.
  • King Zechariah was the son of Jeroboam and he reigned over Israel for only six months before being murdered.

(Translation Suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Darius, Ezra, Jehoshaphat, Jeroboam, Nehemiah, Zerubbabel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2148

Nehemiah References:

8:4; 11:4; 11:5; 11:12; 12:16; 12:35; 12:41

Zedekiah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Zedekiah

Definition:

Zedekiah, son of Josiah, was the last king of Judah (597-587 B.C.). There are also several other men named Zedekiah in the Old Testament.

  • King Nebuchadnezzar made Zedekiah king of Judah after capturing King Jehoiachin and taking him away to Babylon. Zedekiah later rebelled and as a result Nebuchadnezzar captured him and destroyed all of Jerusalem.
  • Zedekiah, son of Kenaanah, was a false prophet during the time of King Ahab of Israel.
  • A man named Zedekiah was one of those who signed an agreement to the Lord during the time of Nehemiah.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Ahab, Babylon, Ezekiel, kingdom of Israel, Jehoiachin, Jeremiah, Josiah, Judah, Nebuchadnezzar, Nehemiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H6667

Nehemiah References:

10:1

Zerubbabel

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Zerubbabel

Definition:

Zerubbabel was the name of two Israelite men in the Old Testament.

  • One of these was a descendant of Jehoiakim and Zedekiah.
  • A different Zerubbabel, son of Shealtiel, was the head of the tribe of Judah during the time of Ezra and Nehemiah, when Cyrus king of Persia released the Israelites from their captivity in Babylon.
  • Zerubbabel and the high priest Joshua were among those who helped rebuild the temple and altar of God.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Babylon, captive, Cyrus, Ezra, high priest, Jehoiakim, Joshua, Judah, Nehemiah, Persia, Zedekiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2216, H2217, G22160

Nehemiah References:

7:7; 12:1; 12:47